Environmental Impact Assessment Environmental Management...

Environmental Impact Assessment &

Environmental Management Plan For

PROPOSED 2 X 2 MTPA COAL WASHERY (Wet Process)

at Village- Batari, Tehsil- Khatgora,

District- Korba, State – Chhattisgarh (Area: 8.195 Ha)

Final EIA Report

ToR File No. F. No- J-11015/512/2014-IA.II(M) dated 18th August 2015

EIA Consultant

QCI-NABET Accredited EIA Consultant for Coal Washery Sector, MoEF&CC (GOI) and NABL Recognized Laboratory

ISO 9001:2008, ISO 14001:2004, OHSAS 18001:2007 60, Bajiprabhu Nagar, Nagpur - 440 033, MS

Lab. & Consultancy: FP-34, 35, Food Park, MIDC, Butibori, Nagpur – 441122 Ph.: (0712) 2242077, 9373287475

Email: [email protected], [email protected] website: www.anaconlaboratories.com

AUGUST, 2018

Project Proponent:

M/s CG Coal & Power Ltd.

Report No. ANqr /PD/20A/2014/30

. I rira

t,,

ff'"' 's*

NAKODA GROUP

Date: 9th August 201gNo: CGC&P t1201 B.2O 19/EtA

ToThe Member Secretary,Additional Director, (lA-Coal Mining)Ministry of Environment, Forests a-nO Ctim"te Ghange,Indira Paryavaran Bhavan, Jor Bag,New Delhi- 110 003E -ma i | : E LSm,fpe"F-fi@n"iS,! n

Kind attention: shri s. K. srivastava (Member secretary - coar Mining projects)

subject: submission of Final EIA-EMP Rep_ort for "proposed 2 x 2 MTPA coal washery (wetProcess)" at Village Batari, Tehsil Khatgora, District Korba, state chhattisgarh by M/s. cG Coal& Power Ltd.Ref' ToR Letter No. F. No. J-1 1o1srs12rzo14-lA-lr (M), dated lBth Augus t2o1s.Respected Sir,

M/s CG Coal and Power Ltd. was incorporated under the provision of Companies Act 1956 (No. 1of 1956) on 3oth september, 2002. The Govt. of chhattisgarh has pleased to executeMemorandum of Understanding (MoU) with M/s. cG coal and power Ltd., on 04th May zoro anoagreed to provide all help and facilitate clearances necess ary for setting up 2 x 2 MTpA coalWashery in the state of Chhattisgarh.

cslDc have allotted 20'25 acres (8.195 ha) of land on g9 years of lease. (First lease deeds of10'25 Acre was executed on 25th Feb 2008 and second lease deed of 10.00 Acre was on 02ndJune 2014) at village: Batari, Tahsil: Katghora, Dist: Korba, Chhattisgarh for establishment of coalwashery and other allied projects. The project falls under Sector 2 (a) in category A as per the EIANotification 2006 as amended, based on the capacity of the project.

As per TOR granted ref. above public hearing was conducted on Dt.07.02.201g, pH complianceincluded in final EIA (ch. 7) and submitted herewith. we are submitting following documents in softcopy dnd uploading on MoEF portal today;

1. EIA report with Annexures2 Public hearing proceedings (since no of queries/representations raised are 24g nos. are

more, attached in separate attachment as additional documents).

Submitted for kind consideration with a request to include in next agenda of EAC (Coal MiningProjects ) meeting. Awaiting for your kind response please.

Yours faithfully

*

CG Coal & Porryet Ltd.rW(Virendra Goel)

Director

CG COAL & POWER LIMITED.Regd. Office.: Near Railway Crossing,Vidhan Sabha Road, Mowa, p.O. Saddu,Raipur - 492014 {C.G.)T el. : +97 -7 7 L-7282230, Z2g233A.Fax: +97-77!-228273A.CIN No U23I09CT2002PLC0153I5

www. nakodagroup.com

NAKODA GROUP

No: CGC&PLl201 8.2019/E lA-3 Date: 09th Aug 2018

UNDERTAKING

l, Virendra Goel, Director of M/s. C G Coal & Power Ltd. gives the undertaking to the effect

that ToR issued by the Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change, lA-ll, (Coal

Mining) Division, Indira Paryavaran Bhawan, Jorbagh Road, New Delhi-3 vide ToR letter No.

J-11015151212014-14.ll(M) dated 18th August 2015 for "ElA-EMP for Proposed 2 x 2MTPA Coal Washery (Wet Process) in an area of 8.195 ha at Village - Batari,

Tehsil - Khatgora, District - Korba, Sfafe- Chhattisgarh have been complied with, and

the data submitted is factually correct. We take the ownership of the content of this Final EIA

report.

Yours faithfully

(Virendra Goel)Director

CG COAL & POWER LIMITED.Regd. Office.: Near Railway Crossing,Vidhan Sabha Road, Mowa, P.O. Saddu,Raipur - 492014 (C.G.)

T el : + 91-7 7 ! -2282230, 22823AO.Faxi +9L-77!-228213O.CIN No. U23109CT2002PLC015315

www.nakodagroup.com

DECLARATION OF ASSOCIATION IN THE EIA 3

Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person

I, Dr. D.G. Garway, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA

“Proposed 2x2 MTPA Coal Washery (Wet Process) in an area of 8.195 ha at Village - Batari,

Tehsil - Khatgora, District – Korba, State- Chhattisgarh” by M/s CG Coal & Power Ltd.

I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading

information mentioned in this statement. “It is certified that no unethical practice like ‘copy

and paste’, and used external data / text without proper acknowledgement, while preparing

this EIA report”.

Signature: ........................................................................................................................................

Name: Dr. D. G. Garway

Designation: Head of ACO & MD

Name of the EIA consultant organization: M/s. Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: Accreditation Certificate No.: NABET/EIA/1619/RA 0059 (Rev.01)

dtd. 29th Nov. 2017 Valid upto 01st October 2019

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

EIA-EMP for Proposed 2x2 MTPA Coal Washery (Wet Process) in an area of 8.195 ha at Village - Batari, Tehsil - Khatgora, District – Korba, State- Chhattisgarh M/s CG Coal & Power Ltd.

Executive Summary 1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1.0 INTRODUCTION

M/s CG Coal and Power Ltd. was incorporated under the provision of Companies Act 1956 (No. 1 of

1956) on 30th September, 2002. The Govt. of Chhattisgarh has pleased to execute Memorandum of

Understanding (MOU) with M/s CG Coal and Power Ltd., on 04th May 2016 and agreed to provide all

help and facilitate clearances necessary for setting up 2x2 MTPA coal washery in the state of

Chhattisgarh. The Govt. of India, Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Secretariat for Industrial

Assistance has issued Industrial Entrepreneur Memorandum (IEM), acknowledgment no.

134/SIA/2015 dated 23rd January 2015 for establishment of coal washery project at Batari Road,

Tahsil: Katghora, Dist: Korba in the State of Chhattisgarh. MoEFCC vide its GSR 2 (E) dated 2nd

January 2014 stipulated use of coal with ash content of less than 34% in power plants located

between 750-1000 kms from pit head with effect from the 1st day of January, 2015 and in power

plants located between 500-749 kms from pit head with effect from the 5th day of June, 2016.

Thus, in line with GOI’s policy plans the proposed coal washery will facilitate in supply of washed coal

to the industries. Also the proposed Coal Washery unit will generate revenue for the State

Government by way of taxes on coal and benefit the local people by way of direct and indirect

employment. This project is expected to yield a positive impact on the socio - economic environment

of the region. It will also help in sustainable development of this area including further development of

physical infrastructural facilities.

1.1 Identification of Project

The company has proposed to setup coal washery plant of 2 x 2 total 4 MTPA capacity. For this

project CSIDC have allotted 20.25 acres (8.195 ha) of land on 99 years of lease. (First lease deeds of

10.25 Acre was executed on 25th Feb 2008 and second lease deed of 10.00 Acre was on 02nd June

2014) at village: Batari, Tahsil: Katghora, Dist: Korba, Chhattisgarh for establishment of coal washery

and other allied projects.

Before allocation of lease hold land to the C. G. Coal & Power Ltd., the official of State Government

has adopted proper procedure related to the land acquisition and also obtained consent of Gram

Sabha on 16th June 2004 of the area for establishment of coal washery. This site is nearer to existing

operational coal mines of South Eastern Coalfield Ltd (SECL) and connecting road of Bilspur-Pali,

thus suitable for coal washery project.

The proposed project will be commissioned in two phases as follows;

TABLE 1- PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

Particulars Implementation Period (in Months)

Start of Construction After Receipt of Environmental Clearance and other NOC

and consent – zero date

Construction Period

PHASE – I

2.0 MTPA Washery 12 Months

PHASE – II

2.0 MTPA Washery 24 – 36 Months

Commercial Production Period

PHASE – I

Proposed 2 MTPA Washery 13 Month onwards

PHASE – II

2.0 MTPA Washery 37 Month onwards


Executive Summary 2

Note: Annual raw coal requirement of washery will be 4,000,000 TPA after completion of Phase II.

The project falls under Sector 2 (a) in Category A as per the EIA Notification 2006, based on the

capacity of the project. The project was presented before Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) of

Thermal & Coal Mining Projects, MOEF&CC, New Delhi in its 27th meeting held on 18th -19th

December, 2014; 37th EAC meeting held on 11th -12th June, 2015 and 39th EAC meeting held on 16th

– 17th July, 2015. In the meeting, honourable EAC recommended Terms of Reference (TOR) for 2x2

MTPA capacity (Wet process) in an area of 8.195 ha, vide letter no. No.J-11015/512/2014-IA-II (M)

dated 18th August 2015. The capital cost of the proposed coal washery project is estimated to be

Approx. Rs.60 Crore.

As per TOR, the Chhattisgarh Environment Conservation Board, Chhattisgarh conducted Public

consultation for the proposed 2 x 2 MTPA Coal Washery (Wet Process) project of M/s. CG Coal &

Power Ltd. on 07.02.2018 at 11:00 AM at proposed Project site, Village - Batari, Tehsil - Khatgora,

District – Korba, State- Chhattisgarh. The details of public hearing are provided in EIA-EMP report

1.2 EIA-EMP REPORT

Proposed coal washery project of M/s. CG Coal and Power Ltd., is classified as “Category A” as per

the EIA notification dated on 14thSeptember, 2006. Baseline environmental monitoring was

conducted in line with the ToR during post-monsoon season (October 2015 to December 2015) for

determining the status of ambient air quality, ambient noise levels, surface and groundwater quality,

soil quality, status of flora, fauna and eco-sensitive areas and socio-economic status of the villages

within 15 km radius study area. The observations of the studies are incorporated in the EIA-EMP

report. Impacts of the proposed project activities during construction and operation stages were

identified and duly addressed in the EIA-EMP report along with the proposed management plan to

control / mitigate the impacts. Environmental Management Plan is suggested to implement the

pollution control measures for the project. The salient features of the proposed project site are

summarised and given in Table 1.1.

TABLE 2

SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE

Sr. No. Particulars Details

1. Location Village- Batari, Tehsil - Khatgora, Distirct - Korba, State -Chhattisgarh

2. Khasra No. Sn. No. 272/2, 272/4,273/1,273/2,274, 275, 281/2, 281/3 & 281/4

3. Total area & present

landuse

20.25 Acre (8.195Ha).

• Land allotted to CG Coal & Power Ltd. by CSIDC Ltd. for industrial use.

• Availability of Barren land.

• At very short distance from source of raw material i.e. SECL coal mines

• Remoteness from sensitive area like forest, water body and habitation.

• Connected to State High way for easy transportation of raw material and

finished product.

• Very less road transport is required for transportation of raw material from

nearby coal mine.

4. Site elevation 332m MSL

5. SoI Toposheet No. 64J/11-F44K11

6. Nearest representative

IMD station Champa

7. Site topography Flat terrain

8. Nearest highway

Bilaspur Pali Road – 400 m (S)

Bilaspur-Ambikapur (NH111)- 10.95 KM,(NNW)

Korba - Bilaspur (SH04)- (13.5) KM (E)


Executive Summary 3


9. Nearest railway station Nearest Railway Station: Korba Railway Station ~16.22 Km, ESE

10. Nearest airport Nearest Airport: Raipur Airport ~ 155 km, SW

11. Nearest

Rivers/Lakes/Streams

Hasdeo River: 17.5 km E

Ahiran Nadi: 12.4 Km, NE

Khalari reservoir: 8.8 Km, SW

Pitni Nala: 8.8 Km, SSW

Sundhara Nala: 8.5 Km, N

Kholar Nala: 6.7 Km, ENE

Lilagar Nadi: 2.5 Km, SW

Tuma Nala: 8.1 km NW

Ganjha nallah : 3.10 km

12. Nearest town Nearest town: Korba 16.21 Km, ESE

Nearest City:Korba 16.21 Km, ESE

13. District headquarters Korba 16.21 Km, NNW

14. Nearest state/national

boundaries None within 10 km radius

15. Nearest village

habitation

Nearest Villages- Batari, Tiwarta, Chainpur, Raliya, Jhabar, Malgaon,

Jhingatpur, Beltikri etc. are approx. 1.0-2.0 KM

16. Nearest tourist place None within 10 km radius

17. Archaeological sites None within 10 km radius

18.

Protected areas as per

wildlife protection act

1972 (tiger reverses,

elephant reserve,

biospheres, national

parks wildlife

sanctuaries, community

reserves &

conservation reserves)

None within 10 km radius area

19. Reserved/protected

forests

Dense mixed Jungle: 1.2 km E

Dense mixed jungle: 4.0 Km, NE

Open Mixed Jungle: 3.7 Km, SW

Manikpur P.F.: 6.7 Km, NW

Chhindpani P.F.: 9.3 km SW

Dhaurabhata PF: 11.65 & W

Kartala PF: 9.05 & WSW

20. Seismicity Seismically, this area is categorized under Zone-III as per IS-1893 (Part 1)-

2002 (Moderate damage risk)

21. Defence Installations None within 15 km radius area

22. Other industries in 15

km radius

Major industries within 15 km radius area are as follows

1. Aryan Coal washery, Binjhari village (0.96 MTPA): 2.7 km, E

2. Aryan Coal Washery, Gevra village (5.0 MTPA): 4.3 km, E

3. Aryan Coal Washery, Dipka village(12 MTPA): 3.1 km, SE

4. Spectrum Coal Washery, Ratija village (11 MTPA): 2.7 km, S

5. Maruti Coal Washery, Ratija village(3.33 MTPA): 3.3 km, S

6. ACB Coal washery, Chakabura village: 4.8 km, NE

7. ACB TPP, Chakabura village (270 MW): 4.1 km, NE

8. SV Coal Washery, Renki village (2.5 MTPA): 7.0 km, SE

9. Dipka OC Coal Project, Dipka village: 2.5 km, SE

10. Gevra OC Coal Project, Gevra village: 4.9 km, SE

11. KJSC Coal washery, Dhatura village (1.20 MTPA) : 12 km, SE


Executive Summary 4

1.3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

1.3.1 Process Description

The Coal Washery shall be built in two modules of each having a Raw Coal throughput Capacity of 2

x 2 MTPA (400 TPH).

Process of Coal Beneficiation:

Raw Material Receiving Section: Raw Coal [(-)200 mm size] from mines shall be transported

to the washery by Rear Dump Trucks. The Trucks shall either directly dump coal in the

Ground Hopper or on to the nearby ground dump from where the same shall be fed into the

Ground Hoppers by Front End Loaders / Dumpers.

Pre-treatment Section: The Belt Conveyor shall discharge the coal to a Rotary Breaker which

shall crush the raw coal to [(-)50 mm] size.

Treatment cum Post Treatment Section: sized coal [(-)50 (+)8 mm] shall be transported to the

washing plant through belt conveyor and shall be fed into a Desliming Screen where water

shall be added to the coal. Heavy Media Cyclone washing technology will be used.

1.3.2 Raw Coal Requirement, Source & Mode of Transport

The capacity of proposed coal washery is 2 x 2 MTPA. Raw coal sourced from SECL coal mines by

road through covered trucks. Since the washery site is located close to the SECL mines in Korba and

there is no existing railway siding in the vicinity of the proposed plant site, raw coal will be transported

to the plant by road in covered trucks. Heavy Media will be sourced from market by road through

trucks. Overloading will be strictly prohibited to avoid coal spillage. Similarly washed coal will also be

returned through trucks covered with tarpaulin. Coal rejects, heavy media, shale, etc. will be

transported by trucks covered with tarpaulin.

The project proponent is ready and willing to install/establish close conveyor belt from Mine to

washery site for transportation of coal. Subject to desired permissions granted by the authorities

concerned.

In addition to above once the coal washery is fully installed and operational may be within next three

to five years, project proponent is planning for development of suitable railway siding / tie up with the

nearby railway siding / proposed rail corridor (nearer to washery site) for transport of washed/reject

coal; subject to desired permissions granted by the authorities concerned.

1.3.3 Solid waste generation & Management

It is proposed to process 2 x 2 MTPA raw coal in the proposed coal washery. About 0.80 MTPA

washery reject coal will be generated out of which 0.02 MTPA shale will used for land filling and road

construction activities whereas 0.78 MTPA will be sold to Power plant/other user industries. No other

solid waste is envisaged in the coal washing process.

1.3.4 Water Requirement & Source

Total daily water requirement in the proposed coal washery is about 14,545 KLD. Out of this, about

13,333 KLD water will be collected as process effluent and will be treated in thickeners. The treated

effluent will be reused in the coal washing process. Remaining 1212 KLD water will be lost as coal

moisture, evaporation losses and process losses can be met through surface water. Makeup fresh

water requirement will be 1300 KLD out of which 1212 KLD will be provided for plant operation, 61

KLD will be used for dust suppression and 27 KLD for domestic purposes. Source of water will be

from proposed Fulzar Anicut on Ganjha nallah (Saliha nallah), near village Fulzar (4.10 km road

distance NNE). Water Allocation Letter (Sanctioned) obtained from Water Resources Department

Chhattisgarh for drawl of 1300 m3/day makeup water.


Executive Summary 5

1.3.5 Manpower Requirement

During plant operation phase, the manpower requirement is approx. 85 persons in phase wise

manner i.e. Phase I - 48 persons, Phase II - 37 persons. Technical person will be recruited during the

plant operation, the manpower requirement is approx. 85 persons in phase wise manner i.e. Phase I -

48 persons, Phase II - 37 persons. As per the terms of MoU, the project proponent have committed to

engaged local personal from nearby villages. Thus, in terms of employment growth of the regions,

direct employment of 85 persons and 500 indirect job opportunities will be provided. This will result in

improvement in the quality of life of people in the region and especially in the area around the coal

washery site.

1.3.6 Power Requirement

Power requirement will be 4.4 MW, which will be met by Chhattisgarh State Electricity Board. A

transformer will be provided at the project site for transmission of the power. Diesel generators of

1000 KVA will be provided at the project site for use in case of grid power failure.

1.3.6 Site Infrastructure

The coal washery is proposed in Village - Batari, Tehsil – Khatgora, District - Korba

(Chhattisgarh).Preference in employment will be given to local people. Hence, there is no need for

provision of township. For efficient plant operation, infrastructure facilities like office, store, rest area,

drinking water facilities, urinals, latrines, canteen, first aid center, etc. will be provided within the plant

premises. Internal black topped roads will be developed. An ambulance facility will be kept ready to

attend medical emergency.

2.0 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL SCENARIO

2.1 Baseline Environmental Studies

Baseline environmental studies were conducted in the proposed coal washery area and in the area

within 15 km radius from the proposed coal washery area to assess the existing environmental

scenario in the area. For the purpose of EIA studies, proposed coal washery area was considered as

the core zone and area outside the applied coal washery area upto 15 km radius from the boundary

of the proposed plant was considered as buffer zone. The baseline environmental quality data for

various components of environment, viz. Air, Noise, Water, Land was monitored during post monsoon

season i.e. October 2015 to December 2015 in the study area.


Executive Summary 6

2.1.1 Meteorology & Ambient Air Quality

Summary of the Meteorological Data Generated at Site (October 2015 to December 2015)

SUMMARY OF SITE SPECIFIC WIND PATTERN

Details Wind Direction

First Predominant Wind

Direction

NW (20.85%)

Second Predominant Wind

Direction

WNW (14.5%)

Calm conditions (%) 0.86

SITE SPECIFIC WIND-ROSES(OCT-DEC 2015)

Ambient Air Quality Status

The status of ambient air quality within the study area was monitored for post monsoon season i.e.

October 2015 to December 2015 at 10 locations including the proposed coal washery area and in

nearby villages. Total 10 sampling locations were selected based on the meteorological conditions

considering upwind and downwind directions. The levels of Respirable Particulate Matter (PM10), Fine

Particulates (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2,) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) were monitored. The

minimum and maximum values of monitoring results are summarized in Table 2.1

TABLE 2.1

SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING RESULTS

Station code Location PM10 (μg/m3) PM2.5 (μg/m

3)

Min Max Avg 98th

% Min Max Avg 98th

%

AAQ1 Project site 48 62 54 61 16 21 18 21

AAQ2 Batari 45 59 51 58 17 22 19 22

AAQ3 Jhingatpur Village 53 79 69 78 20 28 23 27

AAQ4 Jhabar 53 74 65 73 18 29 24 28

AAQ5 Ranjna Village 38 59 50 58 18 26 21 26

AAQ6 Basantpur 36 55 47 55 11 22 16 21

AAQ7 Bhadrapara 36 51 44 51 14 29 20 29

AAQ8 Rainpur 44 58 50 57 14 20 16 20

AAQ9 Raliya 50 64 56 63 16 22 18 21

AAQ10 Muhariyamura 35 49 41 48 12 18 15 17

35.0-79.0 11.0-29.0

Ambient Air Quality Standards 100(24 hr) 60 (24 hr)


Executive Summary 7

TABLE 2.1 (Contd...)

SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS

Station

code

Location SO2 (μg/m3) NOx (μg/m

3)

Min Max Avg 98th

% Min Max Avg 98th

%

AAQ1 Project site 5.0 12.0 8.5 11.5 6.0 13.0 8.8 12.5

AAQ2 Batari 7.0 13.0 9.0 12.0 8.0 21.0 14.0 20.0

AAQ3 Jhingatpur Village 7.0 16.0 11.0 15.5 11.0 22.0 15.1 20.6

AAQ4 Jhabar 11.0 18.0 14.0 17.0 13.0 21.0 15.0 19.2

AAQ5 Ranjna Village 9.0 16.0 12.0 15.5 8.0 22.0 14.5 20.6

AAQ6 Basantpur 6.0 9.0 7.9 9.0 8.0 12.0 9.9 11.5

AAQ7 Bhadrapara 6.0 15.0 10.5 14.1 9.0 17.0 12.1 16.5

AAQ8 Rainpur 6.0 13.0 9.1 12.5 10.0 17.0 13.1 16.5

AAQ9 Raliya 5.0 9.0 7.1 8.5 9.0 13.0 11.1 12.5

AAQ10 Muhariyamura 4.0 9.0 6.7 8.5 8.0 13.0 10.7 12.5

Range 4.0-18.0 6.0-22.0

Ambient Air Quality CPCB

Standards

80 (24 hr) 80 (24 hr)



Station

code

Location Ozone (μg/m3) CO (mg/m

3)

Min Max Avg 98th

% Min Max Avg 98th

%

AAQ1 Project site 6.0 13.0 8.0 11.6 0.144 0.185 0.160 0.182

AAQ2 Batari 5.0 11.0 8.0 10.0 0.102 0.143 0.199 0.140

AAQ3 Jhingatpur Village 5.0 14 .0 9.0 13.0 0.151 0.192 0.166 0.189

AAQ4 Jhabar 8.0 12.0 10.0 12.0 0.131 0.172 0.147 0.169


AAQ6 Basantpur 7.0 11.0 9.0 10.5 0.093 0.134 0.108 0.131

AAQ7 Bhadrapara 5.0 14.0 10. 13.0 0.124 0.165 0.140 0.162

AAQ8 Rainpur 9.0 13.0 11.0 13.0 0.112 0.153 0.128 0.150

AAQ9 Raliya 9.0 15.0 11.0 14.0 0.140 0.181 0.156 0.178

AAQ10 Muhariyamura 5.0. 12.0 7.0 12.0 0.174 0.215 0.190 0.212

Range 5.0-15.0 0.093-0.215


Standards

100 (08 hrs) 02 (8 hrs)



Station

code

Location Benzene BaP Hydrocarbons

(μg/m3) (ng/m

3) (μg/m

3)

AAQ1 Project site ND ND 0.019

AAQ2 Batari ND ND ND

AAQ3 Jhingatpur Village ND ND 0.015

AAQ4 Jhabar ND ND 0.017

AAQ5 Ranjna Village ND ND ND

AAQ6 Basantpur ND ND ND

AAQ7 Bhadrapara ND ND ND

AAQ8 Rainpur ND ND ND


Executive Summary 8

Station

code


(μg/m3) (ng/m

3) (μg/m

3)

AAQ9 Raliya ND ND ND

AAQ10 Muhariyamura ND ND ND

Range ND ND ND-0.019


Standards

5 (annual) 1 (annual) --

ND: Not Detectable and Source: Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur

From the above results, it is observed that the ambient air quality with respect to PM10, PM2.5, SO2

and NOx at all the monitoring locations was within the permissible limits specified by CPCB.

2.1.2 Ambient Noise Levels

Ambient noise level monitoring was carried out at the 10 monitoring locations; those were selected for

ambient air quality monitoring. The monitoring results are summarized in Table 2.2.

TABLE 2.2

SUMMARY OF AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL MONITORING RESULTS [Leq in dB(A)]

Sr. No. Monitoring Locations Equivalent Noise Level

LeqDay LeqNight

Residential Area CPCB Standards dB(A) 55 45

1. Raianpur 49 42

2. Raliya 46 40

3. Muhariyamura 50 43

Range 46-50 40-43

Commercial Area CPCB Standards dB(A) 65 55

4. Jhabar 63 49

5. Ranjana 56 47

6. Bhadrapara 61 50

Range 56-63 47-50

Silence Zone CPCB Standards dB(A) 50 40

7. Batari 46 38

8. Basantpur 44 37

Range 44-46 37-38

Industrial Area CPCB Standards dB(A) 75 70

9. Jhingatpur 62 57

10. Project site 58 51

Range 58-62 51-57

2.1.3 Surface and Ground Water Resources & Quality

Water Resources

The area for proposed coal washery comprise of uncultivated land owned by the project proponent.

The proposed plant site is a flat terrain with general elevation of 165-435m MSL. The area is scantily

vegetated and there is no habitation in or adjacent to the project area. There is no perennial or

seasonal surface water body nearer to the coal washery area. The surface run-off during monsoon

joins nearby seasonal streams. The study area around the project site is almost flat with elevation

varying from 325 m to 332 m MSL. The area as a whole represents gentle slope and general slope of

the area is towards ESE, SW and WNW having 7-37 degree especially in the mining area.


Executive Summary 9

Apart from some shrubs, there is no vegetation in the proposed coal washery area. There is no

habitation in the proposed washery site.

The surface run-off during monsoon joins nearby seasonal streams. However, nearest water bodies

within 5.0 km from the project site are Lilagar Nala ~3.18 km (SSW), Lilagar Nadi~5.35 km (S), and

Ganjha Nala (Saliha Nala) 3.10 km NNE.

Water Quality

The existing status of groundwater and surface water quality was assessed by identifying 9 ground

water (Bore wells) locations in different villages and 9 surface water samples from surface water

sources existing within 15 km radius of the plant site.

A. Groundwater Quality

The physico-chemical characteristic of groundwater was compared with the IS-10500 standards. The

pH of the water samples collected ranged from 7.07-8.41 and within the acceptable limit of 6.5 to 8.5.

The total dissolved solids were found in the range of 121-1138 mg/l in all samples. The total hardness

varied between 58-312 mg/l in all samples collected at 9 locations.

In all samples, Nitrate concentration levels observed between 1.02-33.1 mg/l, fluoride varied between

0.11-0.71 mg/l, Calcium hardness varied between 34-208 mg/land Sulphate 1.6-292 mg/l mg/l. The

heavy metals content (i.e. As, Al, Cd, Cr, Cu, Pb, Fe, Mn, Zn and Hg) were found to be within

permissible limits except Iron content in most of the ground water samples. Overall groundwater

quality was found to be highly mineralized with respect to hardness, total dissolved solids, chloride

and sulphate. Heavy metals are found to be within permissible limits except Iron.

B. Surface Water Quality

The results of the surface water samples analysed and are compared with the IS-10500 standards.

The analysis results indicate that the pH ranged between 7.31-8.27 which are well within the

specified standard of 6.5 to 8.5. The TDS was observed to be 121-244 mg/l which is within the

permissible limit of 2000 mg/l. The total hardness recorded was in the range of 76-166 mg/l as

CaCO3 which is also within the permissible limit of 600 mg/l. The nitrate was found to be in the range

of 1.9-8.17 mg/l. The levels of chloride and sulphate were found to be in the range of 14.36-37.33 mg/l

and 11.87-18.66 mg/l respectively. Heavy metals content (i.e. As, Al, Cd, Cr, Cu, Pb, Fe, Mn, Zn and

Hg) were found to be low and within specified standards except iron in some of the surface water

samples. The overall surface water quality was found to be mineralized, however safe physico-

chemically for drinking purpose but unsafe bacteriologically and need chlorination before use for

drinking purpose.

C. Bacteriological Characteristics

Coliform group of organisms are indicators of faecal contamination in water. Water samples were

analyzed for total and faecal coliform by membrane filtration technique. In groundwater samples, total

coliform & faecal coliform were absent in all the samples. Whereas surface water was found to be

faecally contaminated. From the results, it was observed that, groundwater is suitable for drinking and

domestic uses in absence of alternate drinking water source whereas surface water was not suitable

for drinking and requires chlorination/ disinfection before consumption.

2.1.4 Land use Land Cover classification

The land-use & land cover map of the 15 km radial study area from the periphery of project site has

been prepared using Resource SAT-2 (IRS-P6), sensor- LISS-4 having 5.6 m spatial resolution and

date of pass 22 Nov 2015 satellite image with reference to Google Earth data and the IRS-P5-


Executive Summary 10

Cartosat-I data having 2.5 m spatial resolution and date of pass Jan 2015. In order to strengthen the

baseline information on existing land use pattern, the following data covering approx. the proposed project

site as well as the 10km and 15 km radius from the periphery of the project site i.e. 22°13’44.89” N -

22°29’56.53” N latitude and 82°30’35.01” E - 82°31’29.04” E longitude and elevation 299-329 meter are

used.

The Land Cover classes and their coverage are summarized in Table 2.3.

TABLE 2.3

LU/LC CLASSES AND THEIR COVERAGE WITHIN 15 KM RADIUS

Sr. No. LU/LC Class Area (Sq.Km²) Percentage (%)

1 Built up Land Rural/Urban)

Settlement 29.89 4.23

Industry/other industries 12.45 1.76

Road Infrastructure 3.21 0.45

Railway Line/Railway Siding 0.75 0.11

2 Agriculture Land

Cropland/Current Fallow Land 414.56 58.68

3 Water bodies

River/Nala/Stream 15.96 2.26

Pond/Tank 3.63 0.51

4 Scrub/Waste Land

Land with scrub/Open Scrub 88.56 12.54

5 Dense Forest 73.58 10.41

Open Mixed Jungle 19.56 2.77

Forest Plantation 8.45 1.20

6 Mining/Stone Quarry 35.9 5.08

Total 706.5 100

2.1.5 Soil Quality

For studying soil profile of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil

conditions in and around the proposed project site representing various land use conditions. The

physical, chemical properties and heavy metals concentrations were determined. The samples were

collected by ramming a core-cutter into the soil up to a depth of 15-20 cm. Total 10 soil samples

within the study area were collected and analyzed.

From the analysis results of the soil samples, it was observe that the soil was medium fertile to fertile

and having low productivity. The soil in the study area needs additional fertilizers for improving the

fertility status and increase in crop productivity. The concentration levels of heavy metals in the water

extract of soil were found to be low with a negligible concentration level of cadmium, chromium, lead,

cobalt and selenium. The organic matter and organic carbon was found in the range of 0.91-1.27 %

and 0.53 – 0.73% respectively indicating moderate organic content in the soil. Overall, the soil quality

in the area was found to be medium fertile to fertile.



2.1.6 Biological Environment

Flora in the core & Buffer Zone

The climatic, edaphic and biotic variations with their complex interrelationship and composition of

species, which are adapted to these variations, have resulted in different vegetation cover,

characteristic of each region. The following account of floral diversity, based on the field survey

conducted for a short duration, is aimed only to give a general pattern of vegetation of this region as a

baseline data.

Total 132 species were observed during site visit survey which belongs to 49 families. The dominant

family within the area is leguminosae hold first rank. No any sensitive species were observed within

the study area. The details as under:

Flora Within study area

Tree 75

Herbs 20

Shrubs 16

Grasses 14

Climbers 7

132

Fauna in the core & Buffer zone

The availability of fauna within the study area included spotted deer, black napped hare, Jackal and

wild boar other common mammalian species were, monkey, Jungle cat, squirrel, rat, mongoose and

bat etc. were a commonly inhabitant in the forest area. The forests were observed in the study area in

degraded conditions due to biotic pressure in surrounding area. There was no direct or indirect

sightings for schedule I animals however as per the consultative approach with locals sloth bear is

occasionally seen in the forests as well as in the fringes of forest. The common reptiles such as

lizard, garden lizard, and different varieties of snakes were reported in the locality. Birds were

observed throughout the study area but mostly seen near forest area, paddy fields and water bodies.

River Lilagar is a major source of fresh water fishes within study area. In order to improve the habitat

of surrounding flora and fauna, biological conservation plan suggested with budgetary provision.

2.1.7 Socio-economic Environment

Information on socio-demographic status and the trends of the communities within 15 km radius, was

collected through primary social survey and secondary data from census 2011 & village directory

2011. Summary of the socio-economic status of the study area is given in Table 2.4.

TABLE 2.4

SUMMARY OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT OF VILLAGES WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS

AREA

Zone No_

HH

TOT_

P

TOT_

M

TOT_

F

P_0

6

M_0

6

F_0

6

P_S

C

M_S

C

F_S

C

P_S

T

M_S

T

F_S

T

0-5 km 11304 50429 26157 24272 7054 3670 3384 3971 2028 1943 15776 7889 7887

5-15 km 12696 54131 27276 26855 8170 4105 4065 6601 3320 3281 23966 12017 11949

10-15

km

19291 82489 41385 41104 12380 6263 6117 7400 3782 3618 42037 20969 21068



Zone No_

HH

TOT_

P

TOT_

M

TOT_

F

P_0

6

M_0

6

F_0

6

P_S

C

M_S

C

F_S

C

P_S

T

M_S

T

F_S

T

0-15 km 43,291 1,87,049 94,818 92,231 27,604 14,038 13,566 17,972 9,130 8,842 81,779 40,875 40,904

Source: Primary census abstract 2011, district Korba, state Chhattisgarh

Note: No_ HH: Number of household, TOT_P: Total population, TOT_M: Total Male, TOT_F: Total

female, P_06: Population 0-6, M_06: Male 0-6, F_06: Female 0-6, P_SC: Population SC, M_SC:

Male SC, F_SC: Female SC, P_ST: Population ST, M_ST: Male ST F_ST: Female ST

2.1.7.1 Socio economic survey

Primary Socio-Economic Survey Methodology

The study was carried out with a participatory approach by involving the stakeholders, particularly the

project beneficiaries and probable affected persons through a series of consultative process. The

population groups that were consulted include beneficiary group of people in the project influence

area, particularly the shopkeepers, farmers, school teachers, gram panchayat Sarpanch/members

and village elders etc. This approach was helped to know the exact situation and views of the people

about the project.

Proportionate and purposive sampling methods were used for selecting respondents (male and

female) for household survey. Out of 130 villages, 20% villages were surveyed (25 villages). For

official information of villages, sarpanch/gram panchayat members were elected. Structured

questionnaires were used for survey. For group discussion, panchayat bhavan, Aanganwadi bhavan,

community halls were used.

3.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

3.1 Identified Impacts during construction phase and proposed mitigation measures

Ambient Air Quality

During construction phase, dust will be the main pollutant, which will be generated from the site

development activities and vehicular movement on the road. Further, concentration level of SO2, NOx

and CO may also slightly increase due to increase in vehicular traffic. Sprinkling of water at regular

intervals preferably using truck-mounted sprinklers along the roads and work zone areas will be

carried out to control fugitive dust emissions.

Water resources and Quality

There will not be any process wastewater generation during the construction phase. The surface run-

off during rainy season from the broken up areas containing silt wash off may be carried to the

seasonal steams flowing outside the project area. Wastewater generation during the construction

period will be from domestic effluent from the sanitation facilities provided for the workers. The earth

work (cuttings and fillings) will be avoided during rainy season. In-plant roads will be concreted. Soil

binding and fast growing vegetation will be grown within the plant premises to arrest the soil erosion.

Septic tanks and soak pits will be constructed for disposal of domestic effluent.

Ambient Noise Levels

The major sources of noise during the construction phase are vehicular traffic, construction

equipment like dozers, scrapers, concrete mixers, cranes, pumps, compressors, pneumatic tools,

saws, vibrators etc. Equipment will be maintained appropriately to keep the noise level within 85

dB(A). Wherever possible, equipment will be provided with silencers and mufflers. Acoustic

enclosures will be provided to stationary machines like DG sets, wherever possible. High noise



generating construction activities will be restricted to day time only. Greenbelt will be developed from

construction stage.

Ecology & Land environment

20.25 acres of land is uncultivated land with sparse vegetation and given by the Chhattisgarh State

Industrial Development Corporation Limited (CSIDC) on 99 years lease for establishment of coal

washery and other allied projects. There will not be any change in the land use pattern outside the

plant premises. Plant design will be maintained such that there will not be any need of cutting the

existing trees. Plantation of green belt along the plant boundary will be taken up during plant

construction stage.

3.2 Identified Impacts during Operation phase and proposed mitigation measures

3.2.1 Ambient Air Quality

Impacts on Air Quality

Sources of emissions from the coal washery project include unloading of raw coal by trucks to ground

hopper, coal crushing and screening, stacking of raw coal, washed coal and rejects, transportation of

raw coal, washed coal and rejects by trucks, use of DG sets etc. Ambient air quality modeling was

carried out to assess the impacts on air quality due to proposed 2 x 2 MTPA coal washery. ISCST3

Dispersion Model was used for assessing air pollution load from washery operations and coal

transportation through road.

The maximum incremental rise of ground level concentration (GLC) due to unloading/loading and

transportation of raw coal and heavy media for particulate matter generated from the different

activities in the areas is carried out. The predicted 24 hourly maximum concentrations for mining

activity like loading/unloading, transportation, was found to be 13 μg/m3in the SE & ESE directions.

The maximum incremental ground level concentrations (GLCs) for particulate matter, SO2 and NOx

due to proposed developmental activities were carried out. The predicted 24 hourly maximum

concentrations for, particulate matter, SO2 and NOx are found to be 1.2 µg/m3, 0.00046 µg/m3 and

0.31 µg/m3 at a distance of 1.4 km, 1.4 km & 1.4 km respectively in SE direction and the cumulative

concentration levels (Ambient + proposed incremental) revealed that the concentration levels for

particulate matter, SO2 and NOx likely to be encountered in the operation of the project are

respectively at distance of 1.4 km, 1.4 km & 1.4 km distance in SE direction with a concentration

levels (cumulative) of 80.2 µg/m3, 18.00046 µg/m3 and 22.31 µg/m3 respectively.

The overall cumulative concentration (Maximum baseline ambient + proposed incremental) of

particulate matter (PM10) considering DG set, crusher unit and transportation was found to be 93.2

µg/m3 which is well within the NAAQS levels prescribed by CPCB.

Air Pollution Control Measures

Plantation of tall trees along transport road and boundary of the project site;

Widening of existing public road proposed for coal transport, where necessary.

Periodic maintenance of public road used for coal transport in collaboration with PWD.

Periodic water sprinkling on roads used for coal transport.

Provision of water sprinklers at railway siding area during unloading / loading of coal

Fixed water sprinklers will be provided at all plant areas where materials are loaded / unloaded.

Provision of bag filters of adequate capacity for coal crushers.

Use of covered conveyors for internal transport of coal.

Provision of dust extraction / water sprinkling arrangement at all transfer points.



Dust mask will be provided to all the workers.

Transportation of graded coal / rejects will be carried out during day time only;

The speed of trucks transporting coal will be controlled to avoid generation of dust;

Coal will be transported only through trucks covered with tarpaulin. Overloading will be strictly

prohibited.

3.2.2 Impact on Traffic Density

M/s C.G. Coal & Power has intends to establish a coal washery (wet process) of 2 X 2 MTPA in two

phases each of 2.0 MTPA capacity in Batari village of Khatgora Tehsil of Korba district. The coal will

be sourced from different mines of SECL i.e. Deepka, Gevra, Kusmunda and other mines of SECL

located in Korba and Raigarh area.

Raw coal will be transported from SECL coal mines by road upto site in covered trucks. Dipka coal

mine is located at about 2.5 km on Bilaspur – Pali road and 400 m village road upto site. Thus, there

will be minimum road transportation required for transportation of raw coal to the coal washery. The

existing road will be strengthened and widened at necessary locations to cater the increased traffic

load. The overall scenario pertaining to utilization of trucks for transportation of raw coal, washed coal

and coal rejects considering the traffic load on road due to proposed coal washery is presented in

Chapter 4.

Proposed Traffic control measures

Transportation of coal only through trucks covered with tarpaulin

Preferred Truck capacity 40 T complying Bharat IV std.

Overloading and over-speeding will be strictly prohibited

Conducting coal transport during day time only.

Periodic maintenance of public roads used for coal transport in collaboration with PWD

Periodic water sprinkling on roads used for coal transport

Plantation along both the sides of public road used for coal transport

Provision of speed breakers, traffic signals, etc. at strategic locations

Conducting awareness programs for traffic safety

Preferred truck capacity will be 40 T complying Bharat IV emission norms. PUC will be monitored

twice a year for engine performance and optimum fuel consumption. in order to avoid adverse

impacts due to transportation. Those trucks fulfilling above criteria will be allowed inside the washery

premises.

3.2.3 Ambient Noise Levels

From the modeling results, it can be seen that the ambient noise levels (day time and night time) at

all the locations will remain within permissible limits even in worst case scenario except at N1

(Resultant noise levels during day time 71.8 dBA and 81.7 dBA night time) where remarkable change

in noise levels is observed in both day and night time noise levels; however, only night time noise

levels are expected to cross the noise limit for industrial land use. It can be further concluded that in

actual conditions due to presence of various topographical features in the path of sound propagation,

and greenbelt development in and around the plant site the noise levels will be attenuated.

Proposed Noise Control Measures

Labor camp should be located away from the construction site.



Construction camps should be located at least 500 m distances from nearest habitation,

silence zone, forests etc.

If near habitation, silence zone, forests, construction activities should be halted in night time.

Equipment should be standard and equipped with silencer. The construction equipment

should be good working conditions, properly lubricated and maintained to keep noise within

permissible limits. Noise limits for construction equipments used in this project (measured at

one meter from the edge of the equipment in free field) such as compactors, rollers, front

loaders, concrete mixers cranes (movable), vibrators and saws shall not exceed 75 dB (A), as

specified in the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986

High noise zone should be marked and earplugs shall be provided to the workmen near high

noise producing equipment. The workmen should be made aware of noise and vibration

impacts on their health and mandatory use earplugs.

Proper shifting arrangement of workers shall be made to prevent over exposure to noise and

vibration.

Tall trees with heavy foliage shall be planted along the boundary of construction camps,

project site which will act as a natural barrier to attenuate noise levels.

Silent DG sets shall be used at construction camps / construction sites.

Speed limits shall be enforced on vehicle.

Use of horns / sirens shall be prohibited.

Regular noise monitoring shall be carried at construction camps / construction sites to check

compliance with prevailing rules.

3.2.4 Water Resources & Quality

Impact on Water Resources & Quality

There is no surface water stream flowing within the project site. No ground water withdrawal is

proposed for the project. Hence, no impact is envisaged on the ground water. About 1300 m3/day

make up water will be required for industrial, dust suppression and domestic use during the operation

phase of the proposed coal washery project. The water is proposed to be sourced from Fulzhar

Anicat to be constructed on Ganjha Nala (Saliha Nala) and reservoir proposed at project site.

The potential sources of wastewater / effluent generation in the proposed coal washery project are

storm water run-off carrying coal particles & silt, coal washery effluent and domestic effluent from

plant premises. These effluents / wastewaters, if discharged to environment (surface streams / land),

will not only increase the plant water requirement, but will also cause significant pollution of the

receiving water bodies / land surfaces.

Proposed Water Conservation & Water Pollution Control Measures

M/s CG Coal and Power Ltd. will implement water recovery system involving high speed

thickener coupled with belt press for maximum recovery of water and recirculation of the

recovered water in process, thereby making the plant a zero discharge unit. This will

drastically reduce the fresh water requirement in the plant and will also protect the surface

water quality of resources flowing outside the plant area.

Apart from this, M/s CG Coal and Power Ltd. will also implement rainwater harvesting

measures in the plant premises. This will involve collection of the storm water run-off from the

plant premises to a settling tank and use of the settled water in coal washing process, dust

suppression and plantation in the plant premises.



Domestic discharge from rest shelters, canteens and toilets will be channeled through proper

sewage drains connected to septic tanks followed by soak pits.

Storm water run-off from the plant area and parking premises will be collected in a series of

settling tanks and will be utilized for coal washing, dust suppression and plantation.

Wash water from workshop will be treated in oil & grease trap and treated water will be used

for sprinkling at coal stack yard.

3.2.5 Land Use Pattern

The proposed coal washery project will be located in 20.25 acres area. The land is already acquired

by M/s CG Coal and Power Ltd. and comprise of uncultivated land with few shrubs. The proposed land

utilization pattern for the coal washery project is given in Table 3.1.

TABLE 3.1

PROPOSED LAND USE OF COAL WASHERY AREA

Sl. No. Description Acres

1. Plant Area 6.50

2 Storages Area

2(a). Raw Coal 1.25

2(b). Washed Coal 0.50

3 Rejects 0.75

4. Green Belt Area 6.75

5. Road Area 1.00

6. Parking Area 0.75

7. Water Reservoir 1.50

Settling/Slime Pond 0.75

8. Admin Building and others 0.50

Total 20.25

Measures to avoid impact on land use pattern

Development of thick green belt in 6.75 acres area within plant premises;

Aesthetic land scaping of plant and maintaining natural gradient;

Stacking of raw coal, washed coal and coal rejects will be carried out at designated areas within

the plant premises.

Regular maintenance of internal roads and public roads used for coal transport.

Plantation along the village roads used for coal transport.

Adoption of suitable air pollution control measures to control dust emission.

Adoption of 'Zero Effluent Discharge' Practice.

3.2.6 Solid Waste Generation & Management

About 0.80 MTPA washery reject coal will be generated out of which 0.02 MTPA shale will used

for land filling and road construction activities whereas 0.78 MTPA will be sold to Power

plant/other user industries.

Fines will be ground dumped for subsequent mixing with Washed Coal, depending upon the ash

content

Spent oil & grease will be separately collected and stored in leak proof containers and will be sold

to the CPCB/SPCB authorised recycling vendors.

Damaged / worn out parts of the machines will be collected and stored in shed on concrete

flooring. These parts will be returned to the manufacturing company or will be sold to the

authorized recycling vendors.



The food waste from canteen will be dumped in a composting pit provided in plantation area and

the compost will be used as manure for plantation in green belt area.


The 20.25 acres land selected for proposed coal washery is owned by the company, is a barren land

with marginal vegetation. In consideration of land cover of study area within 15 km radius,

predominantly covered by natural habitats like Agriculture land (58.68%)followed by Forest land

(14.38%). No direct sighting of any RET species observed either in the vicinity of project site or 15 km

radial distance from the study site.

However, based on past experience, dust deposition on leaf lamina may takes place on nearby local

plant species during washery operation along the transport road. Agricultural crops can be injured

when exposed to high concentrations of various air pollutants especially particulate matter (dust) &

SO2. Injury ranges from visible markings on the foliage, to reduced growth and yield, to premature

death of the plant.

Proposed Biological Environment Conservation Measures

Development of thick green belt in 6.75 acres area within the plant premises.

Preference for high canopy plants with local varieties

Perennial and evergreen plants will be preferred.

Control Measures to avoid impacts on agriculture crops:

1. Periodic maintenance of coal transport road in collaboration with PWD

2. Regular sprinkling of water through mobile tankers on coal transport road upto the railway siding.

3. Adoption of covered transport system

4. Thick green belt plantation along the transportation route


Land for the proposed coal washery is already owned by M/s CG Coal and Power Ltd. There is no

rehabilitation and resettlement involved in the project.

During plant operation phase, the manpower requirement is approx. 85 persons in phase wise

manner i.e. Phase I - 48 persons, Phase II - 37 persons, most of which will be recruited from the

nearby villages and they will be trained for the requirement. Indirect employment is about 500 will

be generated

Due to coal washery activities, vehicular movements will be increased in nearby villages.

The establishment of coal washery will also result in improvement in the existing infrastructure

facilities like roads, electricity, communication facilities, etc.

Under the Corporate Social Responsibility of the company, M/s CG Coal and Power Ltd. will take

up various socio-economic development programmes in the nearby villages, which will improve

socio-economic status of the nearby villages.

4.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

An Environmental Management Cell (EMC) will be established for the proposed coal washery project

under the control of Unit Head (Coal washery). The EMC will be headed by an Environmental

Manager having adequate qualification and experience in the field of environmental management.

Environmental monitoring of ambient air quality, surface and ground water quality, ambient noise

levels, etc. will be carried out through MOEF accredited agencies regularly and reports will be



submitted to SPCB/MoEFCC. Reporting mechanism will be followed as described in Environment

Cell.

5.0 RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

The assessment of risk in the proposed coal washery project has been estimated for fire, explosion

and toxicity and corresponding mitigation measures are suggested in the EIA-EMP report.

A detailed Disaster Management Plan for facing disasters due to natural effects and human reasons

is prepared and incorporated in the EIA-EMP report for ensuring safety of life, protection of

environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in this same

order of priorities. For effective implementation of Disaster Management Plan, it will be widely

circulated and personnel training through rehearsals. Site facilities, procedures, duties and

responsibilities, communications, etc. are considered in detail in the Disaster Management Plan.

6.0 PROJECT BENEFITS

The proposed project of coal washery at Batari village would provide development of area and

consequent indirect and direct job opportunities which would finally result in improvement in the

quality of life of people in the central region and especially in the area around the coal washery site.

In line with this, CSR policy, M/s CG Coal and Power Ltd. will carry community welfare activities in

the following areas:

Community development Education

Health & medical care

Drainage and sanitation

Drinking water

Infrastructure development

Agriculture Improvement Program

A budget of Rs. 35.5 Lakh as Capital cost and Rs. 26.6 Lakh per annum as recurring expenses has

been proposed for implementation of Socio-economic welfare activities in the nearby villages.

In addition to CSR funds and to fulfill obligations as per Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

wide MoEF OM. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dtd. 1st May 2018. One time budgetary allocation of 2.0% of

the capital cost of project is earmarked for undertaking ESC activities. Provision of Rs. 120 Lakhs has

been earmarked for implementation of CER activities.

7.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

An Environmental Management Plan comprise of following set of mitigation, management, monitoring

and institutional measures to be taken during implementation and operation of the project, to mitigate

adverse environmental impacts or reduce them to acceptable levels.

Overall conservation of environment.

Optimum use of natural resources and water.

Safety, welfare and good health of the work force and populace.

Ensure effective operation of all control measures.

Vigilance against probable disasters and accidents.

Monitoring of cumulative and long term impacts.

Control of waste generation and effective disposal complying standards.



The capital cost of the proposed project is approx. Rs 60 Crores. It is proposed to invest an amount

of Rs. 492 Lakh as capital cost and Rs. 121 Lakh/annum as recurring expenses towards

implementation of Environmental Management Plan.

8.0 CONCLUSION

The proposed 2 x 2 MTPA coal washery project of M/s CG Coal and Power Ltd. will be beneficial for

the overall development of the nearby villages. Some environmental aspects like dust emission,

noise, wastewater generation, traffic density, etc. will be controlled within the permissible norms to

avoid adverse impacts on the surrounding environment. Necessary pollution control equipment like

bag house, water sprinklers, enclosures, thickener, etc., will form integral part of the plant

infrastructure. Additional pollution control measures and environmental conservation measures will be

adopted to control/minimize impacts on the environment and socio-economic environment of the

area. Measures like development of thick green belt and plantation within plant premises and along

transport road, adoption of rainwater harvesting in the plant and in nearby villages, etc. will be

implemented. The CSR & CER measures proposed to be adopted by the company will improve the

social, economic and infrastructure availability status of the nearby villages.

The management of CG Coal & Power Ltd., is committed for environment conservation and

compliance. In order to further reduce impacts due to transportation the management is open for

installation of close conveyor belt from mine to washery site for transportation of coal. Subject to

desired permissions granted by the authorities concerned.

In addition to above once the coal washery is fully installed and operational and well established

management is planning for development of suitable railway siding / tie up with the nearby railway

siding / proposed rail corridor (nearer to washery site) for transport of washed/reject coal; subject to


With the above two major issues adverse impacts due to transportation will be further reduced

ensuring long term sustainability of proposed coal washery project.

The overall impacts of the proposed coal washery will be positive and will result in overall socio-

economic growth of nearby villages.

COMPLIANCE TOR

EIA-EMP for Proposed 2x2 MTPA Coal Washery (Wet Process) in an area of 8.195 ha at

Village - Batari, Tehsil - Khatgora, District – Korba, State- Chhattisgarh M/s CG Coal & Power

Ltd.

Compliance of ToR 1

COMPLIANCE TO GENERIC TOR ISSUED BY MOEF&CC, NEW DELHI

Sr.

No. ToR Condition ToR Compliance

Specific TOR

i. The EIA should contain the details on

source of water and permission of the

concerned authorities for the use of water

from the designated source.

Source of water will be from proposed Fulzar

Anicut on Ganjha nallah (Saliha nallah), near

village Fulzar. Water Allocation Letter

(Sanctioned) obtained from Water Resources

Department Chhattisgarh for drawl of 1300

m3/day makeup water. The geographical

location of intake point is 22°23'35.78"N and

82°31'37.94"E (4.10 KM road distance in NNE)

Water Allocation Letter (Sanctioned) enclosed

as Annexure IV

ii. Cumulative impact assessment of air and

water quality in the radius of 15 km

Chapter 4, Section 4.3.1 and Section 4.3.2.4 Pg.

4-4 to Pg. 4-17.

iii. The project proponent should explain in EIA

the action plan for combating air pollution in

tandem with the action plan proposed by

CSPCB for mitigating air pollution load in the

Korba area.

Action plan is prepared and Attached as

Annexure XII

A. Generic TOR

i. Siting of washery is critical considering to its

environmental impacts. Preference should

be given to the site located at pit head; in

case such a site is not available, the site

should be as close to the pit head as

possible and coal should be transported

from mine to the washery preferably through

closed conveyer belt to avoid air pollution.

The proposed coal washery site is situated

nearer to pit head of SECL operational coal

mines of Dipka (2.5 km, SE from project site)

and well connected by Bilaspur-Pali road (400

m, S). Also the major user industries i.e thermal

power plants, steel industries, cement plants,

etc. is located within 10-400 km range. The

nearest railway siding available at a distance of

1.85 KM (SECL railway siding), 1.03 KM

(Proposed Railway siding of SECL) from the

project site. No forest land, availability of flat

terrain and no major tree cutting involved at

project site. Hence, the site at Batari village,

Khatgora tehsil, Korba district, C.G. has been

selected for establishing the industry. The land

is provided by CSIDC, Govt. of Chhattisgarh for

establishment of coal washery after acquisition

of land in the year 2003-04 on 99 year lease.

Site selection process is discussed in Para 5.1

in Chapter 5 of the EIA-EMP report.

The project proponent is ready and willing to

install/establish close conveyor belt from Mine to

washery site for transportation of coal. Subject



Ltd.

Compliance of ToR 2

Sr.


to desired permissions granted by the

authorities concerned.

In addition to above once the coal washery is

fully installed and operational may be within next

three to five years, project proponent is planning

for development of suitable railway siding / tie

up with the nearby railway siding / proposed rail

corridor (nearer to washery site) for transport of

washed/reject coal; subject to desired

permissions granted by the authorities concerned.

ii. The washery shall not be located in eco-

sensitive zones areas.

The washery is not located in eco-sensitive

zone areas.

iii. The washery should have a closed system

and zero discharge. The storm drainage

should be treated in settling ponds before

discharging into rivers/streams/water bodies.

The washery is proposed to be operated by wet

process in closed system. The washery will

operate on Zero effluent discharge principle.

Details provided in Chapter 4, Section 4.3.6, Pg.

4-23 to 4-24.

The storm water run-off from the plant premises

will be collected in a settling tank and will be

used in coal washing process, dust suppression

and plantation within the plant premises. Details

provided under section 4.3.6.4 on Pg. 4-24 to 4-

29.

iv. A thick Green belt of about 50 m width

should be developed surrounding the

washery.

Thick green belt is proposed to be established

along the plant boundary based on availability of

land. Apart from this, internal plantation will be

carried out. Total plantation in the area will

cover 2.73 Ha (33%) of the plant premises.

Native flora species with dense canopy and fast

growing trees will be used for plantation. Details

of the proposed plantation program are given in

Chapter 4, Section 4.3.9.2 on Pg. 4-36 to 4-39

of the EIA-EMP report.

v. A brief description of the plant along with a

layout, the specific technology used and the

source of coal should be provided.

Description of the coal washery process along

with plant lay out and process flow sheet,

source of coal, etc. are given in Chapter 2

Section 2.4 in on page 2-9 to 2-17 of the EIA-

EMP report.

vi. The EIA-EMP Report should cover the

impacts and management plan for the

project of the capacity for which EC is

sought and the impacts of specific activities,

including the technology used and coal

used, on the environment of the area (within

10km radius), and the environmental quality

The EIA-EMP report is prepared for 2 x 2 MTPA

coal washery. Impacts assessment and

management plan is carried out for 2 x 2 MTPA

capacity. The detailed assessment of impacts

and proposed control and mitigation measures

are discussed in Chapter 4, Pg. 4-1 to 4-45 of

the EIA-EMP report. This is an independent coal



Ltd.

Compliance of ToR 3

Sr.


of air, water, land, biotic community, etc.

through collection of data and information,

generation of data on impacts for the rated

capacity. Cumulative impacts for air and

water should be a part of ElA in case coal

mine, TPP and other washeries are located

within 10km radius. The ElA should also

include mitigative measures needed to

minimize adverse environmental impacts.

washery project and it is not captive or

interlinked to any other industry. There are

around 10 coal washery, coal mines and

thermal power plants located within 10-15 km

radius of the proposed coal washery site.

Air quality index in study area is well within

limits.

vii. A Study Area Map of the core zone as well

as the 10km area of buffer zone showing

major industries/ mines and other polluting

sources should be submitted. These maps

shall also indicate the migratory corridors of

fauna, if any and areas of endangered

fauna; plants of medicinal and economic

importance; any ecologically sensitive areas

within the 10 km buffer zone; the shortest

distance from the National Park/WL

Sanctuary Tiger Reserve, etc. along with the

comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden of

the State Government.

The land use and land cover map of the 10 km

as well as 15 km radius study area showing

various land uses, industries, habitation, water

bodies, forests, roads, etc is prepared based on

recent satellite imagery and is given in Figure

3.6 in Chapter 3 page 3-12. There is no

National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary or biosphere

reserve located within radius of the proposed

project site.

Details provided in following maps

Ch. 1, Figure 1.2 Pg 1-7

Ch. 1, Figure 1.5 Pg 1-10

Ch. 1, Figure 1.5A Pg 1-11

viii. Data of one-season (non-monsoon) primary-

base-line data on environmental quality of

air (PM10, PM2.5, SOx and NOx, noise,

water (surface and groundwater), soil be

submitted.

Baseline environmental monitoring for the

project was conducted during Post-monsoon

season 2015 i.e. October to December. Details

of the baseline monitoring along with monitoring

results are discussed in Chapter 3 of the EIA-

EMP report. Also the detailed monitoring results

for Ambient Air quality monitoring are attached

as Annexure VI.

ix. The wet washery should generally utilize

mine water only. In case mine water is not

available, the option of storage of rain water

and its use should be examined. Use of

surface water and ground water should be

avoided.

There is no mine water available for use in the

proposed coal washery. It is proposed to use

1300 m3/day water in the coal washery. The

Water Resource Department, Govt of

Chhattisgarh has sanctioned requisite water

through Fulzhar Anicat proposed to be made on

Ganjha Nala (Saliha Nala). Rainwater

harvesting will be practiced in the coal washery.

Details are given in Para 4.3.6.4 in Chapter 4

page 4-24 & page 4-27 of the EIA-EMP report.

x. Detailed water balance should be provided.

The break-up of water requirement as per

different activities in the mining operations

Detailed water balance along with activity wise

water requirement is given in Chapter 2, Section

2.7.3.1 in page 2-16 to page no 2-17 and



Ltd.

Compliance of ToR 4

Sr.


vis-à-vis washery should be given. If the

source of water is from surface water and/or

ground water, the same may be justified

besides obtaining approval of the

Competent Authority for its drawl.

proposed water conservation measures are

discussed in Chapter 4, Section 4.3.6, Pg. 4-23

to 4-24.

xi. The entire sequence of mineral production,

transportation, handling, transfer and

storage of mineral and waste, if any, and

their impacts on air quality should be shown

in a flow chart with specific points where

fugitive emissions can arise and specific

pollution control/mitigative measures

proposed to be put in place. The washed

coal and rejects should be transport by train

as far as possible. Road transport of washed

coal and rejects should generally be

avoided. In case, the TPP is within 10km

radius, it should be through conveyer belt. If

transport by rail is not feasible because of

the topography of the area, the option for

transport by road be examined in detail and

its impacts along with the mitigation

measures should be clearly brought out in

ElA/EMP report.

The washed coal and Reject coal will be

dispatched to the user industries by road

through covered trucks/wagon. The flow sheet

showing impacts on ambient air quality due to

various activities involved in the coal washing

process and corresponding mitigation measures

is given in Chapter 2, Table 2.10. Whereas,

specific pollution control/mitigation measures

are provided in Figure 4.2 on Pg. 4-7 of the EIA-

EMP report. The details regarding transportation

frequency number of trucks are covered under

under Section 4.3.2.3, Pg. 4-15 to Pg. 16.

xii. Details of various facilities proposed to be

provided in terms of parking, rest areas,

canteen etc. to the personnel involved in

mineral transportation, workshop and

effluents/pollution load from these activities

should be provided.

Details of the various site facilities to be

provided to the plant employees and personnel

involved in coal transportation are given in

Chapter 2 page 2-18 & 2-19 of the EIA-EMP

report.

Mineral transportation provided in Chapter 4

Section 4.3.2.1 on Pg. 4-5 to Pg. 4-6.

xiii. Impacts of CHP, if any, on air and water

quality should also be spelt out alongwith

Action Plan.

The impacts of various coal handling, coal

storage and coal transport activities on ambient

air quality along with proposed air pollution

control measures are discussed in Chapter 4,

Section 4.3.1. page 4-4 to 4-18. The impacts on

water resources and quality and proposed

mitigation measures are discussed in Section

4.3.6 page 4-23 to 4-29 in Chapter 4 of the EIA-

EMP report.

xiv. O.M. no. J-11O13/25/2014-IA.I dated 11th

August, 2014 to be followed with regard to

CSR activities.

The proposed CSR/ESC activities along with

budget proposed as Capital cost and recurring

expenses are detailed in Chapter 9 of the EIA-

EMP report.



Ltd.

Compliance of ToR 5

Sr.


xv. Details of Public Hearing, Notice(s) issued in

newspapers, proceedings/minutes of Public

Hearing, points raised by the general public

and response/commitments made by the

proponent along with the Action Plan and

budgetary provisions be submitted in tabular

form. If the Public Hearing is in the regional

language, an authenticated English

translation of the same should be provided.

Status of any litigations/ court cases

filed/pending, if any, against the project

should be mentioned in EIA.

The Chhattisgarh Environment Conservation

Board, Chhattisgarh conducted Public

consultation for the proposed 2 x 2 MTPA Coal

Washery (Wet Process) project on dtd.

07.02.2018 at 11:00 AM at proposed Project

site, Village - Batari, Tehsil - Khatgora, District –

Korba, State- Chhattisgarh The details of public

hearing provided in (Ch. 7) EIA-EMP report.

The following two cases are pending

adjudication against the project

proponent:

1. One matter is pending adjudication before

Chhattisgarh Board of Revenue, Bilaspur

(CG) for deciding the issue pertaining to

correction / modification / amendment of

khasra no 272/4 and 281/4 having area of

05 acre each, situated in PH no 21 at village

Batari, Tahsil: Katghora, Dist: Korba,

Chhattisgarh; which is different from the land

acquisition and lease hold records. The

revenue authority has granted stay in favour

of project proponent. The project proponent

are hopeful for getting favorable order from

the board of revenue based upon the

prevailing act and rules.

2. In another matter, the Govt has withdrawn

the stamp duty exemption order because the

project proponent has not established coal

washery in schedule time frame, overlooking

the facts that government has not provided

the requisite lands in time even after getting

full value of consideration of 20.25 acre of

land in the year 2004 & 2005. Against the

order of collector of stamp, the project

proponent has got stay order from

Chhattisgarh Board of Revenue, Bilaspur.

The project proponents are hopeful for

getting favorable order from the board of

revenue based upon the prevailing act and

rules.

xvi. Analysis of samples indicating the following

be submitted:

Characteristics of coal prior to washing

(this includes grade of coal, other

The characteristics and quantum of raw coal,

washed coal and coal washery rejects are

analysed and are given in Table 2.8 in Chapter

2 page 2-15 of the EIA-EMP report.



Ltd.

Compliance of ToR 6

Sr.


characteristics of ash, S and heavy levels

of metals such as Hg, As, Pb, Cr etc).

Characteristics and quantum of coal after

washing.

Characteristics and quantum of coal

rejects.

xvii. Details of management/disposal/use of coal

rejects should be provided. The rejects

should be used in TPP located close to the

washery as far as possible. If TPP is within a

reasonable distance (10 km), transportation

should be by conveyor belt. If it is far away,

the transportation should be by rail as far as

possible.

Details of generation of coal rejects and its

management are discussed in Chapter 2,

Section 2.7.1 on Pg. 2-13 to 2-15. & solid waste

generation and its management given in

Chapter 4, Section 4.3.8, page 4-31 & 4-32 in

Chapter 4 of the EIA-EMP report.

xviii. Copies of MOU/Agreement with linkages (for

stand-alone washery) for the capacity for

which EC is being sought should be

submitted.

This is an independent coal washery and

proposed to be established near pit head of

operational coal mines of SECL and situated on

Bilaspur-Pali road, on which, most of the SECL

coal is being transported by road by the existing

industries/job provider. Sourcing of coal thru

spot/forward/e-auction/fuel supply agreement

(FSA) route, mostly transported by road from

SECL mines to washery/ user industry.

Moreover, looking to the prevailing scenario,

rules, regulations, investigation and court cases

being filed by the Govt. agencies, the

prospecting job provider/buyers are reluctant

and afraid to execute any kind of MoU with the

project proponent for their proposed coal

washery project / without the establishment of

physical coal washery. Hence request for

relaxation of this condition.

xix. Corporate Environment Responsibility:

a. The Company must have a well laid

down Environment Policy approved by

the Board of Directors.

b. The Environment Policy must prescribe

for standard operating process/

procedures to bring into focus any

infringements /deviation/ violation of the

environmental or forest norms/

conditions.

c. The hierarchical system or

Administrative Order of the company to

deal with environmental issues and for

Discussed in Chapter 6, Section 6.3.1, Page 6-3

Procedure for auditing to assess deviation /

violation of environmental or forest norms are

covered in Environmental Policy and is

described in Section 6.3.3 to Section 6.3.6 in

Chapter 6.

Administrative order of the company to deal with

the environmental issues and for ensuring



Ltd.

Compliance of ToR 7

Sr.


ensuring compliance with the

environmental clearance conditions

must be furnished.

d. To have proper checks and balances,

the company should have a well laid

down system of reporting of non-

compliances/violations of environmental

norms to the Board of Directors of the

company and/or shareholders or

stakeholders at large.

compliance is included in the Environmental

Policy and is given in Section 6.3 with flow

chart as figure no.6.1 in Chapter 6 and in

Section 10.1 with flowchart as Figure no 10.1 in

Chapter 10 of the EIA-EMP report.

Procedure of reporting of non-compliances/

violations of environmental norms to the Board

of Directors of the company and/or shareholders

or stakeholders at large is included in the

environmental policy and is discussed in Para

6.3.5 in Chapter 6 of the EIA-EMP report.

xx. A detailed action Plan for Corporate Social

Responsibility for the project affected people

and people living in and around the project

area should be provided.

There is no R&R involved in the project. Details

of the proposed social welfare activities under

CSR/ESC are given in Chapter 9 of the EIA-

EMP report.

xxi. Permission of drawl of water shall be pre-

requisite for consideration of EC.

The Water Resource Department, Govt of

Chhattisgarh has sanctioned 1300 m3/day water

through Fulzhar Anicat proposed to be made on

Ganjha Nala (Saliha Nala). Copy of the

sanctioned letter is enclosed as Annexure IV.

xxii. Wastewater /effluent should confirm to the

effluent standards as prescribed under

Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

There will not be any effluent discharge outside

the plant premises. All the process effluent

generated during coal washing will be treated in

thickener and will be reused in the coal washing

process.

Domestic Wastewater will be treated in

proposed 30 KLD STP (MBBR process). Details

of effluent standards (untreated and treated)

sewage quality provided under section 10.3.2.1

on Pg. 10-5 to Pg. 10-6.

xxiii. Details of washed coal, middling and rejects

along with the MoU with the end-users

should be submitted.

Details of the raw coal, washed coal and rejects,

its mode of transportation are given in Section

2.7, Pg. 2-13 to 2-15 in Chapter 2 of the EIA-

EMP report.

Moreover, looking to the prevailing scenario,

rules, regulations, investigation and court cases

being filed by the Govt. agencies, the

prospecting job provider/buyers are reluctant

and afraid to execute any kind of MoU with the

project proponent for their proposed coal

washery project / without the establishment of

physical coal washery. Hence request for



Ltd.

Compliance of ToR 8

Sr.


relaxation of this condition.

The project proponent shall follow prevailing

practices of MoEF coal washery compliances for

disposal of coal washery rejects.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER NO.

NAME OF CHAPTERS PAGE NO.

1 INTRODUCTION 1-1 to 1-16

1.1 Identification of project 1-1

1.2 Project Proponent 1-1

1.3 Size of the project 1-2

1.4 Need and importance of the project 1-2

1.5 Location of the project and salient features 1-2

1.6 Project setting 1-3

1.7 Supply and demand details 1-12

1.8 Importance to the country & region 1-13

1.9 Advantages of washed coal 1-13

1.10 Purposed of the report 1-13

1.11 Scope of the study 1-14

1.12 Preparation of EIA/EMP 1-15

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2-1 to 2-17

2.1 Background of the project 2-1

2.2 Project Description 2-1

2.3 Plant Layout 2-7

2.4 Process description for coal washery 2-9

2.5 Media Preparation and regeneration circuit 2-10

2.6 Process control philosophy 2-10

2.7 Resources Availability 2-13

3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 3-1 to 3-85

3.1 Baseline environmental Studies 3-1

3.2 Land Environment 3-2

3.3 Soil Environment 3-26

3.4 Water Environment 3-32

3.5 Air Environment 3-46

3.6 Noise Environment 3-53

3.7 Biological Environment 3-57

3.8 Socio Economic Environment 3-76

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4-1 to 4-44

4.1 Identification of impacts 4-1

4.2 Construction phase 4-1

4.3 Operation phase 4-4

5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 5-1 to 5-8

5.1 Site Alternatives 5-1

5.2 Technology alternatives 5-5

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 6-1 to 6-6

6.1 Introduction 6-1

6.2 Environmental Monitoring Programme 6-1

6.3 Corporate environmental policy of the company 6-3

6.4 Budget allocation for environmental monitoring 6-5

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7-1 to 7-23

7.1 Public consultation 7-1

7.2 Risk assessment 7-10

7.3 Disaster management plan 7-13

7.4 Occupational health and surveillance 7-19

7.5 Safety plan 7-21

7.6 Social impact assessment 7-23

7.7 Rehabilitation & resettlement action plan 7-23

8 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 8-1 to 8-2

CHAPTER NO.

NAME OF CHAPTERS PAGE NO.

8.1 Environmental Costs 8-1

8.2 Environmental Benefits 8-1

8.3 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 8-2

9 PROJECT BENEFITS 9-1 to 9-4

9.1 Project Benefits 9-1

10.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 10-1 to 10-7

10.1 Institutional arrangements for environment protection and conservation 10-1

10.2 Anticipated environmental impacts and action plan proposed for mitigation during plant operation phase

10-2

10.3 Wastewater Management 10-5

10.4 Budgetary Allocation for environment Management Plan 10-6

10.5 Action Plan For Combating Pollution Load Exerted Within 15 Km Radius From The Proposed 2 X 2 Coal Washery

10-7

11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION 11-1 to 11-4

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS 12-1 to 12-8

12.1 Introduction 12-1

12.2 Credentials & Quality Systems 12-2

12.3 Services offered 12-3

12.4 Facilities 12-4

12.5 Achievements 12-4

ANNEXURE NAME

Annexure No. Annexure Name

Annexure I Term of Reference

Annexure II MoU with Govt. of Chhattisgarh

Annexure III Coal Linkage policy

Annexure IV Water Allocation Letter (Permission)

Annexure IV A Water Intake Location

Annexure V Environmental Standard

Annexure VI AAQ Result

Annexure VII Biological Data

Annexure VIII Socio-Economic Details

Annexure IX Landuse Pattern

Annexure X Biological Conservation Plan

Annexure XI Local Newspaper

Annexure XII Action Plan

Annexure XIII Court Cases

Annexure XIV Proposed CG Rail Corridor

PLATE NAMES

PLATE NO.

PLATE NAME PAGE NO.

1.1 1-5 photographs of the site 1-12

2.1 Photographs of the project site 2-6

3.0 Site Specific Photographs 3-67

3.1 Discussion With Household Of Mohanpur Village 3-85

3.2 Discusssion With Ranjna Villagers 3-85

3.3 Kaccha Khaprail House Pattern In Batari Village 3-85

3.4 Discussion With Resident Of Tiwarta Village 3-85

3.5 Discussion With Household Of Phuljhar Village 3-85

3.6 Primary School Building Of Batari Village 3-85

4.1 Site photographs showing barren land with sparse vegetation dominated by tendu regenerated coppiced

4-4

5.1 Photographs of the alternative site land use 5-3

7.1 Photographs of Public Hearing

FIGURE NAME

FIGURE NO.

NAME OF FIGURE PAGE NO.

1.1 Location of the proposed plant site 1-6

1.2 Study area topo map 15 km radius 1-7

1.3 Plant boundary superimposed on google map 1-8

1.4 Tehsil map showing distances from project site 1-9

1.5 Google map showing location of sensitive places 1-10

1.5A Toposheet showing various location and distance from project site 1-11

2.1 Location of other industries in the study area 2-5

2.2 Plant layout 2-8

2.3 Flow Diagram of the proposed coal washery 2-11

2.4 Material flow sheet of the proposed 2x2 MTPA coal washery 2-12

2.5 Material balance flow chart 2-15

3.1 FCC (Satellite imagery) of 00-10 and 00-15 km radius with project location

3-5

3.2 Slope map of 00-15 km radius with project location 3-6

3.3 River / streams / nala (Drainage) of the study area within 10 and 15 km radius from the project site

3-7

3.4 River/streams/ nala (Drainage) of the study area within 10 and 15 km radius from the project site by Chhattisgarh council of science and technology – Raipur

3-8

3.5 Landuse pattern of the study area 3-9

3.6 LU/LC details of 00-15 km radius 3-10

3.7 Pie chart represent the LU/LC details of 15 km radius 3-11

3.8 Road/Rail connectivity of the study area within 15 km radius from the project sit

3-12

3.9 Roads and settlements of the study area within 10 and 15 km radius from the project site

3-13

3.10 Location of other industries in the study area 3-15

3.11 Existing coal mines and washeries of the study area within 10 and 15 KM radius from the project site by Chhattisgarh Council of Science and Technology-Raipur

3-16

3.12 Forest plantation observed in the 15 km radius within the study area 3-17

3.13 Forest Map With FCC of The Study Area Within 15 Km Radius From The Project Site

3-18

3.14 Contour details of 00-15 km radius 3-20

3.15 DEM details of 00-15 km radius 3-21

3.16 3D-DEM details of 00-15 km radius 3-22

3.17 Soil sampling location (within 10 & 15 km Radius) 3-28

3.18 Hydrogeological Map of Study Area 3-34

3.19 Surface and ground Water Sampling locations 3-38

3.20 Site specific wind-roses (Oct-Dec 2015) 3-48

3.21 Ambient air quality monitoring locations 3-50

3.22 Noise monitoring locations 3-54

3.23 Map showing Distances of Achanakmar-Amarkantak Biosphere Reserve & Achanakmar Wildlife Sanctuary wrt project site are 47.5 KM (WNW) and 67 KM (W) resp

3-60

3.24 A Floristic composition 3-66

FIGURE NO.

NAME OF FIGURE PAGE NO.

3.24 B Floristic group 3-66

3.25 a Employment pattern 3-79

3.25 b Main worker employment pattern 3-79

3.26 Infrastructure facilities avability in number of villages zonewise 3-80

3.27 Land use pattern in the study area 3-82

3.28 a Surveyed villages in map (SE) 3-84

3.28 b Population density map of 15 km radius 3-84

3.29 Health data from PHC Dipka 3-87

4.1 Road Connectivity and transporation route 4-6

4.2 Flowsheet Showing Impacts Of Various Plant Operations On Air Quality And Proposed Control/Mitigation Measures

4-7

4.3 Gaussian Plume Model 4-8

4.4 Incremental rise of particulate matter for proposed scenario 4-11

4.5 incremental rise of particulate matter for proposed scenario 4-14

4.6 Incremental rise of SO2 for proposed scenario 4-14

4.7 Incremental Rise Of Nox For Proposed Scenario 4-15

4.8 Predicted Noise Level Contour (Day Time) dBA 4-20

4.9 Predicted Noise Level Contour (Night Time) dBA 4-20

4.10 Water balance diagram 4-24

4.11 Layout Plan Of Harvesting Recharge Trench System 4-26

4.12 Proposed Rainwater Harvesting Through Recharge Well 4-26

4.13 Proposed Rainwater Harvesting Through Recharge Well In Nearby Villages

4-27

5.1 Map showing location of alternative sites 5-4

6.1 Organization Chart for Environmental Management Cell 6-4

10.1 Organizational structure of environment management 10-1

TABLE NAME

TABLE NO.

TABLE NAME PAGE NO.

1.1 Geographical coordinates of the proposed coal washery area 1-3

1.2 Salient features of the project site 1-3

1.3 Environmental attributes and frequency of monitoring 1-14

2.1 Accessibility of the proposed coal washery area 2-1

2.2 Technical details of proposed washery 2-6

2.3 Land details 2-7

2.4 Land break-up of coal washery area 2-7

2.5 Mode of transport for raw materials, finished products and its mitigation measures

2-13

2.6 Raw Material and source of transport 2-14

2.7 Washed & reject coal, source of transport and mitigation measures 2-14

2.8 Characteristics of ROM coal, washed coal & coal washery rejects 2-15

2.9 Water balance for proposed 2 x 2 MTPA coal Washery (Unit : KLD) 2-16

2.10 Identified pollution source & Proposed control measures 2-19

3.1 Primary data collection 3-1

3.2 Data specification used for present study 3-3

3.3 Distance and direction of river/stream/nala present in project site within 10 and 15 km radius

3-7

3.4 Lu/lc classes and their coverage in sq. Km of 15 km radius 3-11

3.5 Distance and direction of connectivity present in project site within 15 km radius

3-12

3.6 Forest and its distance w.r.t. The project site 3-17

TABLE NO.

TABLE NAME PAGE NO.

3.7 Details of soil sampling locations 3-26

3.8 Physical characteristics of soil 3-28

3.9 Chemical characteristics of soil in study area (soil-water extract – 1:5)

3-29

3.10 Exchangeable cations 3-29

3.11 Fertility status 3-30

3.12 Relationship of CEC with productivity 3-30

3.13 Relationship of CEC with absorptivity 3-31

3.14 Heavy metals contents (1:5 soil: water extract) 3-31

3.15 Climatological data for IMD, Champa (1971-2000) 3-32

3.16 Generalized geological succession in Korba district 3-33

3.17 Rivers and nalas present in 15 km radius of the study area 3-35

3.18 Annual rain water harvesting potential 3-35

3.19 Details of water sampling location 3-36

3.20 Analytical procedures for water quality parameters 3-37

3.21 Surface water quality 3-40

3.22 Groundwater quality 3-42

3.23 Climatological data for IMD, Champa (1971-2000) 3-47

3.24 Summary of meteorological observations at site 3-48

3.25 Summary of site specific wind pattern 3-48

3.26 Details of air monitoring locations 3-49

3.27 Methodology of ambient air monitoring 3-50

3.28 Summary of ambient air quality results 3-51

3.29 Summary of ambient air quality results 3-51

3.30 Levels of heavy metals in ambient air 3-52

3.31 Noise sampling locations in the study area 3-54

3.32 Monitoring methodology of noise 3-55

3.33 Noise levels in the study area 3-55

3.34 Background noise levels in industrial area near highways 3-56

3.35 Vehicular traffic and corresponding noise levels during peak hours in the study area

3-57

3.36 Forest and its distance w.r.t. The project site 3-60

3.37 Floristic status observed/reported in the core and buffer zone of proposed project site

3-61

3.38 Statistical synopsis of floristic composition in buffer zone core zone of proposed project site

3-66

3.39 Fauna observed within the project site (core zone) 3-70

3.40 Mammals from the study area (buffer zone) 3-71

3.41 Herpetofauna observed in the study area (buffer zone) 3-71

3.42 Systematic lists of birds in the study area with its distribution and migratory status

3-72

3.43 Butterflies in the study area 3-73

3.44 Fishes reported within the study area (buffer zone) 3-74

3.45 Agriculture crop grown in study area 3-76

3.46 Dwelling units with population size in the study area zone wise 3-77

3.47 Population details in the study area 3-77

3.48 Literate & illiterate population in the study area 3-78

3.49 Employment pattern in the study area 3-78

3.50 Main workers employment pattern in the study area 3-79

3.51 Land use pattern (In ha) 3-81

3.52 List of surveyed villages 3-83

4.1 Traffic load estimation for coal transport from proposed coal washery project

4-5

4.2 Dispersion parameters as per stability class (rural area) 4-9

TABLE NO.

TABLE NAME PAGE NO.

4.3 Emissions rates for particulate matter 4-10

4.4 Maximum incremental concentration of particulate matter 4-10

4.5 Resultant concentration of particulate matter 4-11

4.6 Predicted GLC of PM10 at ambient air quality monitoring stations 4-11

4.7 Stack details 4-13

4.8 Short term modelling result 4-13

4.9 Resultant concentrations due to proposed project 4-13

4.10 Impact on traffic density due to coal transportation (worst case scenario)

4-15

4.11 Expected noise levels 4-19

4.12 Predicted noise levels with distance 4-19

4.13 Predicted noise levels at noise monitoring locations 4-21

4.14 Calculation Of Available Run-Off For Recharge 4-25

4.15 Land break-up of coal washery area 4-30

4.16 Solid waste generation 4-31

4.17 Characteristics & quantum of rom coal, washed coal & coal washery rejects

4-31

4.18 Additional budget for dust control along transport road 4-36

4.19 Yearwise Plantation Breakup For Proposed Project 4-37

4.20 Plantation program along transport road (outside plant boundary) 4-37

4.21 Recommended species for plantation 4-37

4.22 Recommended Species For Plantation Along Transport Road (Outside Plant Boundary)

4-38

4.23 Quality of life existing (QOL) in the villages surveyed 4-42

4.24 Quality Of Life (Qol) After Implementation Of Emp 4-42

4.25 Quality of life (QOL) after implementation of EMP 4-42

4.26 OH & S committee & its responsibilities 4-40

5.1 Comparison of alternate sites 5-1

6.1 Implementation schedule for mitigation measures 6-1

6.2 Proposed environmental monitoring schedule 6-3

6.3 Proposed budget for environmental monitoring programme 6-6

7.1 Possible Risks From the Proposed Plant 7-12

9.1 Proposed budget for socio-economic welfare activities 9-3

9.2 Budgetary Provision For Implementation Of Activities Under Corporate Environment Responsibility (Rs.In Lakhs)

9-4

10.1 Anticipated environmental impacts and action plan proposed for mitigation during plant operation phase

10-2

10.2 Untreated and treated sewage quality 10-6

10.3 Budget estimation for environmental management plan 10-6

CHAPTER – 1 INTRODUCTION


Chapter 1- Introduction 1-1

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT

The company has proposed to setup coal washery of 2 x 2 MTPA capacity in 2 phases each of 2.0

MTPA on lease hold land of 20.25 acres (8.195 ha) provided by Chhattisgarh State Industrial

Development Corporation Limited (CSIDCL), Raipur in village: Batari, Tahsil: Katghora, Dist: Korba,

Chhattisgarh for establishment of coal washery and other allied projects. Before allocation of lease

hold land to the C G Coal & Power Ltd,; the official of State Government has adopted proper

procedure related to the land acquisition and also obtained consent of Gram Sabha (16 June 2004) of

the area for establishment of coal washery. 100 % Payment of 20.25 acres of land was made in

2004-05. This site is nearer to existing operational coal mines of South Eastern Coalfield Ltd (SECL)

and connecting road of Bilaspur-Pali road and thus suitable for coal washery project. The coal will be

sourced from different mines of SECL i.e. Deepka, Gevra, Kusmunda and other mines of South

Eastern Coalfield Limited (SECL) located in Korba & Raigarh areas.

The proposed project falls under Sector 2 (a) in Category A as per the EIA Notification 2006, based

on the capacity of the project. The project was presented before Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC)

of Thermal & Coal Mining Projects, MOEF&CC, New Delhi in its 27th meeting held on 18th - 19th

December, 2014; 37th EAC meeting held on 11th -12th June, 2015 and 39th EAC meeting held on 16th

– 17th July, 2015. In the meeting, honorable EAC recommended Terms of Reference (TOR) for 2x2

MTPA capacity (Wet process) in an area of 8.195 ha, vide letter no. No.J-11015/512/2014-IA-II (M)

dated 18th August 2015 (Annexure I).

The Chhattisgarh Environment Conservation Board, Chhattisgarh conducted Public consultation for

the proposed 2 x 2 MTPA Coal Washery (Wet Process) project of M/s. CG Coal & Power Ltd. on

07.02.2018 at 11:00 AM at proposed Project site, Village - Batari, Tehsil - Khatgora, District – Korba,

State- Chhattisgarh The details of public hearing provided in (Ch. 7) EIA-EMP report.

1.2 PROJECT PROPONENT

M/s CG Coal & Power Ltd. is a company incorporated under the provision of companies’ act, 1956

(No. 1 of 1956) on 30th September, 2002, to set up a coal washery and allied industries. The

company’s board is presently headed by Shri Virendra Goel, a renowned personality and industrialist

of Chhattisgarh region. The Company is having its registered office Near Railway crossing, Mowa,

Vidhan Sabha Road, Post: Saddu, Raipur- 492 014 Chhattisgarh.

Address for Communication

Project Proponent:


Near Railway Crossing, Mowa,

Vidhan Sabha Road

P.O. Saddu

Raipur, Chhattisgarh -492 014

Authorized Signatory:

Shri. Virendra Goel

Designation: Director

Email ID: [email protected]

Phone No: (0771) 2282370

Fax No: +91-771-2282130

The Govt. of Chhattisgarh has pleased to execute Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) (Annex. II)

with M/s C G Coal and Power Ltd on 04th May 2016 and agreed to provide all help and facilitate

clearances necessary for setting up 2 x 2 MTPA coal washery in Chhattisgarh State. The Govt. of

India, Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Secretariat for Industrial Assistance has issued Industrial

Entrepreneur Memorandum (IEM) acknowledgment no. 134/SIA/2015 dated 23rd January 2015 for

establishment of coal washery project at Batari Road, Dipka, Tahsil: Katghora, Dist: Korba in the

State of Chhattisgarh. The coal linkage Policy provided in Annexure III.`



1.3 SIZE OF THE PROJECT

The capacity of the proposed coal washery is 2 x 2 MTPA coal throughputs. The coal washery will be

located in 8.195 Ha (20.25 acre) areas in Village- Batari, Tehsil- Khatgora, District- Korba in the state

of Chhattisgarh. Land for the project is already owned/allotted to the project proponent by

Chhattisgarh State Industrial Development Corporation Limited, Raipur (CGSIDCL). The site is more

or less flat terrain and suitable for the construction of major heavy structures, buildings and

foundations.

1.4 NEED AND IMPORTANCE OF THE PROJECT

Coal is the most abundant fossil fuel. India is blessed with huge coal reserve, nearly 7% of total coal

in the world, 85% of this reserve is non-coking coal, which caters to the need of power, cement and

sponge iron plants, however most of these reserves are producing very low grade coal. Due to higher

demand, selective mining is not feasible and possible. The average ash in coal, now being supplied is

around 37%.In order to maintain consistency in quality of coal as per the requirements of various

consumers of coal, there is a need to improve the quality of coal so as to use it without creating

pollution problem, Therefore, it is necessary to set up coal washing plants in the country.

Based on the above facts, it is felt that washing of coal in the present scenario could help in achieving

the operational efficiency and better plant performance. Hence, washing of coal is in the national as

well as regional interest.

The use of washed coal has the following advantages:

1. Supply of consistent quality coal can be ensured thereby avoiding frequent adjustments in

input to boiler and minimizing operators.

2. Higher thermal efficiency of boiler and higher steam rate

3. Less wear and tear of the coal grinding mills

4. Lower capital and operating cost for installing smaller ESP

5. Higher productivity and campaign life of DRI kiln

Looking to the demand of washed coal, company decided to set up a 2 X 2 MTPA coal washery in 2

phases of 2.0 MTPA capacities each. To achieve the objective, promoters have selected Village-

Batari, Tehsil- Katghora and District- Korba (C.G.) for set up of the proposed project. Chhattisgarh

State Industrial Development Corporation Limited Raipur has allotted 20.25 Acre (8.195 ha) of land

on lease basis to M/s CG Power & Coal for establishment of coal washery, which is sufficient for the

proposed installation of the plant.

1.5 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND SALIENT FEATURES

The site is already selected at village Batari, Tehsil - Katgora, District Korba (C.G.). The feasibility for the

proposed coal washery was examined with respect to following factors:

i) Availability of adequate land

ii) Availability of coal

iii) Availability of water

iv) Availability of infrastructural facilities

v) Environmental factors

The proposed project will be located in Plot/Survey/Khasara No.272/2, 272/4, 273/1, 273/2, 274, 275,

281/2, 281/3 & 281/4, at Village: Batari, Tehsil: Katghora, District Korba and Chhattisgarh (Figure

1.1). The project area, 10 km and 15 km radius study area fall in Toposheet No. F44K7/64 J/7,

F44K8/64 J/8, F44K11/64J/11 and F44K12/64 J/12 of 1:50000 scale (Figure 1.2). The geographical

coordinates of the corners of the proposed coal washery area are given in Table 1.1. The plant layout

is shown in Figure 1.3.



TABLE 1.1

GEOGRAPHICAL COORDINATES OF THE PROPOSED COAL WASHERY AREA

S. No. Latitude Longitude

1. 22°21'44.51"N 82°30'53.30"E

2. 22°21'46.06"N 82°30'54.70"E

3. 22°21'46.70"N 82°30'53.69"E

4. 22°21'48.69"N 82°30'54.83"E

5. 22°21'49.54"N 82°30'54.01"E

6. 22°21'53.79"N 82°30'54.00"E

7. 22°21'56.50"N 82°30'56.97"E

8. 22°21'56.37"N 82°30'56.52"E

9. 22°21'56.55"N 82°30'55.67"E

10. 22°21'55.91"N 82°30'55.40"E

11. 22°21'56.06"N 82°30'54.08"E

12. 22°21'57.77"N 82°30'53.74"E

13. 22°21'58.90"N 82°30'51.34"E

14. 22°21'58.63"N 82°30'49.55"E

15. 22°21'56.29"N 82°30'48.76"E

16. 22°21'57.39"N 82°30'45.45"E

17. 22°21'54.14"N 82°30'44.38"E

18. 22°21'53.59"N 82°30'45.85"E

19. 22°21'0.29"N 82°30'45.64"E

20. 22°21'50.48"N 82°30'46.83"E

21. 22°21'48.74"N 82°30'45.50"E

1.6 PROJECT SETTING

The salient features including environmental setting of the project site are presented in Table 1.2.

The location map of the project site is presented in Figure 1.1; Study area (15 Km radius) is shown in

Figure 1.2. Coal washery plant lay out superimposed on Google map is given in Figure 1.3. Tehsil

map of Khatgora showing the project site is given in Figure 1.4.Google Map showing location and

geographical coordinates of sensitive places within the study area is given in Figure 1.5 and

toposheet showing various locations given in Figure 1.5A. The photographs of the plant site are

shown in Plates1.1.

TABLE 1.2

SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE


1. Location Village- Batari, Tehsil - Khatgora, Distirct - Korba, State -Chhattisgarh

2. Khasra No. Sn. No. 272/2, 272/4,273/1,273/2,274, 275, 281/2, 281/3 & 281/4

3. Total area & present

landuse

20.25 Acre (8.195Ha).





• Connected to State High way for easy transportation of raw material and

finished product.

• Very less road transport is required for transportation of raw material from

nearby coal mine.

4. Site elevation 332m MSL

5. SoIToposheet No. 64J/11-F44K11

6. Nearest representative Champa




IMD station

7. Site topography Flat terrain

8. Nearest highway

Bilaspur Pali Road – 400 m (S)



9. Nearest railway station Nearest Railway Station: Korba Railway Station ~16.22 Km, ESE

10. Nearest airport Nearest Airport: Raipur Airport ~ 155 km, SW

11. Nearest

Rivers/Lakes/Streams

Hasdeo River: 17.5 km E

Ahiran Nadi: 12.4 Km, NE

Khalari reservoir: 8.8 Km, SW

Pitni Nala: 8.8 Km, SSW

Sundhara Nala: 8.5 Km, N

Kholar Nala: 6.7 Km, ENE

Lilagar Nadi: 2.5 Km, SW


Ganjha nallah : 3.10 km NNE

12. Nearest town Nearest town: Korba 16.21 Km, ESE

Nearest City: Korba 16.21 Km, ESE

13. District headquarters Korba 16.21 Km, NNW

14. Nearest state/national

boundaries None within 10 km radius

15. Nearest village

habitation

Nearest Villages- Batari, Tiwarta, Chainpur, Raliya, Jhabar, Malgaon,

Jhingatpur, Beltikri etc. are approx. 1.0-2.0 KM

16. Nearest tourist place None within 10 km radius

17. Archaeological sites None within 10 km radius

18.

Protected areas as per

wildlife protection act

1972 (tiger reverses,

elephant reserve,

biospheres, national

parks wildlife

sanctuaries, community

reserves &

conservation reserves)

None within 10 km radius area

19. Reserved/protected

forests

Dense mixed Jungle: 1.2 km E

Dense mixed jungle: 4.0 Km, NE

Open Mixed Jungle: 3.7 Km, SW

Manikpur PF.: 6.7 Km, NW

Chhindpani PF.: 9.3 km SW

Dhaurabhata PF: 11.65 & W

Kartala PF: 9.05 & WSW

20. Seismicity Seismically, this area is categorized under Zone-III as per IS-1893 (Part 1)-

2002 (Moderate damage risk)

21. Defence Installations None within 15 km radius area

22. Other industries in 15

km radius

Major industries within 15 km radius area are as follows

1. Aryan Coal washery, Binjhari village (0.96 MTPA): 2.7 km, E

2. Aryan Coal Washery, Gevra village (5.0 MTPA): 4.3 km, E

3. Aryan Coal Washery, Dipka village(12 MTPA): 3.1 km, SE

4. Spectrum Coal Washery, Ratija village (11 MTPA): 2.7 km, S




5. Maruti Coal Washery, Ratija village(3.33 MTPA): 3.3 km, S

6. ACB Coal washery, Chakabura village: 4.8 km, NE

7. ACB TPP, Chakabura village (270 MW): 4.1 km, NE

8. SV Coal Washery, Renki village (2.5 MTPA): 7.0 km, SE

9. Dipka OC Coal Project, Dipka village: 2.5 km, SE

10. Gevra OC Coal Project, Gevra village: 4.9 km, SE

11. KJSC Coal washery, Dhatura village (1.20 MTPA) : 12 km, SE



FIGURE 1.1: LOCATION OF THE PROPOSED PLANT SITE



FIGURE 1.2: STUDY AREA TOPO MAP 15 KM RADIUS



FIGURE 1.3: PLANT BOUNDARY SUPERIMPOSED ON GOOGLE MAP



FIGURE 1.4: TEHSIL MAP SHOWING LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE



FIGURE 1.5: GOOGLE MAP SHOWING LOCATION OF SENSITIVE PLACES



FIGURE 1.5A: TOPOSHEET SHOWING VARIOUS LOCATION AND DISTANCE FROM PROJECT SITE



PLATES 1.1: 1-5 PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE SITE

1.7 SUPPLY AND DEMAND DETAILS

Ministry of coal identified coal washing as an important area aiming at value addition. To reap the

benefits of economics as well as environment, Coal India limited is planning to expand the capacity of

thermal coal.

• Starting from 1774, India has a long history of commercial coal mining. Gross coal resources ~

286 BT of which 114 BT in proven category. Ash content very high, from 20 to 55% but low in

sulphur content.



• 20 major coalfields located in east and south eastern quadrant of the country, involving long

distance rail haulages for major consumers.

• The coal production is projected to reach 795 MTY in 2016-17 and further to 1500 MTY in 2031-

32.

• Current coal demand ~ 770 MT and growing @ 6-7% per year to 980 MT in 2016-17 and further

to 1800 MT in 2031-32.

1.8 IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY & REGION

The annual requirement of non-coking coal for various industrial sectors like power, steel and cement

is increasing day by day. MoEFCC vide its GSR 2 (E) dated 2nd January 2014 stipulated use of coal

with ash content of less than 34% in power plants located between 750-1000 kms from pit head with

effect from the 1st day of January, 2015 and in power plants located between 500-749 kms from pit

head with effect from the 5th day of June, 2016.

Thus, the proposed coal washery will facilitate in supply of washed coal to the industries. Also the

proposed Coal Washery unit will generate revenue for the State Government by way of taxes on coal

and benefit the local people by way of direct and indirect employment. This project is expected to

yield a positive impact on the socio - economic environment of the region. It will also help in

sustainable development of this area including further development of physical infrastructural

facilities.

1.9 ADVANTAGES OF WASHED COAL

Increase in power generation efficiency, mainly due to the reduction in energy loss as inert

material passes through the combustion process

Increase in plant availability

Reduction in investment costs

Reduction in operation and maintenance (O&M) costs due to less wear and reduce costs for fuel

and ash handling

Energy conservation in the transportation sector and lower transportation costs

Less impurities and improved coal quality

Reduction in load on the air pollution control system; and

Reduction in the amount of solid waste that has to be disposed off

1.10 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

M/s CG Coal and Power Ltd. proposed to set up a coal washery of 2x2 MTPA throughput

capacities. The coal washery will be located in 8.195 Ha area at Village- Batari, Tehsil- Khatgora,

District- Korba, Chhattisgarh.

The application to prior Environmental Clearance (Form-1) was submitted to MoEF&CC, for

prescribing Terms of Reference (ToR) for preparation of EIA report. The project was presented

before EAC (Thermal &Coal Mining Project), MoEF& CC, New Delhi, in its 27th meeting held on19th

December 2014 at item no 27.14 and again it was presented in its 37th meeting held on 12th June

2015 at item no 37.7 and 39th meeting held on 17th July 2015 at item no. 39.16. In the meeting, the

honourable EAC recommended Terms of Reference (TOR) for 2x2 MTPA coal washery (Wet

process) vide letter No.J-11015/512/2014-IA-II (M) dated 18th August 2015 attached as Annexure I.

M/s CG Coal & Power Ltd. has retained the services of M/s. Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.,

Nagpur for undertaking Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies as per the Terms of

Reference (TOR) prescribed by the EAC (Thermal and coal mining committee) MoEF&CC for



assessing the impacts of proposed coal washery activities on various environmental parameters and

preparation of an Environment Management Plan for mitigating the adverse impacts of the project.

The public hearing for the project was conducted in line with the EIA Notification dated 14th

September 2006 and as prescribed in ToR.

M/s. Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd, Nagpur was carried out EIA study incorporating the baseline

environmental monitoring with respect to Air, Noise, Water, Land, Biological and Socio-economic

environment components, Identification of Impacts, prediction of impacts and mitigation measures

and suggestion of environmental management plan with environmental monitoring and Risk

assessment with disaster management plan as per the TOR issued by MoEF&CC, New Delhi.

1.11 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

In line with the Terms of Reference (TOR) issued by EAC, MoEF&CC New Delhi, the area comprising

15 km radius from project site was considered as the study area. The EIA-EMP report is prepared for

the proposed 2x2 MTPA coal washery project of M/s CG Coal & Power Ltd.

The scope of study broadly covered:

Literature review and collection of primary and secondary data relevant to the study area;

Establishing the baseline environmental scenario in and around the proposed project;

Identifying various existing pollution loads in the area;

Predicting incremental levels of pollutants in the study area due to the proposed operations;

Evaluating the predicted impacts on various environmental attributes in the study area by

using scientifically developed and widely accepted environmental impact assessment

methodologies;

Preparing an Environment Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for improving the

environmental quality; and

Identifying critical environmental attributes that are required to be monitored as a post-project

scenario for implementation after establishment of the project.

The baseline environmental studies were conducted for a period of three months representing post-

monsoon season (October to December, 2015) up-to 15 km radius to determine existing conditions

of various environmental attributes as outlined in Table 1.3.The scope also includes all the conditions

outlined in the TOR’s prescribed by Thermal and coal mining committee EAC, MoEF&CC for coal

washery project.

TABLE 1.3

ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES AND FREQUENCY OF MONITORING

Sl. Attributes Parameters Frequency

1 Micro-Meteorology Wind speed, Wind direction,

Temperature, Relative humidity and

Rainfall

Non-instrumental observation Cloud

cover, visibility and dust storms etc.

Near project site continuous for one

season with hourly recording and

secondary data also collected from the

nearest IMD station.

2 Ambient Air Quality PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX and as per

CPCB guideline.

24 hourly samples twice a week for

three months at 10 locations, within 15

km radius from the site.

3 Noise levels Noise levels in dB(A) Noise levels in and around the project

area monitored at 10 locations every

hour for 24 hours at each location,

once during study period covering

industrial, commercial, residential and



Sl. Attributes Parameters Frequency

sensitive zones.

4 Water quality Physical, Chemical and Bacteriological

parameters

Grab sampling, once during study

period for 9 ground water and 9

surface water samples within 15 km

from the site.

5 Soil quality Physical and chemical properties of soil Grab sampling, once during study

period, from 10 locations within 10 km

from the site

6 Ecology Existing flora and fauna in 15 Km

radius.

Through field studies once during

study period. Secondary data from

Forest & Agriculture offices within 10

km from the project site.

7 Land use Current land-use scenario Based on recent Satellite imagery and

Census Handbook. (For 15 km from

the plant site)

8 Hydrogeology Drainage area and pattern, nature of

streams, aquifer characteristics,

recharge and discharge areas, etc.

Based on primary and secondary

sources, once during study period.

9 Socio-Economic

aspects

Socio-economic aspects like

demography, population dynamics,

infrastructure resources, health status,

economic resources, etc.

From primary survey and secondary

sources (Census Handbook) once

during the study period. (Within 10 km

from the site)

1.12 PREPARATION OF EIA-EMP

Proposed coal washery project of M/s CG Coal and Power Limited is classified as “Category A” as

per the EIA notification dated on 14th September, 2006. After recommendation of ToR, the team of

EIA Coordinator & Functional Area Experts (as listed in Declaration) discussed the issues involved in

the project with the project proponent and accordingly planned the schedule for completion of the EIA

studies. Baseline environmental monitoring was conducted in line with the ToR during winter 2015 i.e.

October 2015 to December 2015 for determining the status of ambient air quality, ambient noise

levels, surface and ground water quality, soil quality, status of flora, fauna and eco-sensitive areas

and socio-economic status of the villages within 10-15 km radius area of the project. The

observations of the studies are incorporated in the EIA report. Impacts of the proposed project

activities during construction and operation stages were identified and duly addressed in the EIA

report along with the proposed management plan to control / mitigate the impacts. Environmental

Management Plan is suggested to implement the pollution control measures in the project.

The report is prepared incorporating the TOR conditions and point wise TOR conditions compliance

are summarized below:

1.12.1 Structure of EIA-EMP Report

The EIA-EMP report is prepared in line with the generic structure as per EIA Notification 2006 and

specific ToR given by the EAC, MOEF&CC, New Delhi. The EIA-EMP report consists of the following

chapters:

Chapter 1: Introduction

Chapter 2: Project Description

Chapter 3: Description of Environment

Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures



Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives

Chapter 6: Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan

Chapter 7: Additional Studies

Chapter 8: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

Chapter 9: Project Benefits

Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan

Chapter 11: Summary & Conclusion

Chapter 12: Disclosure of Consultant

Apart from the above, Executive summary in English are prepared and incorporated before beginning

of chapters.

CHAPTER-2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Village - Batari, Tehsil - Khatgora, District – Korba, State- Chhattisgarh


Chapter 2- Project Description 2-1

CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 BACKGROUND OF THE PROJECT

M/s CG Coal and Power Ltd. have proposed to set up a 2x2 MTPA coal washery at village Batari,

Teh. Khatgora, Dist Korba in Chhattisgarh. The company has identified an area of 20.25 Acre (8.195

Ha) for the project which has been allocated by Chhattisgarh State Industrial Development

Corporation Limited Raipur (CGSIDCL) on 99 years lease for establishment of coal washery.The

project falls under Sector 2 (a) in Category A as per the EIA Notification 2006, based on the capacity

of the project.

2.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.2.1 Location of the Project

The proposed coal washery area is located in village Batari, Teh. Khatgora, Dist Korba in

Chhattisgarh. ToposheetMap showing other industries in the 10 km radius study area is given in

Figure 2.1, whereas the plant site photographs are presented in Plate 2.1. The accessibility of the

proposed project is given in Table 2.1.

TABLE 2.1

ACCESSIBILITY OF THE PROPOSED COAL WASHERY AREA

Accessibility:

Nearest Village: Batari (1.03 KM, NE)

Nearest Town: Korba (16.21 km ESE)

Nearest Highway Bilaspur Pali Road – 400 m (S)



Nearest Railway Station/Siding: Korba Railway Station (16.22 km ESE)

SECL Railway siding : 1.85 KM (Existing)

1.03 KM (Proposed)

Nearest Airport Raipur, 115 km, SW





FIG

UR

E 2

.1:

LO

CA

TIO

N O

F O

TH

ER

IN

DU

ST

RIE

S I

N T

HE

ST

UD

Y A

RE

A





PLATE 2.1: PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE PROJECT SITE

2.2.2 Climate

Korba District falls under the hot temperate climate zone with hot summer followed by well distributed

rainfall through South-West monsoon. The winter commences from December and last till the end of

February. The period from March to the end of May is hot season. The monsoon season starts from

the middle of June and last till the end of September.

Avg. Minimum Temperature – 9.2°C Maximum Temperature = 44.4°C

Relative Humidity – Max 87% Relative Humidity Min – 19%

Average Rainfall – 1236.8 mm

Source: IMD data, Champa District

2.2.3 Project Details

The details of proposed coal washery, resources availability and land use are presented in Tables

2.2-2.4.

TABLE 2.2

TECHNICAL DETAILS OF PROPOSED WASHERY

Sr. No. Features Details

1 Capacity 2 x 2 MTPA

2 Type of Process Wet Process

3 Washing Technology HM Cyclone

4 Area 20.25 Acres (8.195 Ha)

Northern side of

the project area

Eastern side of

the project area

Southern side of

the project area

Western side of

the project area





Sr. No. Features Details

5 Project Cost Rs. 60 Crore

6 Atmospheric Pollution Control

System

Water Sprinklers, Jet Sprinklers, Sensor based sprinklers, Bag

filters, Green belt, covered transportation, etc.

7 Source of Raw Coal From SECL Coal Mines of Dipka, Gevra & Kusmunda Korba

area.

Source: PFR

2.2.4 Land Description

The company has proposed to setup coal washery of 2 x 2 MTPA on lease hold land of 20.25 acres

(8.195 ha) provided by Chhattisgarh State Industrial Development Corporation Limited (CSIDCL),

Raipur in village: Batari, Tahsil: Katghora, Dist: Korba, Chhattisgarh for establishment of coal

washery and other allied projects. Before allocation of lease hold land to the C G Coal & Power Ltd,;

the official of State Government has adopted proper procedure related to the land acquisition and

also obtained consent of Gram Sabha (16th June 2004) of the area for establishment of coal washery.

100 % Payment of 20.25 acres of land was made in 2004-05. This site is nearer to existing

operational coal mines of South Eastern Coalfield Ltd (SECL) and connecting road of Bilaspur-Pali

road and thus suitable for coal washery project.

TABLE 2.3

LAND DETAILS

Sr. No. Particulars Description

1. Project Location Village- Batari, Tehsil - Khatgora, Distirct - Korba, State -Chhattisgarh

2. Land Area 20.25 Acres (8.195 Ha) on 99 years lease by CSIDC

3. Khasra No. 272/2, 272/4,273/1,273/2,274, 275, 281/2, 281/3 & 281/4

4. Lease Deed Execution 15th Feb 2008 (10.25 Acre) and 2

nd June 2014 (10.00 Acre).

5. Purpose For establishment of coal washery and allied industries by CSIDC

Note - 100 % Payment of 20.25 acres of land was made in 2004-05.

2.3 PLANT LAYOUT

Proposed plant will be coming up in an area of 20.25 acres (8.195 Ha). The land break-up of the plant

area is given in Table 2.4. The plant lay out is given in Figure 2.2.

TABLE 2.4

LAND BREAK-UP OF COAL WASHERY AREA


1. Plant Area 6.50

2 Storages Area

2(a). Raw Coal 1.25


3 Rejects 0.75


5. Road Area 1.00



Settling/Slime Pone 0.75


Total 20.25

EIA-EMP for Proposed 2x2 MTPA Coal Washery (Wet Process) in an area of 8.195 ha at Village - Batari, Tehsil - Khatgora, District –

Korba, State- Chhattisgarh



FIGURE 2.2: PLANT LAY OUT

EIA-EMP for Proposed 2x2 MTPA Coal Washery (Wet Process) in an area of 8.195 ha at Village - Batari, Tehsil - Khatgora, District – Korba, State- Chhattisgarh of M/s CG Coal & Power Ltd.


2.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION FOR COAL WASHERY

The Coal Washery shall be built in two modules of each having a Raw Coal throughput Capacity of 2

x 2 MTPA (400 TPH). The detailed process of each module is described hereafter.

2.4.1 Raw Coal Receiving Section

Raw Coal [(-) 200 mm size] from mines shall be transported to the washery by Rear Dump Trucks.

The Trucks shall either directly dump coal in the Ground Hopper or on to the nearby ground dump

from where the same shall be fed into the Ground Hoppers by Front End Loaders / Dumpers

2.4.2 Pre-treatment Section

At the discharge end of the Ground Hoppers, Unbalance Motor Feeders shall be provided which shall

draw Raw Coal from the hopper and feed the same to a Belt Conveyor. The Belt Conveyor shall

discharge the coal to a Rotary Breaker which shall crush the raw coal to [(-)50 mm] size. The crushed

coal [(-)50 mm] shall be transported to a Screen House wherein [(-)8mm fines] and [(-)50 (+)8 mm]

fractions shall be separated. The [(-) 50 (+)8 mm] fraction shall be stored in a set of Surge Bunkers

for further processing in the washery. The [(-) 8 mm] coal fines shall be ground dumped for

subsequent mixing with Washed Coal, depending upon the ash content.

2.4.3 Treatment cum Post Treatment Section

From the Surge Bunker, sized coal [(-) 50 (+) 8 mm] shall be transported to the washing plant through

belt conveyor and shall be fed into a desliming Screen where water shall be added to the coal.

desliming Screen shall remove [(-) 1mm] coal slimes from the coal. The coal slurry shall be collected

in desliming Screen under pan.

The deslimed coal [Coarser fraction of (-) 50 (+) 8 mm] shall be fed to the centre column of Heavy

Media Cyclone Feed Tank. The magnetite media of required specific gravity shall be added in this

tank. The coal slurry along with magnetite media shall be pumped to a Heavy Media Cyclone

Separator. The Cyclone shall separate Washed Coal as Overflow and Rejects as underflow. Both

Washed Coal and Rejects along with magnetite media shall be rinsed and drained in a separate

Drain & Rinsing Screens. The magnetite media drained in the first part of the screens shall be

collected in the screens dense under pan and re-circulated back to the Heavy Media Cyclone Feed

Tank.

The carried away magnetite with the coal particles shall be removed by water spraying in the

discharge part of the screens. The magnetite removed from coal by water spraying shall be collected

in the dilute catch pan area of the screens as dilute media. Washed Coal and Rejects collected at the

screen discharge end shall be transported to respective Storage Bunkers through belt conveyors.

The fine coal slurry collected in the Fine Coal Tank shall be pumped into a set of Classifying

Cyclones. The underflow of Classifying Cyclones shall be dewatered in a Fines Dewatering High

Frequency Screen while the overflow from the Classifying Cyclones shall be fed to a Thickener. The

thickened slurry shall be sent to a Multi Roll Filter Belt Press for dewatering of fines. Anionic and

Cationic Flocculants shall be used in the thickener to facilitate settling and solid-liquid separation

processes.

A set of Emergency Settling Ponds shall be provided to receive the thickener underflow in case of

any breakdown of Belt Press and Thickener. The settled solids in the Settling Ponds shall be

recovered by JCB from time to time.



Clarified Water received as Thickener Overflow as well as Settling Pond Overflow shall be pumped

back to the plant for re-use as process water.

Thus, the plant shall have close circuit, zero effluent discharge water system.

2.5 Media Preparation and Regeneration Circuit

The dilute media as collected in the dilute catch pan area shall be pumped by a Dilute Media Pump to

a Wet Drum Magnetic Separator. The separator shall separate out the magnetite from water and the

dense media gets dislodged from the Magnetic Drum to the dense media launders and from there to

the Dense Media Tank. The effluent from the Magnetic Separator goes to the wetting launder and fed

to the Desliming Screen.

During the process of operation, moment of magnetite gets lost which shall be made up by adding

fresh magnetite to the system. For this purpose, a magnetite addition RCC sump shall be provided

where ground magnetite shall be charged and diluted with water. The dilute magnetite media then

shall be pumped through a vertical sump pump to the Dilute Media Tank.

2.6 Process Control Philosophy

Plant Control shall be achieved by a centralized PLC based Control System designed to enable one

operator to start-up, monitor, control and shut down all main equipment and process functions from

the feed input to the plant through to product transfer conveyors. The PLC shall have provision for hot

standby. A UPS with hot standby back up shall be provided to take care of power tripping and

fluctuations.

All major items of equipment will be interlocked in an automatic stopping sequence within the PLC in

such a manner that both material and liquid flows will always be fail safe. Stop push buttons will be

located adjacent to each drive and will be operable at all times. An emergency stop button shall be

located either in the control room or in the operating computer to enable the whole plant to be

stopped. The density of the magnetite media shall be accurately controlled within the wide range to

maintain required quality of the washed products. The density measurement shall be done by a

Nucleonic Density Gauge. Indication and recording of the density levels shall be given in the Control

Room Computer. The Specific Gravity Control shall be achieved automatically by respective

Modulating Splitter Actuators.

The Flow sheet of Wet Coal washing operation is given in Figure 2.3 and the plant flow sheet is

given in Figure 2.4.



FIGURE 2.3: FLOW DIAGRAM OF THE PROPOSED COAL WASHERY



FIGURE 2.4: MATERIAL FLOW SHEET OF THE PROPOSED 2X2 MTPA COAL WASHERY



2. 7 RESOURCES AVAILABILITY

2. 7.1 Raw Coal Requirement, Source, Mode of Transport and Linkage

As per the revised road map, the coal India Ltd through its subsidiaries shall produce 724.71 million

tons of coal during the year 2016-2017 against the present level of 538.75 million tons of production

in 2015-2016 and shall substantially enhanced the production of coal to one billion tons by the end of

2019-2020. Presently, the Coal India Ltd has sold its produced coal to FSA holder and regularly

selling its remaining balance produced coal quantity through Spot e-Auction, Forward e-Auction,

Exclusive e-Auction, Special e-Auction and Auction of Long term Coal Linkage route. Time to time,

the Coal India Ltd has also auctioned linkage coal in Sponge Iron, Cement, CPP and Other sub

sector, through rail and/or road mode. All the successful bidder, who had purchased coal in auction

through road mode, are duty bound to lift the coal through road mode only, out of which some of them

may become our prospecting consumers as CG Coal and Power Ltd proposed coal washery of 2x2

MTPA situated near SECL operational Dipka, Kusmunda and Gevra coal mines and nearer to

existing state high way transportation route, which is being used for carrying entire coal of SECL sold

through road mode, whereas, proposed site is only 0.4 Km from the existing Bilaspur - Pali Road. The

company is hopeful for getting requisite quantity of coal on Job work basis from the SECL consumers

carrying coal through road route.

The proposed coal washery will be installed in two phases as follows;

PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

Particulars Implementation Period (in Months)

Start of Construction After Receipt of Environmental Clearance and other NOC

and consent – zero date

Construction Period

PHASE – I

2.0 MTPA Washery 12 Months

PHASE - II

2.0 MTPA Washery 24 – 36 Months

Commercial Production Period

PHASE - I

Proposed 2 MTPA Washery 13 Month onwards

PHASE - II

2.0 MTPA Washery 37 Month onwards

Note: Annual raw coal requirement of washery will be 4,000,000 TPA after completion of Phase II.

TABLE 2.5

MODE OF TRANSPORT FOR RAW MATERIALS, FINISHED PRODUCTS AND ITS MITIGATION

MEASURES

Type of Coal Mode of Transportation User industries Mitigation measures

Raw Coal from Mines to Plant site by

covered trucks

Processed by Project

Proponent

Adequate traffic control measures

will be adopted to avoid impacts

on the traffic conditions and other

transport infrastructure of the

area.

The village road (400m) will be

strengthened to handle

Washed Coal Depends upon the selling terms

with the buyers, either through

covered trucks to users

industries or up to nearest

railway siding by covered trucks

and then be loaded into the

Power plants, Cement

Plants, Steel plants and

other user industries.



Type of Coal Mode of Transportation User industries Mitigation measures

wagons increased in traffic density and

proper maintenance will be

carried out by the company.

Necessary budgetary provisions

are made for capital as well as

recurring expenses. There will

not be any significant impact

anticipated due to increase in

traffic density.

Reject Coal Depends upon the selling terms

with the buyers, either through

covered trucks to users

industries or up to nearest

railway siding by covered trucks

and then be loaded into the

wagons

Power Plants and other

users industries

The raw coal will be sourced from Dipka, Gevra, Kusmunda and other nearby operational coal mines

of South Eastern Coalfield Limited (SECL), located in Korba area. Since, the proposed coal washery

site is located close to the SECL operational coal mines and also situated on Bilaspur-Pali road, on

which; most of the user industries are transporting their raw coal, thus it is feasible to transport raw

coal to the plant site by road mode in covered trucks from mines. Raw material and source of

transport is given in Table 2.6.

TABLE 2.6

RAW MATERIAL AND SOURCE OF TRANSPORT

Material Quantity Source Distance Mode of Transportation

Coal 4,000,000 TPA SECL, by job provider By Road through covered

trucks Deepka mine 2.5 km

Gevra Mine 3.0KM

Kusmunda mine 12.60 KM

Washed Coal and rejects coal will be supplied to Power plants, Cement Plants, Steel Plants and

other user industries; the mode of transport of washed coal will depend on the MoU with the

customers; who may have option to lift the coal either by road mode or by rail mode through nearest

railway siding. In case of non-availability of rail wagons/siding the washed coal and reject coal will be

transported by road in covered trucks.

TABLE 2.7

WASHED & REJECT COAL, SOURCE OF TRANSPORT AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Material Quantity Railway Sidings Mode of

Transportation Mitigation measures

Washed Coal 32,00,000 TPA Dipka (Existing Siding),

Dipka (Proposed Siding),

Kusmunda, Gevra,

Kota,Champa, Kota,

Urga, Madwa Rani,

Akaltara, Proposed new

Rail Corridor between

Gevra road to Pendra

road

By Road through

covered trucks up to

user Industries

and/or by covered

truck up to railway

siding and then

loaded in wagons

Adequate traffic control

measures will be adopted

to avoid impacts on the

traffic conditions and

other transport

infrastructure of the area.

The village road (400m)

will be strengthened to

handle increased in traffic

density and proper

maintenance will be

carried out by the

company. Necessary

budgetary provisions are

made for capital as well

Reject Coal

8,00,000 TPA



as recurring expenses.

There will not be any

significant impact

anticipated due to

increase in traffic density.

2. 7.1.1 Coal Analysis & Material Balance

Raw coal will be obtained from SECL coal mines located in Gevra, Deepka and Kusmunda mines of

SECL in Korba area. The samples for raw coal, washed coal and reject coal for similar operating coal

washery in the area will be procured and analysed in the laboratory to find out the characteristics of

raw coal, washed coal and coal rejects. The characteristics and quantum of raw coal, washed coal

and coal washery rejects are given in Table 2.8.

TABLE 2.8

CHARACTERISTICS OF ROM COAL, WASHED COAL & COAL WASHERY REJECTS

Sr. No. Parameters Raw Coal Washed Coal Rejects

1 Ash % 40-44 33-34 60-70

2 Moisture % 8.5 12 10

3 GCV (Kcal/Kg) 3400 – 3700 4000 – 4400 2000 – 2200

4 Yield % 100 80 20

5 Quantity (TPA) 4,000,000 3,200,000 8,00,000

Source: PPR

The material balance flow chart for the proposed coal washery is given in Figure 2.5.

FIGURE 2.5: MATERIAL BALANCE FLOW CHART

EIA-EMP for Proposed 2x2 MTPA Coal Washery (Wet Process) in an area of 8.195 ha at Village -Batari, Tehsil - Khatgora, District – Korba, State- Chhattisgarh M/s CG Coal & Power Ltd.


2.7.2 Solid Waste Generation & ManagementIt is proposed to process 2 x 2 MTPA raw coal in the proposed coal washery. About 0.80 MTPAwashery reject coal will be generated out of which 0.02 MTPA shale will used for land filling and roadconstruction activities whereas 0.78 MTPA will be sold to Power plant/other user industries. No othersolid waste is envisaged in the coal washing process.

2.7.3 Water Requirement, wastewater generation and disposal2.7.3.1 Daily Water RequirementTotal daily water requirement in the proposed coal washery is about 14,545 KLD. Out of this, about13,333 KLD water will be collected as process effluent and will be treated in thickeners. The treatedeffluent will be reused in the coal washing process. Remaining 1212 KLD water will be lost as coalmoisture, evaporation losses and process losses can be met through surface water. Makeup freshwater requirement will be 1300 KLD out of which 1212 KLD will be provided for plant operation, 61KLD will be used for dust suppression and 27 KLD for domestic purposes. The break-up of waterrequirement is summarised in Table 2.7. Source of water will be from proposed Fulzar Anicut onGanjha nallah (Saliha nallah), near village Fulzar (4.10 km road distance NNE). Water AllocationLetter (Sanctioned) obtained from Water Resources Department Chhattisgarh for drawl of 1300m3/day makeup water. (Refer. Annexure IV).

The plant will be operated on 'Zero Discharge Principle'. There will not be any effluent discharge fromthe coal washery plant. All the process effluent generated in the plant will be treated in thickeners andwill be reused in the coal washing process. Domestic effluent will be treated in STP.

In view of conservation of water, rainwater harvesting will be carried out in the plant. Surface run-offfrom the plant area will be collected in a settling tank through a network of drains and the water willbe used in the process, thereby reducing the drawl of water. Rainwater from roof tops will becollected in a rainwater harvesting tank and will be allowed to percolate to ground through ascientifically designed rainwater harvesting system.

TABLE 2.9WATER BALANCE FOR PROPOSED 2X2 MTPA COAL WASHERY (UNIT: KLD)

Purpose Daily waterrequirement

EffluentGeneration Losses Make up fresh

water requirement Remarks

Coal washing 14545 13333 1212 1212 Recycled inprocess

Dust suppression 61 0 61 61Domestic use 27 23* 4.0 27 *STP treated

water will beused forplantation

Total 14633 13356 1277 1300Firefighting (one time only) 300Grand total 14933 13356 1277 1300

Source: Water will be sourced from proposed Fulzar Anicut on Ganjha nallah (Saliha nallah), nearvillage Fulzar. Water Allocation Letter (Sactioned) obtained from Water Resources Department –Chhattisgarh. (Refer. Annexure IV).



2.7.3.2 Water Source

Source of water will be from proposed Fulzar Anicut on Ganjha nallah (Saliha nallah), near village

Fulzar. Water Allocation Letter (Sanctioned) obtained from Water Resources Department

Chhattisgarh for drawl of 1300 m3/day makeup water. The geographical location of intake point is

22°23'35.78"N and 82°31'37.94"E (4.10 KM road distance in NNE) and the detail map is given in

Annexure IV A.

2.7.3.3 Water Storage

As per the terms of sanctioned letter of water resource department, Govt. of Chhattisgarh; the water

Reservoir of 20000 Cu.M. Capacity shall be constructed to cater for 15 days requirement.

A water reservoir of about 2 x 900 Cu.M. capacity will also be constructed. This will cater for the

requirement of makeup water, water for dust suppression system, plant cleaning water etc. for one

day. The water requirement for operation of the coal washery will be approximately 72 Cu.M. / hr.

However for start-up of the system, initial water requirement shall be approximately 3000 m3 for filling

up the thickeners and all the process tanks. A separate module of 300 Cu.M. Capacity Water Tank

shall also be constructed adjacent to the Process Water Reservoir to cater to the requirement of Fire

Fighting arrangement. The water in this tank shall always remain full and shall be used only in case of

emergency.

2.7.3.4 Sewerage System

Domestic effluent from the proposed coal washery will be treated in STP.

2.7.3.5 Industrial Waste water Management

The total make up water required for the proposed plant will be 1300m3/d which will be met through

surface water source. The water will be recycled and reused within plant premises. Process

wastewater from coal washing will be collected and treated in thickeners and will be re-circulated in

coal washing process. The plant will operate on 'Zero Effluent Discharge' Principle.

2.7.4 Electric Power Requirement & Source

Power requirement will be 4.4 MW, which will be met by Chhattisgarh State Electricity Board. A

transformer will be provided at the project site for transmission of the power. Diesel generators of

1000 KVA will be provided at the project site for use in case of grid power failure.

2.7.5 Manpower Requirement

Industrialization uplifts the socio-economic standard of local people surrounding the plant site. The

proposed coal washery establishment will generate employment in the form of skilled, semiskilled and

unskilled labours during construction phase.

Technical person will be recruited during the plant operation, the manpower requirement is approx.

85 persons in phase wise manner i.e. Phase I - 48 persons, Phase II - 37 persons. As per the terms

of MoU, the project proponent have committed to engaged local personal from nearby villages.

2.7.6 Site Infrastructure

The coal washery is proposed in Batari village, Khatgora Tehsil, Korba District, Chhattisgarh.

Preference in employment will be given to local people. Hence, there is no need for provision of

township. For efficient plant operation, infrastructure facilities like office, store, rest area, drinking

water facilities, urinals, latrines, canteen, first aid center, etc. will be made available within the plant



premises. Internal black topped (tarry) roads will be developed. An ambulance facility will be kept

ready to attend any medical emergency occurred during construction and plant operation phase.

A small workshop for routine maintenance will be provided within the washery premises. Effluent from

the workshop will be treated in oil and grease trap and treated effluent will be used for sprinkling on

coal stacks to control fugitive emissions.

Parking facility for trucks involved in transportation of coal from mines to coal hopper will be provided

in a separate area allocated for the purpose. A rest shelter along with drinking water, urinal, toilet

facilities etc. will be provided at the parking site. Domestic effluents from the parking site will be

routed through sewage treatment plant. Treated water from sewage will be used for flushing and

used for green belt development and sprinkling within washery premises. Storm water from the

parking area will be collected in a settling tank through storm water drains and the accumulated water

will be used for sprinkling on road and for plantation. No vehicle washing facility will be provided at

the site.

Internal roads will be concreted / black topped for transportation of coal from coal hopper. Since most

of the raw coal, washed coal and coal rejects will be transported through roadways i.e. Gevra-

Bilaspur road. The transport will take place through village Rainpur & Jhabar upto State Highway

connecting Bilaspur to Korba. Adequate traffic management plan will be adopted to avoid impact due

to increase in road traffic. Village road that will be used for coal transportation will be maintained

periodically. The details of the proposed site infrastructures are as follows:

i) Industrial Area (Processing Area)

Proposed Plant will be coming up in an area of 20.25 acres given on 99 year lease by the CSIDC

Govt. of Chhattisgarh for establishment of coal washery.

(ii) Residential Area (Non Processing Area)

Only office buildings, store and rest shelters etc. will be provided. No residential facilities will be

provided within the plant premises.

(iii) Green Belt

It is proposed to develop green belt all along the boundary for a width of 5 m. In this green belt, local

tree species with thick foliage cover will be planted. In between the tree species, bush and shrub

varieties will be planted. The proposed area for green belt will be 6.75 acres for the proposed coal

Washery.

(iv) Social Infrastructure

The management is committed to uplift the standards of living of the villagers by undertaking

following activities / responsibilities as the part of Corporate Social Responsibility.

Health & hygiene

Drinking water

Education for poor

Village roads

Street Lighting

2.7.7 Fire Protection System

Fire hydrant system covering all the buildings of the proposed washery plant including coal stockyard

would be provided. A separate water tank of 300 KL capacity along with pumping arrangement will be



provided for firefighting purposes. In addition to the fire hydrant system, the following fire protection

systems will be proposed:

Suitable types of portable fire extinguishers system for the protection of electrical devices

Automatic water sprinkling system for coal conveyors, coal stack yard, etc.

Automatic sprinklers systems for certain select areas

Manual HVWS system for the protection of turbine oil tanks; and

Portable extinguishers and fire tenders as required

Communication System

An effective communication system by way of automatic dial type telephones and public address

system will be made available.

2.7.8 Environmental Aspect

The various types of pollution from the proposed washery are expected as shown below:

Air pollution;

Water pollution;

Solid waste;

Noise pollution.

Traffic Density &

Socio-economic Environment

The major type of pollution from the washery will be fugitive emissions. In addition, wastewater and

solid wastes will also be generated. The impacts on various environmental aspects due to the

proposed coal washery, identified pollution sources and proposed pollution control measures are

summarized in Table 2.10.

TABLE 2.10

IDENTIFIED POLLUTION SOURCES & PROPOSED CONTROL MEASURES

Environmental

Aspects Source/Activity Proposed Control Measures

Fugitive

Emissions

Coal handling,

Processing,

Storage, Coal

Loading and

Unloading area

Sensor based water sprinkling will be installed at loading,

unloading, internal roads, etc.

Fixed water sprinklers for coal stockyard

Closed belt conveyors

Provision of Bag filters at coal crusher

Wet coal washing process

Jet sprinklers (automatic) to control fugitive emission

Development of thick green belt around plant premises

Retention wall of 25 feet height will be constructed over 335

running feet common boundary with Indus public school.

Noise Pollution Belt conveyor,

Screens, crusher,

etc.

Periodic preventive maintenance of equipment and machineries

Provision of acoustic enclosures to crushers, screens, DG sets,

etc.

Development of thick green belt and plantation in and around

plant premises

Provision of ear muffs/plugs to workers exposed to high noise

generating areas.

Retention wall of 25 feet height will be constructed over 335

running feet common boundary with Indus public school

Wastewater

Source

Process (wet

washing)

Utilization of belt press technology to recover maximum water

from the washed coal and rejects.



Environmental

Aspects Source/Activity Proposed Control Measures

Collection of process effluent in thickener and recycle in the

process

Discharge of domestic effluent in STP.

Ensuring 'Zero Effluent Discharge' in the plant.

Solid waste &

Hazardous Waste

Washery Rejects,

spent oil & grease

from maintenance

work

Coal Rejects (Fines & Rejects) will be dispatched to power

plants for power generation.

Coal Rejects (Shale) will used for land filling and road

construction activities

Biodegradable solid wastes from canteen and office will be used

for composting.

Spent oil & grease will be collected & stored in separate leak

proof bins and will be sold to authorized recycling vendors.

Traffic Density Raw coal transport,

washed coal & coal

reject transport,

manpower transport

Raw coal, washed coal and reject coal will be transported by

covered trucks/railway wagons.

Most of the manpower will be appointed from nearby villages.

No significant increase in road traffic due to proposed project.

Periodic maintenance of public road used for coal transport

Posting of traffic regulators at strategic locations along coal

transport roads passing through villages

Socio-economic

Environment

Additional load on

infrastructural

facilities

Local people will get benefit due to direct and indirect

employment opportunities.

Public infrastructure facilities will be improved due to the project.

M/s C. G. Coal and Power Limited will carry out CSR/CER

activities in the nearby villages.

Overall quality of life of people in the nearby villages will be

improved.

CHAPTER-3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


Chapter 3- Description of the Environment 3-1

CHAPTER 3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

Baseline environmental studies were carried out within 15 km w.r.t. Air, Noise, Water, Land,

Biological and Socio-economic environmental components from the project site to assess the existing

environmental scenario in the area. For the purpose of EIA studies, proposed coal washery area was

considered as the core zone and area outside the proposed coal washery upto 15 km radius was

considered as buffer zone. The baseline environmental monitoring was carried out during

post-monsoon 2015 season (October to December 2015) in the study area covering 15 km radial

distance from the proposed coal washery. Other environmental data on flora and fauna, land-use

pattern, forest etc. was also generated through field surveys and also secondary information collected

from different state Govt. departments. Sampling methods and analysis details are enclosed as

Annexure V. Also Socio-economic survey was conducted, through interaction with the people,

sarpanch and medical officers by floating questionnaires and collection of secondary information

through census data for demographic structures, amenities and infrastructure availability within the

study area.

3.1.1 Methodology

The methodology adopted for carrying out baseline environmental monitoring was as per the

guidelines given in the EIA Manual of MoEF. Baseline data in the study area was collected by

conducting field study/primary sampling during the study period with respect to the different

environmental attributes as given below:

Conducting reconnaissance of the study area;

Selecting sampling locations for conducting various environment baseline studies;

The sampling locations were selected on the basis of the following:

Predominant wind directions recorded by the Indian Meteorological Department (IMD)

Champa observatory;

Existing topography;

Drainage pattern and location of existing surface water bodies like lakes/ponds, rivers and

streams;

Location of villages/towns/ sensitive areas, and;

Areas, which represent baseline conditions;

The field observations were made to:

Assess the positive and negative impacts due to the proposed project;

Suggest appropriate mitigation measures for negating the adverse environmental impacts, if

any, and;

Suggest post-project monitoring;

Primary data collection

Primary data collection includes:

Land-Environment – Soil quality, land use/ land cover

Water Environment - Groundwater / surface water quality

Air Environment - Ambient air quality

Noise Environment - Noise levels

Biological Environment - Flora and Fauna


Solid waste Management



Primary data was collected by monitoring various environmental components in the core as well as

buffer zone during the study period (i.e. October to December 2015); details are given in Table 3.1.

TABLE 3.1

PRIMARY DATA COLLECTION

S. No. Description

1. Meteorology:

Meteorological parameters on hourly basis at project site.

Parameters: Temperature, Relative humidity, Wind Speed & Wind Direction.

2. Air

Ambient air quality monitoring (24 hourly), twice a week.

Parameters: PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, Ozone, CO, VOCs, Heavy metals

No. of Locations: 10 locations in core and buffer zone.

3. Noise

Noise level monitoring (day & night time), once in a season.


4. Water

Surface and Ground water sampling, once in a monitoring period

No. of Locations: 9 locations in core and buffer zone (Groundwater), 9 locations (Surface water).

Analyzed for physico-chemical characteristics.

5. Soil

Soil sampling, once in a season.


6. Biological Environment

Biodiversity survey, once in a season.

Location: Core and buffer zone.

7. Socio-economic Environment

Socio-economic survey, once in a season.

Location: Core and buffer zone.

Secondary data collection

This includes review of secondary published information on;

Socio-economic conditions, demographic structure and infrastructure resource base etc.

Sensitive areas such as biosphere reserve, forests, sanctuaries, places of historical,

Archaeological tourist importance, etc.

3.2 LAND ENVIRONMENT

3.2.1 Land Environment using Remote Sensing and GIS Application

Remote sensing technology has emerged as a powerful tool in providing reliable information on

various natural resources at different levels of spatial details; it has played an important role in

effective mapping and periodic monitoring of natural resources including environment. With the

availability of high resolution remote sensing data, newer areas of remote sensing applications have

been identified, techniques of data processing have been improved and computer based image

processing systems have become more effective. Based on this application, the land use and land cover

studies refer to man‟s activities on land, utilitarian in nature whereas land cover denotes the vegetation

cover, water body cover and artificial constructions, etc.

The Land use/land cover classification system standardized by Department of Space, for mapping different

agro-climatic zones has been adopted. The classification systems are as follows.

* Build up land: - It is defined as a human habitation developed due to non-agricultural use and that



which has a cover of building, transport, communication utilities in association with water, vegetation

and vacant lands.

* Land with or without scrub: - It occupies (relatively) higher topography like uplands or high ground

with or without scrub. These lands are generally prone to degradation or erosion. These exclude hilly

and mountainous terrain.

* Fallow land: - It is described as agricultural lands which is taken up for cultivation but is temporarily

allowed to rest un-cropped for one or more seasons, but not less than one year. These lands are

particularly those which are seen devoid of crops at the time when the imagery is taken of both

seasons.

* Dense Evergreen forest:-It describes as forest, which comprises of thick and dense canopy of all

trees, which predominantly remain green throughout the year. It includes both coniferous and tropical

broad-lived evergreen trees. Semi- evergreen forest is a mixture of both deciduous and evergreen

trees but the latter predominate.

* Water bodies: - Area persistently covered by water such as rivers, reservoirs, lakes and ponds etc.

3.2.2 Land use of Study Area

The land-use & land cover map of 15 km radial study area from the periphery of project site was

prepared using Resource SAT-2 (IRS-P6), sensor- LISS-4 having 5.6 m spatial resolution and date of

pass 22 Nov 2015 satellite image with reference to Google Earth data and the IRS-P5- Cartosat-I

data having 2.5 m spatial resolution and date of pass Jan 2014 which is given in Table 3.2. In order

to strengthen the baseline information on existing land use pattern, the following data covering approx. the

proposed project site as well as the 10km and 15 km radius from the periphery of the project site i.e.

22°13‟44.89” N - 22°29‟56.53” N latitude and 82°30‟35.01” E - 82°31‟29.04” E longitude and elevation 299-

329 meter are used.

Land use pattern of the study area as well as the catchment area was carried out by standard

methods of analysis of remotely sensed data followed by ground truth collection and interpretation of

satellite data. The outcome of land use study is presented below in subsequent tables and figures.

TABLE 3.2

DATA SPECIFICATION USED FOR PRESENT STUDY

Satellite/ Image Sensor Scene-Spec Spatial resolution Date of Acquisition

Resource SAT-2 LISS-4 102-56D 5.6 m 22 Nov 2015

IRS-P-5 Cartosat-1 R-1-100-56 2.5 m Jan 2015

Objective

The objectives of Land use studies are:

To determine the present land use pattern as per EIA-EMP norms by MoEF.

To determine the drainage pattern present in the study area.

Data Used

A. Remote sensing data

IRS P6 LISS-4 Scene

IRS-P5 Cartosat-I data

B. Collateral Data

Survey of India toposheet bearing Toposheet No. F44K7 old 64 J/7, F44K8 old 64 J/8, F44K11 old

64J/11 and F44K12 old 64 J/12 of 1:50000 scale.



Methodology

The land use pattern of the study area was studied by analysing the available secondary data published in

the District Primary Census abstract of the year 2001 & 2011.

Salient features of the adopted methodology are given below:

Acquisition of satellite data

Preparation of base map from Survey of India topo sheets

Data analysis using visual interpretation techniques

Ground truth studies or field checks using GPS

Finalization of the map

Digitization using head up vectorisation method

Topology construction in GIS

Area calculation for statistics generation

Masking

The spatial resolution and the spectral bands in which the sensor collects the remotely sensed data are

two important parameters for any land use survey. IRS P6 LISS IV data offers spatial resolution of 5.6 m

with the swath width of 141 x 141 km. the data is collected in four visible bands namely green (Band 2)

(0.52-0.59µ), red (Band 3) (0.62-0.69µ), near infrared (NIR) (Band 4) (0.77-0.86µ), short wave infrared

band (Band 5) (1.55-1.75µ) with orbit repeat period of 24 days (three days revisit). The shapes, sizes,

colours, tone and texture of several geomorphic features are visible in IRS data.

Four spectral bands provide high degree of measurability through band combination including FCC

generation, bands rationing, classification etc. These features of the IRS data are particularity important for

better comprehension and delineation of the land use classes. Hence, IRS P6 LISS-IV data and IRS-P5 –

Cartosat-I data having 2.5 m spatial resolution having pan chromatic imagery has been used for land use

mapping.

The digital image processing was performed on ERDAS Imagine 2014 and QGIS 2.2 software system on

high-configured computer. This software package is a collection of image processing functions necessary

for pre-processing, rectification, band combination, filtering, statistics, classification, etc. Apart from contrast

stretching, there are large numbers of image processing functions that can be performed on this station.

Arc GIS map 9.3 is used for final layout presentation.

The satellite data from the compact disc is loaded on the hard disk and by studying quick look (the

sampled image of the appropriate area ;) the sub-scene of the study area is extracted. Supervised

classification using all the spectral bands can separate fairly accurately, the different land use classes at

level II on the basis of the spectral responses, which involve the following three steps:

1. Acquisition of ground truth

2. Calculation of the statistics of training area

3. Classification using maximum likelihood algorithm

The training areas for classification were homogeneous, well spread throughout the scene with bordering

pixels excluded in processing. Several training sets have been used through the scene for similar land use

classes. After evaluating the statistical parameters of training sets, the training areas were rectified by

deleting no congruous training sets and creating new ones.

3.2.3 Pre-field Interpretation of Satellite Data

The False Colour Composite (FCC) of LISS-4 satellite imagery having 5.6 m spatial resolution

satellite data at 1:50,000 scales were used for pre-field interpretation work. Taking the help of topo

sheets, geology, geo-morphology and by using the image elements, the features were identified and

delineated the boundaries roughly. Each feature was identified on image by their image elements like



tone, texture, colour, shape, size, pattern and association. A tentative legend in terms of land cover

and land use was formulated. The sample area for field check is selected covering all the

physiographic, land use/land cover feature cum image characteristics. Figure 3.1 shows the FCC of

10 KM and 15 KM radius of LISS-4 Imagery.

FIGURE 3.1: FCC (SATELLITE IMAGERY) OF 00-10 AND 00-15 KM RADIUS WITH PROJECT

LOCATION

3.2.4 Ground Truth Collection

Both topo sheets and imagery were carried for field verification and a transverse plan using existing

road network was made to cover as many representative sample areas as possible to observe the

broad land use features and to adjust the sample areas according to field conditions. Detail field

observations and investigations were carried out and noted the land use features on the imagery.

3.2.5 Post Field Work for Land Use/Land Cover Classification

The base maps of the study area were prepared, with the help of Survey of India Toposheets on

1:50,000 scale. Preliminary interpreted land use and the land cover features boundaries from IRS-2,

sensor LISS-4 having 5.6 m spatial resolution, False Colour Composite were modified in light of field

information and the final thematic details were transferred onto the base maps. The final interpreted

and classified thematic map was cartograph. The cartographic map was categorically differentiate

with standard colour coding and described features with standard symbols. All the classes were

identified and marked by the standard legend on the map. The following Land Cover classes were

derived and classified as under:



1. Agricultural land 2. Settlements 3. Dense Forest 4. Open scrub

5. Stone Quarry 6. Water Bodies

Total areas of 10 km radius as well as 15 km radius are about 314 sq. km and 706.5 sq. km.

3.2.6 Topography

The area as a whole represents a gently slope which is shown in Figure 3.2, drained by a number of

North to East and South to East flowing rivers which debouche into the one major tributary i.e.

Aharan Nadi present in Eastern direction of the project site which is about 14.5 km approx and

ultimately discharge into Hasdeo River about 16.5 km approx towards eastern direction. The area as

a whole is the basin of Hasdeo catchment and its tributaries Teti Nala, Charnoi Nadi, Aharan nadi

and Kholar nadi. The Hasdeo River flows from north to south and eventually discharge into Mahanadi

River. The area as a whole is the basin of Mahanadi catchment and maximum flow of the water is

going towards the Mahanadi River present in the eastern direction of the project site and about 70 km

approx. There are numerous Nallahas and rivers present in the study area, these are present in

Table 3.3 and Figure 3.3 represent the drainage pattern of the study area and Figure 3.4 represents

the drainage map procured from Chhattisgarh council of science and technology.

FIGURE 3.2: SLOPE MAP OF 00-15 KM RADIUS WITH PROJECT LOCATION



TABLE 3.3

DISTANCE AND DIRECTION OF RIVER/STREAM/NALA PRESENT IN PROJECT SITE WITHIN 10

AND 15 KM RADIUS

Various small and large rivulets present in the study area and also various small and large water

ponds were present in every part of the study area within the 10 km as well as 15 km radius. (Figure

3.3 & 3.4).

FIGURE 3.3: RIVER/STREAMS/NALA (DRAINAGE) OF THE STUDY AREA WITHIN 10 AND 15 KM

RADIUS FROM THE PROJECT SITE

Name of the River/Stream/Nala Distance from Project Site

(Km) Direction from Project Site

Lilagar Nala 3.18 SSW

Lilagar Nadi 5.35 S

Pitni Nala 7.41 SW

Lachhminta Nala 8.42 ESE

Kholar Nala 6.87 E

Karra Nala 11.32 WNW

Sundhara Nala 7.32 NE

Bhainspar Nala 12.68 NNW

Kahua Nala 12.84 NNE

Jhulna Nala 12.52 NW

Aharan Nadi 14.5 E

Saliha Nala 5.82 ENE



FIGURE 3.4: RIVER/STREAMS/NALA (DRAINAGE) OF THE STUDY AREA WITHIN 10 AND 15

KM RADIUS FROM THE PROJECT SITE BY CHHATTISGARH COUNCIL OF SCIENCE AND

TECHNOLOGY-RAIPUR

3.2.7 Land Use/Land Cover Classification- Interpretation

The Land Cover classes were extracted following a Visual interpretation method or on screen

digitization of the Resource Sat-2 Imagery, sensor LISS-4 having 5.6 m spatial resolution image.

These were later verified by using SOI toposheet and Google Earth imagery. Polygon layers for each

class were digitized and the respective areas were calculated. The Land Cover classes and their

coverage can be seen in the Table 3.4 and its distribution is shown in Figure 3.7. The present Land

Cover classes are represented in Figure 3.6. Total eight major land use/ land cover classes were

demarcated in the study area and a thematic map of 1:50,000 scales were generated incorporating

these classified categories considering the area of the project and Figure 3.5 shows the photographs

of present landuse condition of the study area.



FIGURE 3.5: LANDUSE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA



FIGURE 3.6: LU/LC DETAILS OF 00-15 KM RADIUS



TABLE 3.4

LU/LC CLASSES AND THEIR COVERAGE IN SQ. KM OF 15 KM RADIUS

LU/LC classes and their coverage in Sq. Km

Sr. No. LU/LC Class Area (Sq.Km²) Percentage (%)

1 Built up Land Rural/Urban)

Settlement 29.89 4.23

Industry/other industries 12.45 1.76

Road Infrastructure 3.21 0.45

Railway Line/Railway Siding 0.75 0.11

2 Agriculture Land

Cropland/Current Fallow Land 414.56 58.68

3 Water bodies

River/Nala/Stream 15.96 2.26

Pond/Tank 3.63 0.51

4 Scrub/Waste Land

Land with scrub/Open Scrub 88.56 12.54

5 Dense Forest 73.58 10.41

Open Mixed Jungle 19.56 2.77

Forest Plantation 8.45 1.20

6 Mining/Stone Quarry 35.9 5.08

Total 706.5 100

FIGURE 3.7: PIE CHART REPRESENT THE LU/LC DETAILS OF 15 KM RADIUS

From the Table 3.4, it is seen that total six major land use/land cover classes were demarcated in the

study area. As seen from the land cover classes, agriculture, appears to be the major land use

pattern that the villagers are engaged, however there was a large area of open scrub land which

could be later developed into a cultivable land. Agriculture has the highest coverage of all the land

cover classes having 58.68% (414.56 sq.km approx) of the total project area. It is observed from the

LULC, the total area present under the settlement area (Build up area-land rural/urban, barren land,

road infrastructure and railway infrastructure) covers 6.55% (46.3 sq. km approx).

4.23%

1.76%

0.45%

0.11%

58.68%

2.26%

0.51%

12.54%

10.41%

2.77%

1.20%

5.08%

Settlement

Industry/other industries

Road Infrastructure

Railway Line/Railway Siding

Cropland/Current Fallow Land

River/Nala/Stream

Pond/Tank

Land with scrub/Open Scrub

Dense Forest

Open Mixed Jungle

Forest Plantation



It is also observed that the area is prominent zone for various connectivity points of view such as NH-

111 (Bilaspur-Ambikapur Road) which is passing under the 15 km radius of the study area as well as

SH-2 and SH-4 also passing through 15 km radius of the project site. Numerous metal roads were

also present in the study area; it seems that the transportation of raw materials and finished goods

will be easily movable as the connectivity is prominent in the study area. Presently the study area is

well connected with Gevra-Bilaspur metalled road. As per the observation and ground verification the

area is also prominent for the connectivity of railway network in that electrified rail link has been made

by South East Central Railway as the area having maximum revenue collection in terms of

transportation of coal mining. The rail network is being connected by Gevra Road to Bilaspur Jn. It is

also observed that the various railways siding in the Gevra area which is present under the Bilaspur-

Korba Rail link after that it is linked with HWH-Mumbai main railway link of SECR. Table 3.5

represents the distance and direction of the connectivity and Figure 3.8 represents the connectivity

map and Figure 3.9 represents the map and settlements presents in the 15 km radius by

Chhattisgarh Council of Science and Technology-Raipur.

TABLE 3.5

DISTANCE AND DIRECTION OF CONNECTIVITY PRESENT IN PROJECT SITE WITHIN 15 KM

RADIUS

FIGURE 3.8: ROAD/RAIL CONNECTIVITY OF THE STUDY AREA WITHIN 15 KM RADIUS FROM

THE PROJECT SITE

Name of the Road/Railway link Distance from Project Site (Km) Direction from Project Site

NH-111 & SH-2 near Mohanpur 10.5 NW

SH-4 near Badripali 13.51 NNE

Gevra-Bilaspur Road 0.36 S

Korba-Bilaspur Railway Line 8.39 ESE

Railway Siding Gevra mines 1.63 SSE



FIGURE 3.9: ROADS AND SETTLEMENTS OF THE STUDY AREA WITHIN 10 AND 15 KM RADIUS FROM THE PROJECT SITE



As the study area is known for the sparsely populated parts having distributed in all portions of the study

area and maximum settlement present in the mining area as well as towards the Korba town in Eastern

direction. The maximum settlements were observed in the villages such as Gevra Road, Urja Nagar,

Vivekananda Nagar and its adjoining area. The area having sparsely densely populated presumably

makes it difficult to visualize some of the other features of the total project area also the area having

maximum industrial settlement namely Jingatpur and Ratija area where maximum heavy industries were

located such as Ratija Coal Washery as well as Aryan Coal washery and various other coal washery

plants are available within 15 km radius of the study area and the percentage of the industrial settlement

is about 1.76% (12.45 Sq. Km) which is given in Figure 3.10 and Figure 3.11 shows the existing coal

mines and washeries located in the study area. It is also observed that the study area is well connected

by roadways i.e. National Highway (NH-111) as well as State Highway i.e. SH-2 and 4. It is also seen

that Korba-Gevra Road rail link is present from the Bilaspur Jn as well as various Railway siding is

present in the study area which later connected to the Howrah-Mumbai main railway line through

Champa Jn by South East Central Railway in the study area which is given Figure 3.8 and Table 3.4.



FIG

UR

E 3

.10

: L

OC

AT

ION

OF

OT

HE

R I

ND

US

TR

IES

IN

TH

E S

TU

DY

AR

EA

.



FIGURE 3.11: EXISTING COAL MINES AND WASHERIES OF THE STUDY AREA WITHIN 10 AND 15 KM RADIUS FROM THE PROJECT SITE BY

CHHATTISGARH COUNCIL OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY-RAIPUR



The study area is in the un-notified industrial area as per CSIDC in which the portion of the protected

forest, open scrub and forest plantation were present in the 15 km radius of the study area. It is

observed that area having maximum deposit of coal therefore forest area which is going to be extinct

in the near future and could be developed into industrial area as well as settlement area.

The area of forest, forest plantation and open scrub is lesser i.e. 190.15 Sq. km (26.92 %) later which

could be converted into agricultural land/ industrial activities. Table 3.6 represents the list of

forest/open scrub and its direction with respect to the project site and Figure 3.12 represents the

forest and forest plantation present within the study area. Figure 3.13 represents the satellite imagery

of the forest/open scrub presents in the study area. There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary,

Biosphere Reserve, Tiger Reserve, exist within the 10 km as well as 15 km radius of the study area.

TABLE 3.6

FOREST AND ITS DISTANCE W.R.T. THE PROJECT SITE

Sr. No. Forest/Open Scrub comprised in Study Area

Nearest Village Distance & Direction w.r.t. project site

1. Dense mixed jungle PF Badripali & Achankpur 12.25 & N

2. Open jungle mainly sarai Abhaypur & Bijayapur 9.35 & NE

3. Open mix jungle Chakadhamnapara 2.83 & ENE

4. Kartala PF Utra & Kartala 9.05 & WSW

5. Dhaurabhata PF Dhaurabhata 11.65 & W

6. Manikpur PF Baraipara & Kerakachhar 6.68 & WNW

7. Forest Plantation Nonbira 5.68 & SW

8. Open Scrub Ratija 4.33 & SSW

9. Open Scrub Tiwarta 0.91 & S

FIGURE 3.12: FOREST PLANTATION OBSERVED IN THE 15 KM RADIUS WITHIN THE STUDY

AREA



FIGURE 3.13: FOREST MAP WITH FCC OF THE STUDY AREA WITHIN 15 KM RADIUS FROM THE PROJECT SITE



The presence of water bodies including the river, dam, canal, tributaries and ponds as seen from the

figure 3.3, figure 3.4 and figure 3.6 as well as Table 3.3 and 3.4 are about 2.77% (19.59 sq.km).


ponds were present in every parts of the study area within the 10 km and 15 km radius and various

small and large water bodies were present are being utilized for various domestic and agricultural

purposes by the villagers as well as industrial purposes. The main river Hasdeo which is called as a

life line for the Korba people being used for industrial as well as domestic purposes.

As the area is being one of the prominent zone for coal mining as well as power generation plant

which is observed from figure 3.6 and figure 3.11 where maximum washed coal is going on other

parts of the state as well as country to cater the power consumption as well as various industrial

purposes. The total area covers under the mining activities i.e. 5.08 % (35.9 Sq. Km). These certain

pockets of coal mining, stone quarry and brick earth mining being operated under the open cast

methods by SECL as well as private players having ancillary units of crushing which is being used for

construction and township projects and the finished products is being transported to various parts of

the study area. It is also resembles from the satellite data and LU/LC map Settlements occupy a

subsequent areas, predominantly their presence on bank of the Hasdeo river and Kahua nala and

spreads all over the adjoining parts of the study area.

3.2.8 Elevation Details of 0 – 15 km radius

The contour-Map is prepared by taking the elevation information by using Survey of India Toposheet

No. F44K7 old 64 J/7, F44K8 old 64 J/8, F44K11 old 64J/11 and F44K12 old 64 J/12 of 1:50,000

scale and also using the help of satellite data CartoSat-I with 2.45 m spatial resolution with respect to

Google Earth imagery information and contours are generated at 10 m intervals as depicted in Figure

3.14 and the DEM model is represented in Figure 3.15 and 3D view of DEM is in Figure 3.16. The

15 km radius of the proposed coal washery project is confined within 165 meter to 435 meter above

MSL as derived from DEM data.



FIGURE 3.14: CONTOUR DETAILS OF 00-15 KM RADIUS



FIGURE 3.15: DEM DETAILS OF 00-15 KM RADIUS



FIGURE 3.16: 3D-DEM DETAILS OF 00-15 KM RADIUS



3.3 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

Soil may be defined as a thin layer of earth‟s crust which serves as a natural medium for the growth

of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral matter that has been subjected to, and influenced by

genetic and environmental factors – parent material, climate, organisms and topography all acting

over a period of time. Soil differs from the parent material in the morphological, physical, chemical

and biological properties. Also soils differ among themselves in some or all the properties, depending

on the differences in the genetic and environmental factors. Thus some soils are red, black; deep and

some are shallow; coarse-textured and some are fine-textured. It serves in varying degree as a

reservoir of nutrients and water for crops, provides mechanical anchorage and favorable tilth. The

components of soils are mineral materials, organic matter, water and air, the proportions of which

vary and which together form a system for plant growth; hence there is a need to study the soils in

perspective manner.

3.3.1 Data generation on Soil

For studying soil profile of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil

conditions in and around the proposed project site representing various land use conditions. The

physical, chemical properties and heavy metals concentrations were determined. The samples were

collected by ramming a core-cutter into the soil up to a depth of 20 cm. Total 10 samples were

collected from different locations within the study area and analyzed. The details of the soil monitoring

locations are given in Table 3.7 and shown in Figure 3.17. The monitoring was carried out once in

the study period during post monsoon season 2015. The international pipette method (Black, 1964)

was adopted for determination of particle size analysis. The physical parameters such as bulk

density, porosity and water holding capacity were determined by following KR box method (Keen and

Racekowski) 1921.

TABLE 3.7

DETAILS OF SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS

Sr.

No.

Station

Code Location Latitude Longitude

Distance(Km)/

Direction w.r.t. Project Site

1. S1 Project site 220 21'48.61" 82

030'48.39" -

2. S2 Batari 220 22'15.47" 82

031'18.35" 1.3 KM ( NE)

3. S3 Gobarghora 220 22'12.67" 82

033'19.26" 3.8 KM (E)

4. S4 Jhabar 220 12'34.76" 82

031'50.62" 1.5 KM (SE)

5. S5 Ranjna 220 23'42.95" 82

030'27.15" 3.6 KM (NNW)

6. S6 Basantpur 220 25'09.65" 82

029'43.69" 6.5 KM (NNW)

7. S7 Rainpur 220 21'11.23" 82

027'51.13" 5.6 KM (WSW)

8. S8 Sirki 220 20'44.30" 82

030'17.53" 2.2 KM (S)

9. S9 Renki 220 17'26.41" 82

030'23.83" 6.8 KM (S)

10. S10 Marwadhora 220 22'12.69" 82

036'10.67" 9 KM (E)



FIGURE 3.17: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS (WITHIN 10 & 15 KM RADIUS)

3.3.2 Physical Characteristics of Soil

Physical characteristics of soils were determined through specific parameters viz. particle size

distribution, bulk density, water holding capacity, infiltration rate, texture which are presented in Table

3.8.

TABLE 3.8

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL

Sr.

No.

Location Infiltration

rate

(cm/min)

Bulk

Density

(g/cc)

Water Holding

Capacity

Particle Size

Distribution

Texture

(%) Sand Silt Clay

(%)

1. Project site 19.39 1.11 39.51 46 20 34 Sandy clay

2. Batari 18.42 1.14 34.61 45 22 33 Sandy clay

3. Gobarghora 18.91 1.09 47.32 25 45 30 Silty clay

4. Jhabar 21.39 1.10 48.24 48 24 28 Sandy clay

5. Ranjna 28.19 1.13 42.64 49 19 32 Sandy clay

6. Basantpur 21.03 1.13 36.15 24 32 44 Silty clay

7. Rainpur 23.73 1.12 41.19 74 12 14 Sandy loam

8. Sirki 21.48 1.14 46.79 22 42 36 Silty clay

9. Renki 23.49 1.09 31.69 28 34 38 Silty clay

10. Marwadhora 19.91 1.11 37.63 29 31 40 Silty clay

Range 18.42-23.73 1.09-1.14 31.69-48.24 22-74 12-45 14-44 Sandy clay-

Silty clay

Source: Anacon Laboratory Pvt. Ltd.



Regular cultivation practices increase the bulk density of soils thus inducing compaction. This results

in reduction in water percolation rate and penetration of roots through soils. The soils with low bulk

density have favorable physical conditions whereas those with high bulk density exhibit poor physical

conditions for agriculture crops. The bulk density of the soil in the study area ranged between 1.09-

1.14 g/cc which indicates favorable physical condition for plant growth. The infiltration rate was found

in the range of 18.42-23.73 cm/min, water holding capacity was observed between 31.69- 48.24 %

whereas the texture of soil in the area was found to be sandy clay to silty clay as shown in Table 3.8.

3.3.3 Chemical Characteristics of Soil

Data collected for chemical characteristics of soils through selected parameters viz. pH, soluble

cations and anions, organic content, electrical conductivity and fertility status in the form of NPK

values and organic matter are presented in Tables 3.9 & 3.10.

pH is an important parameter indicative of alkaline or acidic nature of soil. It greatly affects the

microbial population as well as solubility of metal ions and regulates nutrient availability. Variation in

the pH of the soil in the study area is presented in Table 3.9 and it was found to be slightly alkaline to

moderately alkaline (7.75-8.09) in reaction. Electrical conductivity, a measure of soluble salts in the

soil was in the range of 91.80-246.0 μS/cm.

The important soluble cations in the soil are calcium and magnesium whose concentration levels

ranged from 31.87-143.34 mg/kg and 36.16-235.16 mg/kg respectively. Chloride was in the range of

48.27-152.71 mg/kg.

TABLE 3.9

CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL IN STUDY AREA

(SOIL-WATER EXTRACT – 1:5)

Sr.

No.

Location pH

at 25ºC

Electrical

Conductivity at

250C (μS/cm)

Ca Mg Na Cl- SO4

-

Water soluble (mg/kg)

1. Project site 6.41 113.7 31.92 19.43 19.94 72.16 676.84

2. Batari 6.21 91.80 31.91 9.71 27.92 152.71 148.78

3. Gobarghora 6.23 98.48 31.87 9.70 31.87 75.68 148.78

4. Jhabar 7.10 196.7 95.07 9.64 79.22 48.27 161.22

5. Ranjna 6.46 97.00 47.79 9.69 35.84 104.16 304.12

6. Basantpur 7.46 195.0 63.88 9.72 281.49 78.27 223.39

7. Rainpur 7.42 246.0 143.34 9.69 35.83 68.97 229.54

8. Sirki 7.40 185.3 47.59 9.66 390.64 110.16 174.89

9. Renki 6.67 128.50 63.40 9.65 33.68 88.16 235.19

10. Marwadhora 6.10 112.2 47.94 9.73 61.92 82.88 284.66

Range 6.10-7.46 91.80-246.0 31.87-

143.34

9.64-

19.43

19.94-

390.64

48.27-

152.71

148.78-

676.84

TABLE 3.10

EXCHANGEABLE CATIONS

Sr. No. Location Ca Mg Na K CEC

(meq/100g) Exchangeable (mg/kg)

1. Project site 20.11 9.66 10.18 54.14 14.6

2. Batari 18.22 6.22 14.21 46.18 14.2

3. Gobarghora 22.61 7.11 18.21 22.81 13.4

4. Jhabar 52.18 6.10 58.16 60.12 12.46



Sr. No. Location Ca Mg Na K CEC

(meq/100g) Exchangeable (mg/kg)

5. Ranjna 32.18 5.22 21.10 18.21 15.4

6. Basantpur 40.21 5.26 174.86 4.33 12.6

7. Rainpur 102.18 6.22 21.80 3.16 8.4

8. Sirki 24.66 7.11 294.18 26.31 16.2

9. Renki 41.61 3.21 19.22 10.11 15.4

10. Marwadhora 28.21 5.21 39.82 51.20 14.8

Range 18.22-102.18 3.21-9.66 10.18-294.18 3.16- 60.12 8.4-16.2

3.3.4 Nutrient Status

Organic matter and organic carbon present in the soil influence its physical and chemical condition

and is responsible for stability of soil aggregates. The organic matter content is presented in Table

3.11. Organic matter and nitrogen were found in the range of 0.91-1.27 % and 31.52-101.50 kg/ha.

This showed that soil was moderately fertile with respect to organic carbon and nutrient content.

TABLE 3.11

FERTILITY STATUS

Sr.

No.

Location Organic Matter Org. C Nitrogen Phosphorus Potassium

(%) Available (kg/ha) Available

(mg/kg)

1. Project site 0.91 0.53 101.50 26.18 71.81

2. Batari 0.99 0.57 54.06 31.27 63.82

3. Gobarghora 1.18 0.68 43.88 22.18 39.84

4. Jhabar 0.98 0.57 73.69 32.24 83.18

5. Ranjna 1.12 0.65 41.94 20.16 31.85

6. Basantpur 0.97 0.56 35.63 26.78 13.97

7. Rainpur 1.10 0.64 31.52 24.61 5.97

8. Sirki 1.27 0.73 45.65 29.81 45.60

9. Renki 1.16 0.67 66.66 24.16 17.83

10. Marwadhora 0.92 0.54 65.30 29.11 75.90

Range 0.91-1.27 0.53-0.73 31.52-101.50 20.16-32.24 5.97-83.18

Organic

Carbon

N P K

- Level in poor soil 0.5 < 280 < 23 < 133

- Level in moderate soil < 0.5 –

0.75

280-560 23-57 133 –337

- Level in fertile soil > 0.75 > 560 > 57 > 337

Source: Anacon Laboratory Pvt. Ltd.

The relationship of CEC with productivity and absorptivity are presented in Tables 3.12 & 3.13.

TABLE 3.12

RELATIONSHIP OF CEC WITH PRODUCTIVITY

Sr. No. CEC Range (meq/100g) Productivity Location (Sr. No.)

1 < 10 Very Low -

2 10 – 20 Low All locations

3 20 – 50 Moderate -



Sr. No. CEC Range (meq/100g) Productivity Location (Sr. No.)

4 > 50 High -

TABLE 3.13

RELATIONSHIP OF CEC WITH ABSORPTIVITY

Sr. No. CEC Range (meq/100g) Absorptivity Location (Sr. No.)

1 <10 Low -

2 10 – 20 Moderate All locations

3 20 – 30 Moderately high -

4 30 – 40 High -

3.3.5 Heavy Metals Content in Soil

Plant requires some of the heavy metals at microgram levels for their metabolic activities. These

heavy metals are also termed as macronutrients. Their efficiency becomes a limiting factor in the

plant growth, but at the same time their higher concentration in soils may lead to toxicity. Some of the

heavy metals were estimated and their concentration levels are presented in Table 3.14.

TABLE 3.14

HEAVY METALS CONTENTS (1:5 SOIL: WATER) EXTRACT

Sr.

No.

Location As B Cd Cr Cu Pb Ni Co Fe Mn Zn Se

mg/kg

1. Project site ND 0.15 ND ND 0.68 ND ND ND 1.06 0.98 0.39 ND

2. Batari ND 0.19 ND ND 0.34 ND ND ND 0.80 0.65 0.21 ND

3. Gobarghora ND 0.24 ND ND 0.41 ND ND ND 1.56 2.50 0.32 ND

4. Jhabar ND 0.31 ND ND 0.64 ND ND ND 1.30 6.79 0.36 ND

5. Ranjna ND 0.21 ND ND 0.54 ND ND ND 4.20 6.71 0.35 ND

6. Basanipur ND 0.20 ND ND 0.39 ND ND ND 1.41 2.11 0.29 ND

7. Rainpur ND 0.27 ND ND 0.21 ND ND ND 1.30 1.34 0.34 ND

8. Sirki ND 0.17 ND ND 0.30 ND ND ND 0.77 0.60 0.19 ND

9. Renki ND 0.13 ND ND 0.78 ND ND ND 1.11 0.96 0.36 ND

10. Marwadhora ND 0.23 ND ND 0.38 ND ND ND 0.84 0.64 0.26 ND

Range ND 0.13-

0.27

ND ND 0.21-

0.78

ND ND ND 0.77-

1.56

0.60-

2.11

0.19-

0.39

ND

ND: Not Detectable

3.3.6 Observations

pH of the soil samples varied from 6.1 to 7.46 indicating normal soils

Texture of the soil was observed as mainly sandy clay and silt clay.

Bulk density of the soil samples varied from 1.09 to 1.14 g/cc

Organic carbon in the soil samples varied from 0.53 to 0.73 g/100 g

Cation Exchange Capacity of the soil samples varied from 8.4 to 16.2 meq/100 g

Available Nitrogen in the soil samples varied from 31.52 to 101.50 kg/Ha

Available Phosphorus in the soil samples varied from 20.16 to 32.24 kg/Ha

Available potassium in the soil samples varied from 5.97 to 83.18 mg/kg

From the analysis results of the soil samples, it was observed that the soil was low to medium fertile

and having moderate productivity. The soil in the study area needs additional fertilizers for improving

the fertility status and increase in crop productivity. The concentration of heavy metals in the water



extract of soil was found to be low with a negligible concentration level of cadmium, chromium, lead,

cobalt and selenium. This also indicates the poor level of micro-nutrient. The organic matter and

organic carbon was found in the range of 0.91 to 1.27 gm/100 gm and 0.53 to 0.73 gm/100 gm

respectively indicating moderate organic content in the soil. Overall, the soil quality in the area was

found to be poor to medium fertile with moderate productivity.

3.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT

3.4.1 Topography & Drainage Pattern

The area for proposed coal washery comprising of barren land owned by the project proponent. The

area is almost flat with general elevation of 165 to 435 m above MSL. The area is scantily vegetated

and there is no habitation in or adjacent to the applied area. There is no perennial or seasonal

surface water body nearer to the coal washery area. The surface run-off during monsoon joins nearby

seasonal streams.

The study area around the project site is almost flat with elevation varying from 325 m to 332 m MSL.

The area as a whole represents gently slope and general slope of the area is towards ESE, SW and

WNW having 7-37 degree especially in the mining area which is shown in Figure 3.2. There is no

hillock in the study area. Korba city is located in eastern part of the study area. Various streams and

nallahs drained to North to East and South to East flowing rivers which debouche into the one major

tributary i.e. Aharan nadi present in Eastern direction of the project site which is about 14.5 km

approx and ultimately confluence with Hasdeo river about 16.5 km approx towards eastern direction.

The area as a whole is the basin of Hasdeo catchment and its tributaries Teti nala, Charnoi nadi,

Aharan nadi and Kholar nadi. The Hasdeo river flows from north to south and eventually discharge

into Mahanadi river. The area as a whole is the basin of Mahanadi catchment and maximum flow of

the water is going towards the Mahanadi river present in the eastern direction of the project site and

about 70 km approx. There are numerous nallahs and rivers flowing through the study area. One

nallah i.e. Lilagar nala flows along the SSW boundary of the plant site about 3.18 km from the project

site.

3.4.2 Rainfall

The annual rainfall based on the IMD data was recorded as 1236.80 mm. The monsoon generally

sets in during the second week of June. The rainfall gradually decreased after September. The

maximum numbers of rainy days were observed in the month of July. Annual and monthly variations

in rainfall are presented in Table 3.15

TABLE 3.15

CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA FORM IMD, CHAMPA (1971-2000)

Month Temperature (⁰C) Humidity (%) Monthly Rainfall (mm)

Min Max 0830 hr 1730 hr

January 13.1 27.5 70 42 11.6

February 15.7 30.3 61 34 17.5

March 19.6 35.9 46 22 17.2

April 24.3 40.8 41 19 9.6

May 27.5 42.9 41 22 14

June 27 38.4 64 48 153.9

July 24.7 31.6 87 76 363.9

August 24.5 30.6 89 78 363.2

September 24.4 31.8 87 73 212.1

October 21.6 32.1 80 60 57.9

November 17 30 73 47 9





December 13.3 27.6 72 46 7

Range 13.1-42.9 19-89 1236.80

3.4.3 Geology of the study area

3.4.3.1 Stratigraphic Sequence

The project area falls in Korba District and 15km study area forms major part of Korba, minor part of

Janjgir Champa, and Bilaspur District. The study area is a part of Korba District, mainly covers the

rocks of, Gondwana Super Group, Chhattisgarh Super group and Chotta Nagpur Gneissic Complex.

The generalized geological succession in the area as per Geological Survey of India is given below in

the form of Table 3.16.

TABLE 3.16

GENERALIZED GEOLOGICAL SUCCESSION IN KORBA DISTRICT

Age Period Group Formation Lithology

Quaternary Recent to sub-recent Alluvium and

Laterite

Sand, Silt, clay, lateritic soil

Mesozoic Cretaceous to

Eocene

Deccan Trap (Basalt)

Proterozoic Gondwana Super Group Lameta Calcareous Sandstone and

Limestone

Kamthi Ferruginous Sandstone

Barakar Arkosic Sandstone, shale

and coal seams.

Karharbari Greywackes, sandstone and

pebbly sandstone

Talchir Shale, Sandstone and

Boulder beds

Chhattisgarh

Super group

Raigarh Group Unclassified Shale,

Limestone and Dolomite.

Chandrapur Group Ortho quartzite to sub

Arkosic Sandstone

Archean Chotta Nagpur

Gneissic Complex

Acid Intrusive Quartz and Pegmatite veins

Basic Intrusive Dolerite sill and dyke

Chhotta Nagpur Unclassified granite gneiss

Unclassified Unclassified Metamorphic

3.4.3.2 Geological formation observed in the area

BARAKAR FORMATION: It forms a part of Gondwana Super Group. Barakar formation lithologically

comprises of Sandstone, shale and coal seams.

TALCHIR FORMATION: It forms a part of Gondwana Super Group. Talchir formation lithologically

comprises of Shale, Sandstone and Boulder beds.

CHHOTTA NAGPUR: It forms a part of Chhotta Nagpur Gneissic complex. Choota Nagpur

comprises of unclassified granite gneiss.

3.4.4 Hydrogeology

The study area comes under Mahandi river basin. The main aquifer system within study area is

Sandstone while within 15 Km radius granite gneiss is also present which is secondary aquifer. The

Pre- monsoon ground water level observed within the study area is 5-10m while the post monsoon



water level observed in the area is 3-5m. Water table contour observed in the study area is from 300-

500m bmsl. As per CGWB, 2009 data Bhadwara Block falls in safe category of groundwater

development with observed groundwater development of 24.95%. The yield of aquifer observed

within the area is 1-10 lps. The hydrogeological map of the area is presented in Figure 3.18.

FIGURE 3.18: HYDROGEOLOGICAL MAP OF STUDY AREA



3.4.4.1 Drainage Pattern of the study area:

Dendritic type of drainage pattern was observed in study area which follows the regional slope.

Distance and direction of river/stream/nala present in project site within 10 and 15 km radius are

presented in Table 3.17.

TABLE 3.17

RIVERS AND NALAS PRESENT IN 15 KM RADIUS OF THE STUDY AREA


ponds were present in every part of the study area within the 10 km as well as 15 km radius.

The water requirement for coal washing process is 14,633 m3/day. Storm water drains would be built

all along the boundary of plant area which will be connected a tank. Proposal for water recycling and

reuse will be made with the help of thicker plant, settling pond. In order to reduce impact on

groundwater rain water harvesting would be carried out in plant area and the annual rain water

harvesting potential is presented in Table 3.18.

TABLE 3.18

ANNUAL RAIN WATER HARVESTING POTENTIAL

Average Annual Rainfall

(IMD, Champa)

1314.80mm (IMD-2016) 60-65 rainy days

Total Plant Area 20.25 Acres

Total potential of rainfall run-off can be harvested

annually within the premises

23789.94 m3

3.4.5 Resource availability and potential

The area within 10 km radial distance is covered with natural drains, nallahs, ponds and rivers. The

Lilagar Nallah is the nearest source and has become perennial due to regular inputs from the hill

areas nearby the area. The ground water potential is very high as evident from the impoundment in

some places near the project site. Villagers are using these impounded waters for irrigation purpose

occasionally. Villagers are also using the perennial Nallahs for their domestic purposes by

constructing check dams for the availability of water. Most of the Nallahs and rivers are perennial in

this area indicating ample potential of surface and ground water.

3.4.6 Water Requirement and Wastewater Generation

The total water requirement for the proposed project is estimated to be 14633 m3/d incorporating coal

washing (14545 m3/d). Make up water for process loss (1212 m3/d) Dust suppression (61 m3/d),

Name of the River/Stream/Nala Distance from Project Site (Km) Direction from Project Site

Lilagar Nala 3.18 SSW

Lilagar Nadi 5.35 S

Pitni Nala 7.41 SW

Lachhminta Nala 8.42 ESE

Kholar Nala 6.87 E

Karra Nala 11.32 WNW

Sundhara Nala 7.32 NE

Bhainspar Nala 12.68 NNW

Kahua Nala 12.84 NNE

Jhulna Nala 12.52 NW

Aharan Nadi 14.5 E

Saliha Nala 5.82 ENE



domestic use (27 m3/d) which will be met from the Ganjha Nalalh through proposed Anicut (Fulzar)

nearby water sources for which permission is being granted from the water resource department.

Process effluent will be treated in the thickeners. The treated effluent will be reused in the coal

washing process. Remaining 1300 m3/d water which will be lost as coal moisture, evaporation and as

a process loss will be the makeup water will be taken from said source as stated earlier.

The plant will operate on „zero discharge principle‟. There will not be any effluent discharge from the

coal washery plant. All the process effluent generated in the plant will be treated in thickeners and will

be reused in the coal washing process. Domestic treated effluent generation will be (23 m3/d) through

STP will be used in STP.

3.4.7 Surface and Ground Water Monitoring

18 water (surface and groundwater) samples were collected from various sampling locations, nine

(09) each from groundwater and surface water sources. These samples were collected as grab

samples, preserved and analyzed for various parameters. The samples were analysed as per the

procedures specified in standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater published by

American Public Health Association (APHA/IS 10500).

The surface and groundwater sampling locations are listed in Table 3.19 and Table 3.20 represents

the procedure adopted for water quality parameters and the location map is depicted in Figure 3.19.

The physico-chemical characteristics of surface and groundwater are presented in Tables 3.21 &

3.22 respectively.

TABLE 3.19

DETAILS OF WATER SAMPLING LOCATION

Code Location Source Latitude Longitude Distance (Km) from

confluence /Direction

Surface Water

SW1 Batari Pond 220 22'06.94" 82

031'36.04" 1.2 KM (NE)

SW2 Rainpur Lilagar nala 220 21'00.77" 82

028'10.54" 4.6 km (WSW)

SW3 Durga u/s Aharan Nadi 220 28'56.99" 82

032'48.99" 13.4 KM (NNE)

SW4 Jatangpur u/s Aharan Nadi 220 27'35.88" 82

036'45.89" 14.4KM (NE)

SW5 Semipali u/s Aharan Nadi 220 24'45.48" 82

037'48.19" 12.6 KM (ENE)

SW6 Kapatmura d/s Aharan Nadi 220 21'55.82" 82

039'00.72" 13.4 KM (E)

SW7 Amlisapar d/s Kholar nala 220 21'55.08" 82

038'07.35" 12.3 KM (E)

SW8 Marwadhora d/s Kholar nala 220 22'13.87" 82

035'21.44" 7.6 KM (E)

SW9 Korai u/s Kholar nala 220 23'15.66" 82

034'34.59" 6.6 KM (NE)

Groundwater

GW1 Batari Handpump 220 22'04.3"N 82

030'57.6"E 1.3 KM ( NE)

GW2 Jhingatpur Handpump 220 20'59.8"N 82

031'29.2"E 2.3Km (SSE)

GW3 Ranjna Handpump 220 23'42.95" 82

030'27.15" 3.6 KM (NNW)

GW4 Basantpur Handpump 220 25'09.65" 82

029'43.69" 6.5 KM (NNW)

GW5 Sutarra Handpump 220 28'10.70" 82

030'33.30" 12.0 KM (N)

GW6 Marwadhora Handpump 220 22'12.69" 82

036'10.67" 9 KM (E)

GW7 Rainpur Handpump 22°21'28.84"N 82°28'22.66"E 5.6 KM (WSW)

GW8 Renki Handpump 22°18'17.00"N 82°30'51.46"E 6.8 KM (S)

GW9 Newsa Handpump 22°15'57.00"N 82°31'29.53"E 10.8 KM (S)

Source: Field monitoring& analysis by Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur



TABLE 3.20

ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES FOR WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS

Followings are the methodologies adopted for analysis of ground and surface water:

Sr. No. Parameters Methodology

1 pH APHA, Edition 21 (4500 H+B), pH meter

2. Temperature APHA, Edition 21 (2130 B), Standard Thermometer

3. Turbidity APHA, Edition 21 (2130 B), Nephethlo photometer

4. Total Dissolved Solids APHA, Edition 21 (2540 C) Gravimetric

5. Electrical conductivity APHA, Edition 21 (2510 B), Conductivity Meter

6. Chemical Oxygen Demand APHA, Edition 21 (5220 B), Tetrameter open reflux

7. Biochemical Oxygen Demand APHA, Edition 21 (03 days IS 3025 part 44, 1993 Iodometric 03 days APHA Edition 21 (5210 B) Iodometric

8. Chloride APHA, Edition 21 (4500 Cr B) Titrametric

9. Sulphate APHA, Edition 21 (4500-SO2 4E) Turbidimeter

10. Total Hardness as CaCO3 APHA, Edition 21 (2340 C) Titrametric (EDTA Method)

11. Ca Hardness as CaCO3 APHA, Edition 21 (3500-Ca B)

12. Mg Hardness as CaCO3 APHA, Edition 21 (3500-Mg B)

13. Total alkalinity as CaCO3 APHA, Edition 21 (2320 B) Titrametric

14. Nitrate APHA, Edition 16 (418 D) Colorimetric

15. Fluoride APHA, Edition 21 (4500 F D) Colorimetric

16. Sodium APHA, Edition 21 (3500 Na- B) Flame emission Photometric

17. Potassium APHA, Edition 21 (3500 K- B) Flame emission Photometric

18. Calcium APHA, Edition 21 (3500 Ca- B) Flame emission Photometric

19. Magnesium APHA, Edition 21 (3500-Mg B), by difference

20 Salinity APHA, Edition 21 (2520 B), Electrical conductivity Method

21. Total Nitrogen APHA, Edition 21 (4500-Norg, B)

22. Total Phosphorous APHA, Edition 21 (4500-P,C)

23. Dissolved Oxygen APHA, Edition 21 (4500-O,B)

24. Ammonical Nitrogen APHA, Edition 21 (4500 NH3) Colorimetric

25. SAR Calculation through SAR formula

a. Arsenic (as As) APHA, Edition 21 (3500 As- B) Colorimetric

b. Cadmium (as Cd) APHA, Edition 21 (3500 Cd), (3111 B), AAS Method

c. Chromium (as Cr) APHA, Edition 21 (3500 Cr- B) Colorimetric

d. Copper (as Cu) APHA, Edition 21 (3500 Cu B), (3111 B), AAS Method, colorimetric

e. Lead (as Pb) APHA, Edition 21 (3500 Pb- A) AAS Method

f. Iron (as Fe) APHA, Edition 21 (3500 Fe- B) Colorimetric

g. Manganese (as Mn) APHA, Edition 21 (3500 Mn- A) (3111 B), AAS Method / Colorimetric

h. Nickel (Ni) APHA, Edition 21 (3500 Ni) AAS Method

i. Zinc (as Zn) APHA, Edition 21 (3500 Zn- B) AAS Method

j. Mercury (as Hg) APHA, Edition 21 (3500 Hg) AAS Method

26. Total Coliform APHA, Edition 21 (9221 B), Multiple Tube fermentation

27. Faecal Coliform APHA, Edition 21 99221 E), Multiple Tube Fermetation



FIGURE 3.19: SURFACE AND GROUND WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS

TABLE 3.21

SURFACE WATER QUALITY

Sr.

No

Test

Parameter

Measurement

Unit

As per IS 10500 : 2012

(Drinking Water -

Specification)

Batari

(SW1)

Rainpur

(SW2)

Durga

(SW3)

Jatanpur

(SW4)

Semipali

(SW5)

Acceptable

Limit

*Permissible

Limit

Pond Lilagar

nala

u/s

Aharan

Nadi

u/s

Aharan

Nadi

u/s

Aharan

Nadi

1. pH value - 6.5 to 8.5 No

relaxation

7.89 at

250C

7.77 at

250C

7.31 at

250C

7.47 at

250C

7.51 at

250C

2. Electrical

Conductivity

at 250C

µS/cm - - 406 443 223 220 229

3. Turbidity NTU 1 5 20.14 6.20 7.40 9.50 2.10

4. Nitrate mg / l 45 No

relaxation

8.17 5.3 1.90 2.10 2.10

5. Total Nitrogen mg / l -- -- 8.81 7.8 2.40 2.80 2.8

6. Iron (as Fe) mg / l 0.3 No

relaxation

0.24 0.31 0.25 0.13 0.18

7. Total

dissolved

solids (TDS)

mg / l 500 2000 224 244 123 121 126



Sr.

No

Test

Parameter

Measurement

Unit

As per IS 10500 : 2012

(Drinking Water -

Specification)

Batari

(SW1)

Rainpur

(SW2)

Durga

(SW3)

Jatanpur

(SW4)

Semipali

(SW5)

Acceptable

Limit

*Permissible

Limit

Pond Lilagar

nala

u/s

Aharan

Nadi

u/s

Aharan

Nadi

u/s

Aharan

Nadi

8. Total

suspended

solid (TSS)

mg / l -- -- 56 8.10 9.10 15 6.7

9. Fluoride (as

F)

mg / l 1.0 1.5 0.19 0.08 0.16 0.14 0.14

10. Sodium (as

Na)

mg / l -- -- 36.4 35.20 26.4 24 31.2

11. Potassium mg / l -- -- 2.1 2.20 2.0 2.0 2.0

12. Total

Phosphate (as

PO4)

mg / l -- -- <0.3 0.03 0.09 0.12 0.08

13. Chlorides

(as Cl)

mg / l 250 1000 32.17 37.33 22.8 16.8 14.36

14. Total

alkalinity (as

CaCO3)

mg / l 200 600 129.12 152 69 64 68

15. Total

hardness (as

CaCO3)

mg / l 200 600 152 166 78 76 78

16. Calcium

hardness (as

CaCO3)

mg / l -- -- 103 94 42 44 44

17. Dissolved

Oxygen

mg / l -- -- 4.20 5.90 5.10 4.90 3.60

18. Sulphate (as

SO4)

mg / l 200 400 14.30 16.62 12.55 12.21 11.87

19. Copper (as

Cu)

mg / l 0.05 1.5 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

20. Manganese

(as Mn)

mg / l 0.1 0.3 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

21. Cobalt (as

Co)

mg / l -- -- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

22. Cadmium

(as Cd)

mg / l 0.003 No

relaxation

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

23. Arsenic (as

As)

mg / l 0.01 0.05 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

24. Lead (as Pb) mg / l 0.01 No

relaxation

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

25. Zinc (as Zn) mg / l 5 15 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10

26. Nickel (as

Ni)

mg / l -- -- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

27. COD mg / l -- -- 74.32 17.8 28.48 32.04 85.44

28. BOD mg / l -- -- 23.20 5.66 9.49 10.66 28.33

29. Total

Chromium

(as Cr)

mg / l 0.05 No

relaxation

<0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03



Sr.

No

Test

Parameter

Measurement

Unit

As per IS 10500 : 2012

(Drinking Water -

Specification)

Batari

(SW1)

Rainpur

(SW2)

Durga

(SW3)

Jatanpur

(SW4)

Semipali

(SW5)

Acceptable

Limit

*Permissible

Limit

Pond Lilagar

nala

u/s

Aharan

Nadi

u/s

Aharan

Nadi

u/s

Aharan

Nadi

30. Faecal

Coliform

100 ml -- -- 22 24 27 46 48

31. Total coliform MPN/100 ml Absent Absent 206 542 50 280 23

32. E. coli 100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

33. Oil and

Grease

mg / l -- -- 0.11 0.12 0.16 0.22 0.16

Source: Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur.

TABLE 3.21

SURFACE WATER QUALITY (Contd…)

Sr.

No

Test

Parameter

Measurement

Unit

As per IS 10500 : 2012

(Drinking Water -

Specification)

Kapatmura

(SW6)

Amlisapar

(SW7)

Marwadhora

(SW8)

Korai

(SW9)

Acceptable

Limit

*Permissible

Limit

d/s Aharan

Nadi

d/s

Kholar

nala

d/s Kholar

nala

u/s

Kholar

nala


relaxation

7.48 at

250C

7.74 at

250C

7.81 at 250C 8.27 at

250C

2. Electrical

Conductivity

at 250C

µS/cm - - 231 380 393 416

3. Turbidity NTU 1 5 6.0 9.0 5.8 33


relaxation

2.40 2.34 2.25 6.82

5. Total

Nitrogen

mg / l -- -- 3.20 3.21 2.18 8.94

6. Iron (as Fe) mg / l 0.3 No

relaxation

0.16 0.17 0.15 0.24

7. Total

dissolved

solids (TDS)

mg / l 500 2000 122 209 216 229

8. Total

suspended

solid (TSS)

mg / l -- -- 84 21 7.8 69

9. Fluoride (as

F)

mg / l 1.0 1.5 0.16 0.22 0.24 0.23

10. Sodium (as

Na)

mg / l -- -- 35.2 38.5 38.0 37.6

11. Potassium mg / l -- -- 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3

12. Total

Phosphate (as

PO4)

mg / l -- -- 0.09 0.06 0.08 0.08

13. Chlorides

(as Cl)

mg / l 250 1000 16.17 27.4 24.93 33.47

14. Total

alkalinity (as

mg / l 200 600 52.8 122.07 136 131.91



Sr.

No

Test

Parameter

Measurement

Unit

As per IS 10500 : 2012

(Drinking Water -

Specification)

Kapatmura

(SW6)

Amlisapar

(SW7)

Marwadhora

(SW8)

Korai

(SW9)

Acceptable

Limit

*Permissible

Limit

d/s Aharan

Nadi

d/s

Kholar

nala

d/s Kholar

nala

u/s

Kholar

nala

CaCO3)

15. Total

hardness

(as CaCO3)

mg / l 200 600 78 142 144 150

16. Calcium

hardness

(as CaCO3)

mg / l -- -- 42 92 86 108

17. Dissolved

Oxygen

mg / l -- -- 6.6 4.1 4.8 4.1

18. Sulphate (as

SO4)

mg / l 200 400 14.25 16.62 18.66 16.53

19. Copper (as

Cu)

mg / l 0.05 1.5 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

20. Manganese

(as Mn)

mg / l 0.1 0.3 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

21. Cobalt (as

Co)

mg / l -- -- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

22. Cadmium

(as Cd)

mg / l 0.003 No

relaxation

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

23. Arsenic (as

As)

mg / l 0.01 0.05 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

24. Lead (as

Pb)

mg / l 0.01 No

relaxation

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

25. Zinc (as Zn) mg / l 5 15 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

26. Nickel (as

Ni)

mg / l -- -- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

27. COD mg / l -- -- <5 78.32 56.96 72.46

28. BOD mg / l -- -- <3 28.32 20.30 25.92

29. Total

Chromium

(as Cr)

mg / l 0.05 No

relaxation

<0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

30. Faecal

Coliform

100 ml -- -- 16 36 48 67

31. Total coliform MPN/100 ml Absent Absent 152 133 123 900

32. E. coli 100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

33. Oil and

Grease

mg / l -- -- 0.29 0.12 0.12 0.21

Source: Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur.



TABLE 3.22

GROUNDWATER QUALITY

Sr.

No

.

Test

Paramet

er

Measureme

nt Unit

As per IS 10500 :

2012

(Drinking Water -

Specification)

Batari

(GW1)

Jhingatp

ur

(GW2)

Ranjna

(GW3)

Basantpu

r (GW4)

Suttarra

(GW5)

Acceptab

le Limit

*Permissib

le Limit

Handpu

mp

Handpu

mp

Handpu

mp

Handpu

mp

Handpu

mp

1. pH value - 6.5 to

8.5

No

relaxation

7.84 at

25°C

8.41 at

25°C

7.99 at

25°C

7.98 at

25°C

7.21 at

25°C

2. Electrical

Conductivit

y at 250C

µS/cm - - 376 2070 748 833 478

3. Turbidity NTU 1 5 <1 <1 6.4 1.3 81


relaxation

1.02 3.32 12.1 14.51 22.38

5. Total

Nitrogen

mg / l -- -- 2.19 4.31 14.6 108.93 24.18

6. Iron (as

Fe)

mg / l 0.3 No

relaxation

0.08 0.90 0.73 0.15 2.07

7. Total

dissolved

solids

(TDS)

mg / l 500 2000 207 1138 448 458 262

8. Total

suspende

d solid

(TSS)

mg / l -- -- 3.2 4.2 16 5.6 64

9. Fluoride

(as F)

mg / l 1.0 1.5 0.29 0.71 0.48 0.29 0.31

10. Sodium

(as Na)

mg / l -- -- 24.2 245 82.7 17.2 84.3

11. Potassiu

m

mg / l -- -- 2 2 2 2 2

12. Total

Phosphate

(as PO4)

mg / l -- -- <0.3 0.14 0.08 0.31 <0.3

13. Chlorides

(as Cl)

mg / l 250 1000 18.99 298 78.4 26.99 81.97

14. Total

alkalinity

(as

CaCO3)

mg / l 200 600 161 350 146 318 141

15. Total

hardness

(as

CaCO3)

mg / l 200 600 176 310 230 312 144

16. Calcium

hardness

(as

CaCO3)

mg / l -- -- 122 80 176 208 56

17. Dissolved mg / l -- -- 3.9 4.1 3.8 4.2 4.1



Sr.

No

.

Test

Paramet

er

Measureme

nt Unit

As per IS 10500 :

2012

(Drinking Water -

Specification)

Batari

(GW1)

Jhingatp

ur

(GW2)

Ranjna

(GW3)

Basantpu

r (GW4)

Suttarra

(GW5)

Acceptab

le Limit

*Permissib

le Limit

Handpu

mp

Handpu

mp

Handpu

mp

Handpu

mp

Handpu

mp

Oxygen

18. Sulphate

(as SO4)

mg / l 200 400 1.6 292 101.78 8.48 27.82

19. Copper

(as Cu)

mg / l 0.05 1.5 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

20. Mangane

se (as

Mn)

mg / l 0.1 0.3 <0.05 0.20 0.12 0.21 0.54

21. Cobalt

(as Co)

mg / l -- -- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

22. Cadmium

(as Cd)

mg / l 0.003 No

relaxation

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

23. Arsenic (as

As)

mg / l 0.01 0.05 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

24. Lead (as

Pb)

mg / l 0.01 No

relaxation

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

25. Zinc (as

Zn)

mg / l 5 15 0.06 0.34 0.16 0.09 1.40

26. Nickel (as

Ni)

mg / l -- -- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

27. Total

Chromiu

m (as Cr)

mg / l 0.05 No

relaxation

<0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

28. Faecal

Coliform

100 ml -- -- Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

29. Total

coliform

MPN/100

ml

Absent Absent Absent Absent 22 18 22

30. E. Coliform 100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

31. Oil and

Grease

mg / l -- -- ND ND ND ND ND

32. Total

Hydrocarbo

n

µg / l 0.0001 No

relaxation

ND ND ND ND ND

Source: Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur

ND: Not detectable

TABLE 3.22

GROUNDWATER QUALITY (Contd.)

Sr.

No

Test

Parameter

Measuremen

t Unit

As per IS 10500 : 2012

(Drinking Water -

Specification)

Marwadhor

a (GW6)

Rainpur

(GW7)

Renki

(GW8)

Newsa

(GW9)

Acceptabl

e Limit

*Permissibl

e Limit

Handpump Handpum

p

Handpum

p

Handpum

p


relaxation

7.81 at 25°C 7.74 at

25°C

7.07 at

25°C

7.91 at

25°C

2. Electrical µS/cm - - 688 844 220 644



Sr.

No

Test

Parameter

Measuremen

t Unit

As per IS 10500 : 2012

(Drinking Water -

Specification)

Marwadhor

a (GW6)

Rainpur

(GW7)

Renki

(GW8)

Newsa

(GW9)

Acceptabl

e Limit

*Permissibl

e Limit

Handpump Handpum

p

Handpum

p

Handpum

p

Conductivity

at 250C

3. Turbidity NTU 1 5 1.9 <1 5.6 <1


relaxation

7.53 6.67 33.1 10.88

5. Total

Nitrogen

mg / l -- -- 8.91 9.13 38.3 12.15

6. Iron (as

Fe)

mg / l 0.3 No

relaxation

0.20 0.56 0.53 <0.01

7. Total

dissolved

solids

(TDS)

mg / l 500 2000 413 507 121 386

8. Total

suspended

solid (TSS)

mg / l -- -- 6.1 3.2 9.8 4.2

9. Fluoride

(as F)

mg / l 1.0 1.5 0.39 0.61 0.11 0.41

10

.

Sodium (as

Na)

mg / l -- -- 58.3 136 13.0 65.7

11

.

Potassium mg / l -- -- 2.0 3.2 2.0 4.1

12

.

Total

Phosphate

(as PO4)

mg / l -- -- 0.08 0.11 0.08 0.06

13

.

Chlorides

(as Cl)

mg / l 250 1000 48.9 147.0 14.99 57.98

14

.

Total

alkalinity

(as

CaCO3)

mg / l 200 600 340 192 60 287

15

.

Total

hardness

(as

CaCO3)

mg / l 200 600 308 181 58 186

16

.

Calcium

hardness

(as

CaCO3)

mg / l -- -- 202 148 34 104

17

.

Dissolved

Oxygen

mg / l -- -- 3.9 3.6 3.8 4.1

18

.

Sulphate

(as SO4)

mg / l 200 400 17.63 31.38 13.05 14.42

19

.

Copper (as

Cu)

mg / l 0.05 1.5 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

20

.

Manganes

e (as Mn)

mg / l 0.1 0.3 0.19 <0.05 0.75 <0.05



Sr.

No

Test

Parameter

Measuremen

t Unit

As per IS 10500 : 2012

(Drinking Water -

Specification)

Marwadhor

a (GW6)

Rainpur

(GW7)

Renki

(GW8)

Newsa

(GW9)

Acceptabl

e Limit

*Permissibl

e Limit

Handpump Handpum

p

Handpum

p

Handpum

p

21

.

Cobalt (as

Co)

mg / l -- -- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

22

.

Cadmium

(as Cd)

mg / l 0.003 No

relaxation

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

23

.

Arsenic (as

As)

mg / l 0.01 0.05 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

24

.

Lead (as

Pb)

mg / l 0.01 No

relaxation

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

25

.

Zinc (as

Zn)

mg / l 5 15 0.14 <0.1 1.00 <0.1

26

.

Nickel (as

Ni)

mg / l -- -- <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

27

.

Total

Chromium

(as Cr)

mg / l 0.05 No

relaxation

<0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

28

. Faecal

Coliform

100 ml -- -- Absent Absent Absent Absent

29

.

Total

coliform

MPN/100 ml Absent Absent 33 42 Absent Absent

30

.

E. Coliform 100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent

31

.

Oil and

Grease

mg / l -- -- ND ND ND ND

32

.

Total

Hydrocarbon

µg / l 0.0001 No

relaxation

ND ND ND ND


ND: Not Detectable



3.4.8 Physico-chemical Characteristics

3.4.8.1 Surface water quality

The physico-chemical characteristics of the surface water samples collected and analysed are

presented in Table 3.21 and are compared with the IS-10500 standards. The analysis results indicate

that the pH ranged between 7.31-8.27 which are well within the specified standard of 6.5 to 8.5. The

TDS was observed to be 121-244 mg/l which is within the permissible limit of 2000 mg/l. The total

hardness recorded was in the range of 76-166 mg/l as CaCO3 which is also within the permissible

limit of 600 mg/l. The nitrate was found to be in the range of 1.9-8.17 mg/l. The levels of chloride and

sulphate were found to be in the range of 14.36-37.33 mg/l and 11.87-18.66 mg/l respectively. Heavy

metals content (i.e. As, Al, Cd, Cr, Cu, Pb, Fe, Mn, Zn and Hg) were found to be low and within

specified standards except iron in some of the surface water samples. The overall surface water

quality was found to be mineralized, however safe physico-chemically for drinking purpose but unsafe

bacteriologically and need disinfection before use for drinking purpose.

3.4.8.2 Groundwater quality

The physico-chemical characteristics of groundwater are presented in Table 3.22 and compared with

the IS-10500 standards. The analysis results indicate that the pH ranged between 7.07-8.41 which is

well within the specified standard of 6.5 to 8.5. The TDS was ranging from 121-1138 mg/l. Total

hardness was found to be in the range of 58-312 mg/l. The fluoride concentrations were varied

between 0.11-0.71 mg/l which is within the acceptable limit of 1 mg/l. The nitrate and sulphate were

found in the range of 1.02-33.1 mg/l and 1.6-292 mg/l respectively. Calcium hardness varied between

34-208 mg/l. The heavy metals content (i.e. As, Al, Cd, Cr, Cu, Pb, Fe, Mn, Zn and Hg) were found to

be within permissible limits except Iron in most of the ground water samples. Overall groundwater

quality was found to be highly mineralized with respect to hardness, total dissolved solids, chloride

and sulphate. Heavy metals are found to be within permissible limits except Iron.

3.4.9 Bacteriological Characteristics

Coliform group of organisms are indicators of faecal contamination in water. Water samples were

analysed for total and faecal coliform deploying membrane filtration technique. Bacteriological quality

of surface and groundwater in post monsoon season is presented in Tables 3.21 and 3.22

respectively.

Bacteriologically, all surface water samples were contaminated and chlorination is needed before use

for drinking purpose whereas some of the groundwater samples were also found contaminated and

need chlorination before use for drinking purpose. Overall, the surface and groundwater within the

study area was found to be good physico-chemically, however bacteriologically found to be

contaminated and need disinfection before use.

3.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The baseline status for air environment includes reconnaissance, identification and selection of

specific significant air pollutants due to the proposed project activity and measuring their existing

levels prior to the implementation of the project. The data required to assess the ambient status was

collected, analyzed and evaluated through a well-designed air quality monitoring (AQM) network.

3.5.1 Meteorology

The meteorological data recorded during the study period was very useful for selection of sampling

locations as per upwind and downwind directions for proper on-site monitoring to be undertaken for

various meteorological variables in order to generate the site specific data. Data was collected for

proposed project site on hourly basis continuously for post-monsoon 2015. The generated data was



then compared with the meteorological data collected by nearest India Meteorological Department

(IMD) station located at Champa.

3.5.1.1 Temperature

The winter season starts from December and continues till the end of February. January is the

coldest month with the minimum temperature at 13.10C. The temperature starts increasing rapidly

during the onset of pre-monsoon season from March to May. During pre-monsoon season, the

maximum temperature was observed 42.90C with the minimum temperature 19.60C. The maximum

temperature in the monsoon season was observed to be 38.40C, whereas the minimum temperature

was observed 24.4 0C. In the post-monsoon, day temperature decreases slightly with the maximum

temperature 32.10C. The monthly variations in temperature are presented in Table 3.23.

3.5.1.2 Relative Humidity

The relative humidity was observed around 19% to 46% during pre-monsoon period. In monsoon

period the relative humidity ranged between 48% to 89%. During the post-monsoon season, the

humidity was observed between 47% to 80% and in winter season, the humidity was observed to be

34% to 72%. The variations in relative humidity are presented in Table 3.23.

3.5.1.3 Rainfall

The annual rainfall based on the IMD data was recorded as 1236.80 mm. The monsoon generally

sets in during the second week of June. The rainfall gradually decreased after September. The

maximum numbers of rainy days were observed in the month of July. Annual and monthly variations

in rainfall are presented in Table 3.23.

TABLE 3.23

CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA FORM IMD, CHAMPA (1971-2000)



January 13.1 27.5 70 42 11.6

February 15.7 30.3 61 34 17.5

March 19.6 35.9 46 22 17.2

April 24.3 40.8 41 19 9.6

May 27.5 42.9 41 22 14

June 27 38.4 64 48 153.9

July 24.7 31.6 87 76 363.9

August 24.5 30.6 89 78 363.2

September 24.4 31.8 87 73 212.1

October 21.6 32.1 80 60 57.9

November 17 30 73 47 9

December 13.3 27.6 72 46 7

Range 13.1-42.9 19-89 1236.80

3.5.1.4 Meteorological condition at site

The weather monitoring station was installed at the site to record temperature, wind speed, wind

direction, relative humidity. Rainfall was monitored by rain gauge. The hourly minimum, maximum

values monitored during October-December 2015 are presented in Table 3.24.



TABLE 3.24

SUMMARY OF METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS AT SITE

Month Temperature (0c) Relative Humidity (%) Rainfall (mm)

Min Max Min Max

Oct 2015 18 39 18 97 12.6

Nov 2015 15 35 19 92 0.1

Dec 2015 11 36 17 98 10.8

Range 11-39 17-98 23.5 (Total)

3.5.1.5 Wind speed/ directions

The meteorological data with respect to wind speed and direction was collected and presented in the

form of wind roses during study period (Oct-Dec 2015) and shown in Figure 3.20 and the summary

of site specific wind pattern is presented in Table 3.25.

TABLE 3.25

SUMMARY OF SITE SPECIFIC WIND PATTERN

FIGURE 3.20: SITE SPECIFIC WIND-ROSES(OCT-DEC 2015)

3.5.1.6 Baseline Status

The ambient air quality monitoring with respect to parameters of significance was carried out during

post monsoon season. The site is located at village Batari District Korba and the major sources of air

pollution in the region are Industrial operations, domestic activities and rural conditions. The prime

objective was to assess the existing air quality of the area.

Details Wind Direction

First Predominant Wind Direction NW (20.85%)

Second Predominant Wind Direction WNW (14.5%)

Calm conditions (%) 0.86



Methodology for air quality monitoring

Selection of monitoring locations

The baseline status of the ambient air quality was assessed through a scientifically designed ambient

air quality monitoring network. The design of monitoring network in the air quality surveillance

program was based on the following considerations:

Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale

Topography of the study area

Representatives of regional background

Population and sensitive areas

Representation of valid cross sectional distribution in downwind direction

Ambient air monitoring was carried out at 10 locations. The details about monitoring locations are

depicted in Figure 3.21 and presented in Table 3.26. The locations were identified keeping in view

predominant wind directions prevailing during study period, sensitive receptors and human

settlements. The levels of PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX), Carbon

monoxide (CO), Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) and Ammonia (NH3), Ozone (O3) were monitored

for establishing the baseline status. PM2.5 and PM10 samples were collected with the help of

respirable particulate sampler operating 24 hours by drawing air which passes through the cyclone at

the rate of 1.0-1.5 m3/min which collects the particles less than 10 µm diameter over glass fibre filter

paper and the bigger particulates from 10 to 100 µm are collected in the receiver provided at the

bottom of the cyclone. The dust deposited over the filter paper was measured as PM10 and the dust

deposited in the receiver was measured as PM2.5 which was computed by gravimetric method. Due to

the high suction of the air, the vacuum was formed into the hopper which was utilized by providing a

nozzle in the hopper for sampling of SO2 and NOX, which was absorbed in the respective absorbing

media and analyzed spectrophotometrically. Similarly, samples for NH3 and VOCs were collected

separately and analysed through NH3 analyser and gas chromatographically respectively. The

methodology of ambient air monitoring is presented in Table 3.27.

TABLE 3.26

DETAILS OF AIR MONITORING LOCATIONS

Sr.

No.

Station


Distance(Km)/

Direction w.r.t.

Project Site

Justification

1. AAQ1 Project site 220 21'48.61" 82

030'48.39" - Core zone

2. AAQ2 Batari 220 22'15.47" 82

031'18.35" 1.3 KM ( NE) Core zone

3. AAQ3 Jhingatpur 220 20'59.8" 82

031'29.2" 2.2 KM (SE) Downwind

4. AAQ4 Jhabar 220 21'34.92" 82

031'51.44" 1.5 KM (SE) Downwind

5. AAQ5 Ranjna 220 23'42.95" 82

030'27.15" 3.6 KM (NNW) Upwind

6. AAQ6 Basantpur 220 25'09.65" 82

029'43.69" 6.5 KM (NNW) Upwind

7. AAQ7 Bhadrapara 220 25'01.46" 82

027'57.55" 7.4 KM (NW) Upwind

8. AAQ8 Rainpur 220 21'11.23" 82

027'51.13" 5.6 KM (WSW) Upwind cross

9. AAQ9 Raliya 220 18'42.2" 82

034'20.8" 8.5 KM (SE) Downwind

10. AAQ10 Muhariyamura 220 16'56.06" 82

035'22.46" 11.8 KM (SE) Downwind



FIGURE 3.21: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS

TABLE 3.27

METHODOLOGY OF AMBIENT AIR MONITORING

Sr. No.

Sampling parameter Technique Minimum detectable limit

Technique protocol/Methodology

1. Respirable Suspended particulate matter (PM10)

Gravimetric method 10 μg/m3 IS: 5182: Part-23 -2006

2. PM2.5 Gravimetric method 5 μg/m3 CPCB NAAQM ,

Regulations, 2009

3. Sulphur dioxide (SO2) Modified West and Gaeke 5 μg/m3 IS: 5182: (Part-2)2001

4. Notrogen dioxide (NOx) Jacob and Hochheiser 3 μg/m3 IS: 5182: (Part-6)2006

5. NH3 Indophenol blue method 5 μg/m3 CPCB NAAQM ,

Regulations, 2009

6. Ozone UV spectrophotometer 0.001 ppm IS: 5182 (Part 9): 1974

7. CO NDIR Spectroscopy 0.01 ppm IS: 5182 (Part 10): 1999

8. Benzene GCMS-MS 0.02 μg/ μl IS: 5182 (Part 11):2006

9. BaP GCMS-MS 0.9 ng/ μl IS: 5182 (Part 12): 2004

10. As, Ni, Pb AAS Graphite 0.01 ppm CPCB NAAQM , Regulations, 2009

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring was carried out 24 hrs a day. PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, and all other

parameters as mentioned in the above table, were monitored at site and analyzed as per analytical

methods given above. 8 hourly samples were collected for carbon monoxide.



3.5.1.7 Presentation of primary data

Various statistical parameters like 98th percentile, average, maximum and minimum values were

computed from the observed raw data for all the AAQ monitoring stations. The results of monitoring

carried out are presented in Annexure VI. The summary of these results representing Oct-Dec 2015

(post monsoon season 2015) are given in Table 3.28 and Table 3.29. These levels are compared

with the prevailing environmental quality standards prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board

(CPCB) for Industrial, Residential, Rural and other area. Table 3.30 represents the results of heavy

metals in Particulate matter.

TABLE 3.28


Station code Location PM10 (μg/m3) PM2.5 (μg/m

3)

Min Max Avg 98th

% Min Max Avg 98th

%

AAQ1 Project site 48 62 54 61 16 21 18 21

AAQ2 Batari 45 59 51 58 17 22 19 22

AAQ3 Jhingatpur Village 53 79 69 78 20 28 23 27

AAQ4 Jhabar 53 74 65 73 18 29 24 28

AAQ5 Ranjna Village 38 59 50 58 18 26 21 26

AAQ6 Basantpur 36 55 47 55 11 22 16 21

AAQ7 Bhadrapara 36 51 44 51 14 29 20 29

AAQ8 Rainpur 44 58 50 57 14 20 16 20

AAQ9 Raliya 50 64 56 63 16 22 18 21

AAQ10 Muhariyamura 35 49 41 48 12 18 15 17

35.0-79.0 11.0-29.0

Ambient Air Quality Standards 100(24 hr) 60 (24 hr)

TABLE 3.29


Station

code

Location SO2 (μg/m3) NOx(μg/m

3)

Min Max Avg 98th

% Min Max Avg 98th

%

AAQ1 Project site 5.0 12.0 8.5 11.5 6.0 13.0 8.8 12.5

AAQ2 Batari 7.0 13.0 9.0 12.0 8.0 21.0 14.0 20.0

AAQ3 Jhingatpur Village 7.0 16.0 11.0 15.5 11.0 22.0 15.1 20.6

AAQ4 Jhabar 11.0 18.0 14.0 17.0 13.0 21.0 15.0 19.2


AAQ6 Basantpur 6.0 9.0 7.9 9.0 8.0 12.0 9.9 11.5

AAQ7 Bhadrapara 6.0 15.0 10.5 14.1 9.0 17.0 12.1 16.5

AAQ8 Rainpur 6.0 13.0 9.1 12.5 10.0 17.0 13.1 16.5

AAQ9 Raliya 5.0 9.0 7.1 8.5 9.0 13.0 11.1 12.5

AAQ10 Muhariyamura 4.0 9.0 6.7 8.5 8.0 13.0 10.7 12.5

Range 4.0-18.0 6.0-22.0


Standards

80 (24 hr) 80 (24 hr)



Station

code


3)

Min Max Avg 98th

% Min Max Avg 98th

%

AAQ1 Project site 6.0 13.0 8.0 11.6 0.144 0.185 0.160 0.182

AAQ2 Batari 5.0 11.0 8.0 10.0 0.102 0.143 0.199 0.140

AAQ3 Jhingatpur Village 5.0 14 .0 9.0 13.0 0.151 0.192 0.166 0.189



Station

code


3)

Min Max Avg 98th

% Min Max Avg 98th

%

AAQ4 Jhabar 8.0 12.0 10.0 12.0 0.131 0.172 0.147 0.169


AAQ6 Basantpur 7.0 11.0 9.0 10.5 0.093 0.134 0.108 0.131

AAQ7 Bhadrapara 5.0 14.0 10. 13.0 0.124 0.165 0.140 0.162

AAQ8 Rainpur 9.0 13.0 11.0 13.0 0.112 0.153 0.128 0.150

AAQ9 Raliya 9.0 15.0 11.0 14.0 0.140 0.181 0.156 0.178

AAQ10 Muhariyamura 5.0. 12.0 7.0 12.0 0.174 0.215 0.190 0.212

Range 5.0-15.0 0.093-0.215


Standards

100 (08 hrs) 02 (8 hrs)



Station

code


(μg/m3) (ng/m

3) (μg/m

3)

AAQ1 Project site ND ND 0.019

AAQ2 Batari ND ND ND

AAQ3 Jhingatpur Village ND ND 0.015

AAQ4 Jhabar ND ND 0.017

AAQ5 Ranjna Village ND ND ND

AAQ6 Basantpur ND ND ND

AAQ7 Bhadrapara ND ND ND

AAQ8 Rainpur ND ND ND

AAQ9 Raliya ND ND ND

AAQ10 Muhariyamura ND ND ND

Range ND ND ND-0.019


Standards

5 (annual) 1 (annual) --

ND: Not Detectable

TABLE 3.30

LEVELS OF HEAVY METALS IN AMBIENT AIR

Station

Code

Location Pb Fe Mn Hg Zn Cu Cd Cr As Ni

(μg/m3) (ng/m

3)

AAQ1 Project site ND 0.58 0.03 ND 1.48 0.005 ND ND ND ND

AAQ2 Batari ND 0.21 0.01 ND 0.92 0.001 ND ND ND ND

AAQ3 Jhingatpur Village ND 1.29 0.01 ND 1.04 0.002 ND ND ND ND

AAQ4 Jhabar ND 0.48 0.04 ND 1.32 0.005 ND ND ND ND

AAQ5 Ranjna Village ND 0.46 0.02 ND 1.36 0.020 ND ND ND ND

AAQ6 Basantpur ND 0.36 0.01 ND 0.85 0.002 ND ND ND ND

AAQ7 Bhadrapara ND 0.29 0.02 ND 1.12 0.003 ND ND ND ND

AAQ8 Rainpur ND 0.42 0.02 ND 0.87 0.012 ND ND ND ND

AAQ9 Raliya ND 1.62 0.17 ND 1.12 0.198 ND ND ND ND

AAQ10 Muhariyamura ND 0.41 0.21 ND 1.11 0.015 ND ND ND ND

Range ND 0.21-

1.62

0.01-

0.21

ND 0.85-

1.48

0.001-

0.198

ND ND ND ND

Ambient Air Quality

CPCB Standard

1

(24 hr)

-- -- -- -- -- -- -- 6

(Annual)

20

(Annu

al)

ND: Not Detectable and Source: Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur



3.5.1.8 Observations of Primary Data

PM10

PM10 concentration ranged from 35.0-79.0 µg/m3 in the study area. The maximum concentration of

79.0 µg/m3 was recorded at Jhingatpur (AAQ3) and minimum concentration of 35.0 µg/m3 was

recorded at Muhariyamura. High concentration level was due to dust emission due to vehicular traffic

and nearest coal washary.

PM 2.5

PM2.5 concentration ranged from 11.0-29.0 µg/m3 in the study area. The maximum concentration of

29.0 µg/m3 was recorded at Jhabar and Bhadrapara villages and minimum concentration of 11.0

µg/m3 was recorded at Basantpur villages.

SO2

SO2 concentration ranged from 4.0-18.0 µg/m3 in the study area. The maximum concentration of 18.0

µg/m3 was recorded at Jhabar village and minimum concentration of 4.0 µg/m3 was recorded at

Muhariyamura village.

NOx

NOx concentration ranged from 6.0-22.0 µg/m3 in the study area. The maximum concentration of

22.0 µg/m3was recorded at Jhingatpur & Ranjna villages and minimum concentration of 6.0

µg/m3was recorded at Project site.

Ozone & CO

Concentration of ozone in the study area was observed in the ranged from 5.0 to 15.0 µg/m3 and CO

concentration ranged from 0.09-0.21 mg/m3.

Benzene, BaP and Hydrocarbons

Concentration levels of C6H6 and BaP were found not detectable and hydrocarbons ranged from ND-

0.019 µg/m3.

Heavy Metals:

Concentration levels of Pb, Hg, Cd, Cr, As, Ni were observed in non -detectable range. Fe, Mn, Zn,

Cu were in the range of 0.21-1.62 µg/m3, 0.012-0.21 µg/m3, 0.85-1.48 µg/m3, 0.001-0.198 µg/m3

respectively.

The overall ambient air quality with respect to parameters of significance was found to be within

prescribed AAQMS by CPCB.

3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

3.6.1 Baseline Status

A preliminary reconnaissance was undertaken to identify the major noise generating sources in the

study area. Ten (10) locations were identified based on the activities in the village area, traffic and

sensitive areas like hospitals and schools. The noise monitoring locations are shown in Figure 3.22

and details are given in Table 3.31.

Sound pressure levels (SPL) were measured at all locations. Considering residential, commercial,

Industrial and sensitive locations. The noise levels were taken for 24 hours. The day time noise levels

were monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and night time levels during 10 pm to 6 am at all the locations

within 10 km radius of the study area. The noise levels measured are shown in Table 3.33.



TABLE 3.31

NOISE SAMPLING LOCATIONS IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr.

No.

Station


Distance(Km)/

Direction w.r.t.

Project Site

Monitoring

Zone

1. N1

Project site

220 21'48.61" 82

030'48.39"

- Industrial

2. N2 Batari 220 22'15.47" 82

031'18.35" 1.3 KM ( NE) Industrial

3. N3 Jhingatpur 220 20'59.8" 82

031'29.2" 2.2 KM (SE) Commercial

4. N4 Jhabar 220 21'34.92" 82


5. N5 Ranjana 220 23'42.95" 82

030'27.15" 3.6 KM (NNW) Silence

6. N6 Basantpur 220 25'09.65" 82

029'43.69" 6.5 KM (NNW) Silence

7. N7 Bhadrapara 220 25'01.46" 82

027'57.55" 7.4 KM (NW) Commercial

8. N8 Rainpur 220 21'11.23" 82

027'51.13" 5.6 KM (WSW) Residential

9. N9 Raliya 220 18'42.2" 82


10. N10 Muhariyamura 220 16'56.06" 82

035'22.46" 11.8 KM (SE) Residential


FIGURE 3.22: NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS



3.6.2 Noise Monitoring

Methodology of noise monitoring is presented in Table 3.32.

TABLE 3.32

MONITORING METHODOLOGY OF NOISE

Environment

Component

Sampling

Location

Sampling

Parameter

Sampling

Frequency

Sampling Collection Methodology

Sampling

Equipment

Detection

Limit

Ambient Noise

levels

10

locations

Decibels-

dB (A)

Once during the

study period. (hourly

reading for 24 hrs at

each location)

Noise level

Meter

30 to 130

dB (A)

IS 9989-1981

The statistical analysis was done for measured noise levels at 10 locations and near national & state

highways during post monsoon 2015. The levels were analyzed for Leqday and Leqnight. The results are

presented in Table 3.33.

TABLE 3.33

NOISE LEVELS IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr. No. Monitoring Locations Equivalent Noise Level

LeqDay LeqNight

Residential Area CPCB Standards dB(A) 55 45

1. Raianpur 49 42

2. Raliya 46 40

3. Muhariyamura 50 43

Range

46-50 40-43

Commercial Area CPCB Standards dB(A)

65 55

4. Jhabar 63 49

5. Ranjana 56 47

6. Bhadrapara 61 50

Range

56-63 47-50

Silence Zone CPCB Standards dB(A)

50 40

7. Batari 46 38

8. Basantpur

44 37

Range

44-46 37-38

Industrial Area CPCB Standards dB(A) 75 70

9. Jhingatpur

62 57

10. Project site

58 51

Range

58-62 51-57

Source: Field monitoring and analysis by Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur

3.6.3 Reconnaissance

The reconnaissance was done with a view to establish the existing status of the environment with

respect to noise levels within the study area, surrounding villages and other centers of human

activities.



3.6.4 Equivalent noise levels

3.6.4.1 Noise levels in residential area

Leq was monitored in the residential area as well as in some villages. The main sources of noise in

these areas were regular human activities and traffic movements. Leq varied from 46-50 dB (A) and

40-43 dB (A) during day and night respectively (Table 3.33).

3.6.4.2 Noise levels in commercial area

The main noise generating sources of noise in the commercial areas in the study area were shopping

and other associated activities of residents of the nearby areas. These areas were local bazars,

shopping zones, city bus and auto-rickshaw stands, etc. Nearby traffic activities also contributed to

the existing noise levels in these commercial areas. Leq varied from 56-63 dB(A) and 47-50 dB(A)

during day and night respectively (Table 3.33).

3.6.4.3 Noise levels in sensitive zones

The study region had primary schools, primary health centers etc. Leq was monitored in these

sensitive areas. Since most of these were located on busy roads, the nearby traffic in these areas

also contributed to the existing noise levels. Leq varied from 44-46 dB (A) and 37-38 dB (A) during

day and night respectively (Table 3.33).

3.6.4.4 Noise levels in industrial areas

Equivalent noise levels (Leq) were monitored at the project site and observed as 58-62 dB(A) and 51-

57 dB(A) during day and night time respectively. Vehicular traffic and construction activities

contributed significantly to these noise levels (Table 3.33).

3.6.5 Noise levels due to traffic in the study area

The national & state highways (NH 111 & SH 2, SH-4) and Gevra-Bilaspur Road are passing through

this region and having major traffic activities. Agglomeration and congestion of traffic was observed

on main roads and at the crossing of important roads near petrol pumps, market and industrial areas.

The vehicular traffic was monitored at different crossings within the study area near the highways.

The noise levels monitored at some of the major traffic junctions alongwith their peak traffic density

are listed in Table 3.34. During survey period, the traffic density at these junctions was observed to

be very high (Table 3.35). The Leq at the traffic junctions was observed 66 dB (A).

TABLE 3.34

BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS IN INDUSTRIAL AREA NEAR HIGHWAYS

Sr.

No.

Location Distance of Highway

from plant (km)

Direction of Highway

w.r.t plant

Leqday Leqnight

1. National Highway-111 & SH 2

near Mohanpur

10.58 NW 71 62

2. SH-4 near Badripali 13.51 NNE 70 65

3. Gevra-Bilaspur Road 0.36 S 70 66

CPCB Standards dB(A) Industrial

Area

75 70




TABLE 3.35

VEHICULAR TRAFFIC AND CORRESPONDING NOISE LEVELS DURING PEAK HOURS IN THE

STUDY AREA

Sr. No. Traffic Intersection Traffic Density per peak hours Sound pressure levels

(peak hours) H M L

1. National Highway-111 & SH-2 90 80 65 66

2. SH-4 near Badripali 50 40 45 63

3. Gevra-Bilaspur Road 55 65 80 60


Remarks:

1 Width of the roads was found less than the requirement for accommodating the daily plying traffic,

particularly, during day time. Heavy traffic on the main roads passing through the villages or

townships during day time, contributed significantly to the increase in noise levels in the nearby

residential areas. During night time, traffic was less, thereby; noise was mainly due to industrial

activities.

2 The major commercial activities in the region were the local market places. Other than regular

human activities, the traffic, particularly, industrial goods vehicles were the main contributors of

noise levels in these areas.

3 The noise levels were recorded at some hospitals and colleges/schools. High noise levels were

observed at few places because they were situated along the state highway or main roads.

4 Most of the industries were not having sufficient green cover surrounding them. Hence, noise

generated by their activities had an impact on the nearby villages.

5 Construction and fabrication activities were in progress continuously at many industrial locations

in this region. Construction activities along with day to day industrial and other related activities

generated noise. Workers engaged with such type of activities were found to expose to higher

noise levels, but for a limited duration.

3.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

3.7.1 Introduction

Biological environment of any area constitute all living beings of that area, it is an integral part of the

environment. Biodiversity is often considered synonymous with species richness of the area.

Identifying, measuring, and monitoring biodiversity is a complex exercise. The Biodiversity

assessment generally concern with, conducting biodiversity inventories for assessing existing

biodiversity. This provides the information on the biodiversity richness of the area under

consideration. The selection of indicators differs for each biodiversity monitoring and is entirely based

on the output required from such biodiversity inventory. Any change in the surrounding environment

could cause loss of species or decrease in biodiversity of the area.

Therefore, the present study is proposed to assess the impact of the proposed project on existing

biological environment of the project site and surrounding area within 15 km radius. Accordingly,

mitigation measures are evolved to sustain the biological diversity. In general, biological environment

is represented by flora and fauna.

Ecological Impact Assessment

Ecological Impact Assessment (EcIA) is used to predict and evaluate the impacts of development

activities on ecosystems and their components, thereby providing the information needed to ensure

that ecological issues are given full and proper consideration in development planning. Environmental

Impact Assessment (EIA) has emerged as a key to sustainable development by integrating social,



economic and environmental issues in many countries. EcIA has a major part to play as a component

of EIA but also has other potential applications in environmental planning and management.

Ecological Impact Assessment provides a comprehensive review of the EcIA process and

summarizes the ecological theories and tools that can be used to understand, explain and evaluate

the ecological consequences of development proposals.

Environmental Impact Assessment has become an integral part of development projects in India ever

since 1994, to formulate policies and guidelines for environmentally sound economic development.

Proper assessment of biological environment and compilation of its taxonomical data is essential for

the impact predictions.

Consistent and regularly updated data on regional and local taxonomy and floristic and faunal

diversity of the areas are almost non-existent in country as diverse as India. Instant information on

biodiversity profiles of the area, where the proposed project is setting up, is an essential part of the

baseline studies of EIA. In such a situation, good primary baseline biodiversity survey is a pre-

requisite for the collection of reliable data. The professional ethic of the EIA practitioners should be

their will and skill to conduct scientific field surveys. These contributions towards biodiversity surveys

may sometimes recognized as the actual value additions in terms of new records or a new data base

but are more often recognized in the validation and updating of the existing information base.

3.7.2 Objective of the Study

The objectives of ecological study are outlined as follows:

To understand their present status;

To assess present bio-diversity; and

To identify susceptible and sensitive areas.

3.7.3 Study Area

The proposed 2x 2 MTPA coal washery located at village – Batari, Teh. – Khatgora, in Korba district

of Chhattisgarh state. There is no forest land involved within project site, forests were observed in

and around 15 km radius. The project site is considered as core area, whereas, 15 km radial distance

for the project site is being considered as buffer area. The floristic exploration carried out in buffer

area based on distance categorically considered as Buffer Zone 1 (BF 1) considering distance 0-5

km, whereas, BF2 and BF3 considered based on 5-10 and 10-15 km respectively. As per Champion

& Seth, 1968 vegetation types of the area can be grouped as Tropical Dry Deciduous Forest. The

average annual rainfall of the region is 1236 mm. Soil of the area is lateritic. Winter is moderately cold

and the summer is very hot.

3.7.3.1 Study Approach & Methodology adopted

The baseline study for existing ecological environment was carried out during Post Monsoon

Season – 2015. A participatory and consultative approach was followed. Field visits were under

taken for survey of the vegetation and animals in the study area. The study area is divided into two

parts as project area consideration as Core area and the buffer area in the 15 km radius of the project

site.

Methodology

Flora: Floral status was assessed in different habitat types and project site of the study area.

Quantitative data was collected using standard methods of quadrate method. Floral enumeration was

done following standard sampling techniques. Random quadrates were laid in order to quantify the

vegetation of the study area. Quadrate size for trees was 10 x 10 m, for shrubs it was 5 x 5 m and for



herbs it was 1 x 1m. Plots of 1 x 1 m were laid within the tree quadrate at each corner to record

grasses. In each of the quadrates, species and their number were recorded. The data collected in the

field was analyzed for secondary parameters such as density, frequency and abundance following

standard phyto-sociological methods.

The study area was devoid of any natural forest, stratified sampling and observation was made in the

study area as per Forest Survey of India 1992. Besides core area, trees available in the study area

as non-forest area were classified into 8 categories for the purpose of data processing and analysis.

These categories are:

Category of Plantations

(i) Farm forestry: Trees along the farm bunds and in small patches

(ii) Roadside plantation: Trees planted along the road side

(iii) Village woodlot: Naturally growing or planted trees on community /private land

(iv) Block plantation: Compact plantations covering an area of more than 0.1 ha.and not falling in any

of the above

(v) Pond side plantation: Trees planted in and around water ponds

(vi) Railway side plantation: Trees planted along the railway lines

(vii) Canal side plantation: Trees planted along the canals

(viii) Others: Trees not falling in any of the above categories.

Fauna:

Fauna Avifauna: Standard methods were followed to survey the avifauna. The point count method

was followed for counting the birds. Opportunistic surveywas also carried out with respect to avifaunal

checklist. Identification by calls was also made for species identification which were not directly

encountered or were hidden in the vegetation or canopy (Sridharan 1989, Bhupathy1991, Bibby et

al., 1992 and Hutto et al., 1986).

Herpetofauna: Area searches were done in the circular plots of 10 m radius to inventory all terrestrial

habitats for reptiles and amphibians. Area searches consisted of turning cover objects like logs,

boulders etc (Welsh, 1987). Sampling for these species involved through binoculars and aural

surveys.

Mammals: Presence of mammals was documented by using both direct and indirect evidences.

Opportunistic sightings were also included. Transect line were used to search indirect evidence i.e.

animal burrows / holes, scat, pellets, feeding signs, and tracks. Photographic (colored pictorial guide)

field guide were used for interviews with local residents (Burnham et al. 1980, Rodgers 1991, Sale

and Berkmuller, 1988, Daniel, 1992)

Threat Status Assessment/evaluation Criteria

The biodiversity aspects in the form of endemic status, conservation status and life form were

enumerated for all the plant species found in the area during ecological survey. The Red Data Book

of the Botanical survey of India was screened to verify their conservation status.For wild animal

species schedule of the Wildlife Protection Act (1972) was screened.

3.7.3.2 Ecosystems/ Habitat & Vegetation of the study area

The terrain was found to be almost plain without much undulation; The area as a whole represents a

gently slope, drained by a number of North to East and South to East flowing rivers which debouche

into the one major tributary i.e. Aharan Nadi present in Eastern direction of the project site which is



about 14.5 km approx. Land use pattern of this region was dominated by agricultural fields followed

by open scrub. There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Tiger Reserve,

exist within the 10 km as well as 15 km radius of the study area. However, the following map

showing nearest distances from Achanakmar-Amarkantak Biosphere Reserve and Achanakmar

Wildlife Sanctuary wrt project site. Table 3.36 represents the forest and its distance w.r.t. project site

and Figure 3.23 represents Achanakmar-Amarkantak Biosphere Reserve & Achanakmar Wildlife

Sanctuary wrt project site.

TABLE 3.36

FOREST AND ITS DISTANCE W.R.T. THE PROJECT SITE

Sr.

No.

Forest/Open Scrub

comprised in Study Area Nearest Village Distance & Direction w.r.t. project site

1. Dense mixed jungle PF Badripali & Achankpur 12.25 & N

2. Open jungle mainly sarai Abhaypur & Bijayapur 9.35 & NE

3. Open mix jungle Chakadhamnapara 2.83 & ENE

4. Kartala PF Utra & Kartala 9.05 & WSW

5. Dhaurabhata PF Dhaurabhata 11.65 & W

6. Manikpur PF Baraipara & Kerakachhar 6.68 & WNW

7. Forest Plantation & Chhindpani PF

Nonbira & Chhindpani

5.68 & SW & 9.3 km SW

8. Open Scrub Ratija 4.33 & SSW

9 Open Scrub Tiwarta 0.91 & S

FIGURE 3.23: MAP SHOWING DISTANCES OF ACHANAKMAR-AMARKANTAK BIOSPHERE

RESERVE & ACHANAKMAR WILDLIFE SANCTUARY WRT PROJECT SITE ARE 47.5 KM

(WNW) AND 67 KM (W) RESP.



3.7.3.3 Floral Biodiversity of the Study Area

The climatic, edaphic and biotic variations with their complex interrelationship and composition of

species, which are adapted to these variations, have resulted in different vegetation cover,

characteristic of each region. The following account of floral diversity, based on the field survey

conducted for a short duration, is aimed only to give a general pattern of vegetation of this region as a

baseline data. It is also important to recognize that the outcome of the survey plants and animals are

seasonally constrained.

The tree species, herbs and shrubs and major crops, were documented during this baseline study.

The list of floral species documented in the study area is enlisted in Table 3.37 and Table 3.38

represents the statistical synopsis of floristic composition in Buffer zone and Core zone. Figure 3.24a

and 3.24b represent the floristic composition and group and the plates showing the photographs of

the survey done during the Ecology and Biodiversity of the study area.

TABLE 3.37

FLORISTIC STATUS OBSERVED/REPORTED IN THE CORE AND BUFFER ZONE OF

PROPOSED PROJECT SITE

Sl. Botanical Name Local Name

Family Habit Plot

Core BF-1 BF-II BF-III

1 Acacia auriculiformis Australian acacia

Leguminosae T *

2 Acacia catechu, wild Khair Leguminosae T * *

3 Acacia leucophlea, Wild Reunjha Leguminosae T * * * *

4 Adina cordifolia, Hook, F Haldu/Kalmi Rubiaceae T * *

5 Aegle marmelos, Corr Bel Rutaceae T * *

6 Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Maharukh Simarubiaceae T * * *

7 Alangium-salvifolium,(Lin.F.) Wang

Ankol Cornaceae T *

8 Albizzia lebbek, Benth Kala siris Leguminosae T * * *

9 Alstonia scholaris (L.) R. Br. Chhatpan Apocynaceae T *

10 Alternanthera pungence Kunth

Phulerghans

Amaranthaceae H * * * *

11 Alysicarpus bupleurifolius (L.) DC.

Chipti Fabaceae H * * * *

12 Andrographis echioides (L.) Nees

Bhuineem Acanthaceae H *

13 Annona squamosa L. Sheetaphal Anno naceae T * *

14 Anogeissus latifolia Wall Dhawa Combretaceae T * *

15 Azadirachta indica, A. juss. Neem Meliaceae T * *

16 Bauhinia purpurea, Linn Keolar Leguminosae T * *

17 Bauhinia racemosa, Linn Asta Leguminosae T * *

18 Bauhinia variegata, Linn Kachnar Leguminosae T * *

19 Boerhaavia difusa,Brandegee Punarnava Nyctagenaceae H * * * *




Family Habit Plot


20 Bombax ceiba, Lnn Semal Malvaceae T * * *

21 Boswellia serrata, Roxb. Salai Burseraceae T * * *

22 Bridelia retusa, Spring Kasai Euphorbiaceae T * * *

23 Buchnania lanzan, Spreng Achar Anacardiaceae T * * *

24 Butea monosperma, (Lamk)Taub

Palash/Parsa

Leguminosae T * * * *

25 Caesalpinia bonduc (L.) Roxb.

Gataran Leguminosae S * *

26 Calotropis-gigantea,R. Br. Aak Asclepiadaceae S *

27 Careya arborea Roxb. Bhui/Kumhi Mayrtaceae T * *

28 Carissa opaca, Stapf. Karonda Apocynanceae S *

29 Casearia graveolens,Dalz Gilchi Samydaceae T * *

30 Cassia auriculata, Linn Takhad Leguminosae S *

31 Cassia fistula, Linn Amaltas Leguminosae T * * * *

32 Cassia tora (L.) Roxb. Charota Fabaceae H * * * *

33 Celatrus paniculata, Willd. Penbeeja Celastraceae C * *

34 Chloroxylon swietenia, D.C. Bhirra Meliaceae T * * *

35 Cleistanthus collinus, Benth. Karra/Garadi

Euphorbiaceae T *

36 Convolvulus pluricaulisChoisy Sankhpuspi Convolvulaceae H *

37 Cordia dichotoma, Forest. P. Lasoda Boraginaaceae T *

38 Curculigo orchioides Gaertn. Kali musli Hhypoxidaceae H * * *

39 Curcuma angustifolia, Roxb. Tikhur Seitamineae S *

40 Curcuma aromatica Salisb. Ban haldi Zingiberaceae H *

41 Cynodon dactylon, Pers. Doob Poaceae G * * *

42 Cyperus scariosus R.Br. Motha Cyparaceae G * *

43 Dalbergia latifolia, Roxb Kala Shisham

Leguminosae T * * *

44 Dalbergia paniculata Roxb. Dhoban Leguminosae T * * *

45 Dalbergia sissoo, Roxb. Safed Shisham

Leguminosae T *

46 Deonix regia (Hook.) Raf. Gulmohar Leguminosae T *

47 Desmodium gangeticum (L.) DC.

Salpan Leguminosae H * * *

48 Desmodium trifolium (L.) DC. Tinpatiya Fabaceae H * * *

49 Dichantium annulatum, (Forsk) Stapf.

Choti Marbel

Poaceae G * *




Family Habit Plot


50 Dioscorea belophylla, Voigt. Kadukanda Dioscoreaceae C *

51 Dioscorea bulbifer L. Kadukanda Dioscoreaceae C *

52 Diospyros melanoxylon, Roxb.

Tendu Ebenaceae T * * *

53 Ehretia laevis, Roxb. Dataranga Boraginaceae T *

54 Elaeodendron glaucucum, Pers.

Jamrasi Celastraceae T * * *

55 Elephantopus scaber L. Ban tambakhu

Asteraceae H * *

56 Embelica officinalis Caertn. Aonla Euphorbiaceae T * * *

57 Eragrostis tenella, Roem. Bhurbusi Poaceae G * * *

58 Eranthemum purpurescens Wight ex Nees

Ban Tulsi Acanthaceae S * * *

59 Erythrina lndica, Roxb. Pangara Leguminosae T * * *

60 Eucalyptis hybridus Safeda Myrtaceae T *

61 Eulaliopsis binata, Retz. Bbagai Poaceae G * *

62 Evolvulus alsinoides (L.) L. Neelpuspi Convolvulaceae H *

63 Ficus bengalensis, Linn. Bad Moraceae T *

64 Ficus religiosa, Linn Pipal Moraceae T *

65 Flacourtia indica (Burm.F.) Meer

Kakai Bixaceae T * * *

66 Flemingia macrophylla (Willd.) Merr.

Ban Rahar Leguminosae S *

67 Gardenia gummigera, Linn. F. Dikamali Rubiaceae S *

68 Gardenia latifolia, Ait. Papra Rubiaceae T *

69 Garuga pinnata, Roxb Kekad Burseraceae T * *

70 Gerwia hirsuta, Vahl. Gudsakari Tiliaceae S * *

71 Grewia tiliaefolia, Vahl. Dhaman Tilliaceae T * *

72 Gymnospori spinosa (Forsk) Fiori

Baikal Celastraceae S *

73 Hemidesmus indicus (L.) R. Br. ex Schult.

Anantmul Apocynaceae H * * * *

74 Heteropogon contortus, Beaur.

Kushal Poaceae G * *

75 Holarrhena antidysentrica, Wall.

Koreya Apocynaceae S *

76 Holoptelia integrifolia, Planch Chirol Urticaceae T * *

77 Iseilema nervosum Musel Poaceae G * *

78 Kydia calycina, Roxb. Barga Malvaceae T *

79 Lagerstroemia parviflora, Roxb.

Senjha/Lendia

Lythraceae T * * * *




Family Habit Plot


80 Lannea coromandelica (Houtt) Merrill

Jhingan Anacardiaceae T * *

81 Lantana camera L. Verbenaceae

Verbenaceae S * * *

82 Leuceana leucocephala L. Subabool Leguminosae T * *

83 Madhuca indica, Cmel. Mahua Sapotaceae T * * *

84 Mangifera indica, Linn. Aam Anacardiaceae T * *

85 Melothria heterophylla, Cong. Tondri Cucurbitacae C *

86 Merremia emarginata (Burm. f.) Hallier f.

Lipti Fabaceae H * * * *

87 Miliusa tomentosa (Roxb.) J.Sinclair

Kari Annonaceae T * *

88 Mitragyna parviflora,(Roxb.) Korth

Kalam/Mundi

Rubiaceae T *

89 Nyctanthes arbortristis, Linn Siharua Oleaceae T * *

90 Ougeinia oojeinensis (Roxb) Hochrut

Tinsa Leguminosae T * *

91 Panicum miliare, Limk. Kosra Poaceae G *

92 Panicum proliferum, Lamk. Panga Poaceae G *

93 Panicum psilododium, Trem. Chirkutki Poaceae G * *

94 Panicum repens L. panicum Poaceae G * * *

95 Phoenix sylvestris, (Roxb) Khajur Palmae T * *

96 Phyllanthus amarus Schumach. & Thonn.

Bhuiaonla Euphorbiaceae H * * * *

97 Pongamia pinnata, (Linn.) Pierre

Karanj Leguminosae T * * * *

98 Pterocarpus marsupium, Roxb.

Beeja Leguminosae T * *

99 Randia dumetorum, Lamk. Mainphal Rubiaceae T * * * *

100 Randia uliginosa, D.C. Kala phetra Rubiaceae T * * *

101 Saccopetalum tomentosum, Hk. F. & Thoms

Kari Annonaceae T * *

102 Saceharum spoutaneum, Linn.

Kans Poaceae G *

103 Schleichera oleosa (Lour) Oken.

Kusum Sapindaceae T * * *

104 Semecarpus anacardium, Linn

Bhilwa Anacanrdiaceae T * * *

105 Setaria glauca (L.) Beauv. Sateria Poaceae G *

106 Shorea robusta Gaertn. Sarai Dipterocarpaceae T * * *

107 Sida acuta Burm.f. Bala Malvaceae H * * * *

108 Sida cordifolia L. Bariyari Malvaceae H * * *

109 Sida rhombifolia L. Vishkhapari Malvaceae S * * * *




Family Habit Plot


110 Smilax zeylanica, Linn Ramdaton Liliaceae C * * *

111 Sterculia urens Roxb. Kullu Sterculiaceae T * *

112 Stereospermum suaveolens, D.C.

Garudphal Bignoniaceae T * *

113 Syzygium cuminii (Linn) skeels.

Jamun Myrtaceae T *

114 Tamarindus indica, Linn Imli Leguminosae T * *

115 Tectona grandis Linn. Sagaun Verbenaceae T * * * *

116 Tephrosia purpurea (L.) Pers Sarphonka Leguminosae H *

117 Terminalia arjuna, W. et .A. Koha Combretaceae T *

118 Terminalia belerica, Roxb. Bahera Combretaceae T * * *

119 Terminalia chebula, retz. Harra Combretaceae T * *

120 Terminalia tomentosa, Heyre, ex Roth

Saj Combretaceae T * * *

121 Themeda quadrivalvis(L.) Kuntze

Gunher Poaceae G *

122 Urena lobata L. Lipta Malvaceae S *

123 Vallaris solanacea (Roth) Kuntze

Dudhibela Apocynaceae C *

124 Vernonia ceneraria (L.) Less. Sahdevi Asteraceae H * * *

125 Vitex negundo, Linn. Nirgundi Verbenaceae S *

126 Vitis indica L. Dokarbela Vitaceae C *

127 Wendlandia exetra D.C. Tilwan Rubiaceaee T *

128 Woodfordia fruticosa, Kurtz. Dhawai Lytharceae S *

129 Wrightia tinctiria R.Br. Dudhi Apocynaceae T * * *

130 Zizyphus mauritiana, lamk. Ber Rhamnaceae T * * * *

131 Zizyphus xylopyra, Willd Ghont Rhamnaceae T * *

132 Zornia gibbosa Span. Dupatiya Fabaceae H * * * *

Core Zone - Project Site, BF-I- Buffer Zone (within 5 km radius), BF-II Buffer Zone (within 10 km

radius), BF-III- Buffer Zone (within 15 km radius), T-Tree, S-Shrub, C-Climber, G-Grass, H-Herb



TABLE 3.38

STATISTICAL SYNOPSIS OF FLORISTIC COMPOSITION IN BUFFER ZONE AND CORE ZONE

OF PROPOSED PROJECT SITE

Figure 3.24 a shows the floristic composition within the different zone of proposed project site and

Figure 3.24 b represents the statistical status of encountered vegetation in family genera and

species.

FIGURE 3.24A: FLORISTIC COMPOSITION FIGURE 3.24B: FLORISTIC GROUP

19.70

75.00

65.15

59.85

CZ

BZ-I

BZ-II

BZ-III

49

107

132 Family

Genera

Species

Rank of

Family Name of Family

No. of

Family

No. of Sp. Total

I Leguminosae 01 24 24

II Poaceae 01 13 13

III Apocynaceae, Malvaceae & Rubiaceae 03 6 18

IV Combretaceae & Fabaceae 02 5 10

V Anacardiaceae & Euphorbiaceae 02 4 08

VI Annonaceae, Celastraceae, Myrtaceae & Verbenaceae 04 3 12

VI Acanthaceae, Asteraceae, Boraginaceae, Burseraceae ,

Convolvulaceae, Dioscoreaceae, Lythraceae, Meliaceae,

Moraceae, Rhamnaceae & Tilliaceae

11 2 22

VIII Amaranthaceae, Asclepiadaceae , Bignoniaceae,

Cornaceae, Bixaceae, Cucurbitacae, Cyparaceae,

Dipterocarpaceae, Ebenaceae, Oleaceae, Hhypoxidaceae

,Liliaceae, Nyctagenaceae, Palmae, Rubiaceaee,

Rutaceae, Samydaceae, Sapindaceae, Sapotaceae,

Seitamineae, Simarubiaceae, Sterculiaceae, Urticaceae,

Vitaceae & Zingiberaceae

25 1 25

49 107 132



3.0 SITE SPECIFIC PHOTOGRAPHS

PROPOSED COAL WASHERY SITE

FOREST PLANTATION SAL TREE LILAGAR NALA

3.7.4 Phytosociological Survey

Phyto-sociological study of any vegetation, whether tree layer, shrub or herbaceous layer, is an important

aspect of an ecological study, which deals with social interaction of these plant species among themselves.

This study also reflects about the totality of vegetation at any particular site. The interaction of species and

its totality always varies with space and time lapse and alteration in factors such as edaphic, climatic and

other stresses.



The stratified random sampling approach was followed for phytosociological survey in the present study.

The phytosociological data from these forests were quantitatively analysed to work out the species

richness, diversity, importance value, stand density and the basal area.

Phytosociological attributes of plant diversity of proposed coal washery area were analysed for top,

middle and ground cover species composition in core, buffer-I, buffer-II and buffer-III zone. The data

is arranged as per their Frequency, Density ha-1., Important Value Index (IVI) and Diversity Index (DI)

respectively. Summary of the results is given below:

Total 23 tree species were encountered in the immediate vicinity area. General account of Density

(plant / Ha), IVI (Important Value Index) and DI (Shannon Weiner diversity Index) of Top canopy

cover in immediate vicinity area during Nov.-2015 are given in Annexure-VII(A) Whereas, density

(plant ha-1) ranged between 10 to 380, IVI (Important Value Index) ranged between 3.71 to 48.31

and DI (Shannon Weiner diversity Index) ranged between 0.05 to 0.29 respectively. Total density was

found in top cover i.e. 1270 plants ha-1 and Diversity index found 2.70 respectively.

Total 30 species of shrub and tree were found under the top canopy cover whereas, 146 species in

both categories are listed in the working plan and the phytosociological parameters are given in

Annexure-VII(B). Accordingly, density (plant ha-1) ranged between 13.33 to 986.67, IVI (Important

Value Index) ranged between 3.40 to 54.34 and DI (Shannon wiener diversity Index) ranged between

0.05 to 0.31 respectivrly. Total density was found in middle cover i.e. 3560 plants ha-1 and Diversity

index was found to be 2.99 respectively.

Total 28 species of unstablished recruits of tree (Regeneragtion), Shrub (Regeneration) and

herbaceous species were found in the ground cover at immediate vicinity area of project site and the

phytosociological parameters are given in Annexure-VII(C). Accordingly, density (plant ha-1) ranged

between 333.33 to 29666.67, IVI ranged between 2.91 to 53.37 and DI (Shannon wiener diversity

Index) ranged between 0.04 to 0.31 respectivrly. Total density was found in ground cover i.e.

105666.67 plants ha-1 and Diversity index was found to be 2.92 respectevely.

Total 30 tree species were encountered in the buffer zone I and the phytosociological parameters are

given in Annexure-VII(D). Accordingly, density (plant ha-1) of top canopy ranged between 10 to 310,

IVI ranged between 3.12 to 43.69 and DI ranged between 0.05 to 0.28 respectivrly. Total density was

found in top cover i.e. 1070 plants ha-1 and Diversity index found 3.10 respectively.

Total 45 species of shrub and tree species were found under the top canopy cover and the

phytosociological parameters are given in Annexure-VII(E). Accordingly, density (plant ha-1) ranged

between 13.33 to 306.67, IVI (Important Value Index) of top canopy cover ranged between 2.98 to

25.00 and DI (Shannon wiener diversity Index) ranged between 0.05 to 0.21 respectively. Total

density was found in middle cover i.e. 2693.33 plants ha-1 and Diversity index found 3.48

respectively.



phytosociological parameters are given in Annexure-VII(F). Accordingly, density (plant ha-1) ranged

between 333.33 to 29666.67, IVI (Important Value Index) of top canopy cover ranged between 2.94

to 48.30 and DI (Shannon wiener diversity Index) ranged between 0.05 to 0.29 respectivrly. Total

density was found in ground cover i.e. 109666.67 plants ha-1 and Diversity index found 3.06

respectevely.



Total 29 tree species were encountered in the buffer zone II and the phytosociological parameters

are given in Annexure-VII(G). Accordingly, density (plant ha-1) of top canopy ranged between 10 to

200, IVI (Important Value Index) of top canopy cover ranged between 3.51 to 35.21 and DI ranged

between 0.06 to 0.25 respectively. Total density was found in top cover i.e. 950 plants ha-1 and

Diversity index found 3.14 respectively.


phytosociological parameters are given in Annexure-VII(H). Accordingly, density (plant ha-1) ranged

between 13.33 to 826.67, IVI (Important Value Index) of top canopy cover ranged between 2.72 to

43.46 and DI (Shannon wiener diversity Index) ranged between 0.04 to 0.28 respectively. Total

density was found in middle cover i.e. 3240 plants ha-1 and Diversity index was found to be 3.39

respectevely.



phytosociological parameters are given in Annexure-VII. Accordingly, density (plant ha-1) ranged

between 333.33 to 29666.67, IVI ranged between 2.58 to 47.62 and DI (Shannon wiener diversity

Index) ranged between 0.04 to 0.29 respectively. Total density was found in ground cover i.e. 106000

plants ha-1 and Diversity index found 3.22 respectively.

Total 30 tree species were encountered in the buffer zone III and the phytosociological parameters

are given in Annexure-VIIJ). Accordingly, density (plant ha-1) of Top canopy ranged between 10 to

290, IVI ranged between 4.08 to 39.86 and DI ranged between 0.05 to 0.27 respectivrly. Total density

was found in Tree cover i.e. 1130 plants ha-1 and Diversity index found 3.18 respectively.


phytosociological parameters are given in Annexure-VII(K). Accordingly, density (plant ha-1) ranged

between 10.53 to 890.32, IVI ranged between 2.78 to 47.11, and DI ranged between 0.04 to 0.29

respectivrly. Total density was found in middle cover i.e. 3285.59 plants ha-1 and Diversity index found

3.30, respectively.


herbaceous species were found in the ground cover at 15 Km radius from centre point of the project

site and the phytosociological parameters are given in Annexure-VII(L). Accordingly, density (plant

ha-1) ranged between 333.33 to 29666.67, IVI (Important Value Index) ranged between 2.34 to 43.76

and DI (Shannon wiener diversity Index) ranged between 0.04 to 0.28 respectively. Total density

were found in ground cover i.e. 114333.33 plants ha-1 and Diversity index was found to be 3.37

respectively.

3.7.5 Vegetation near Human Habitation

Near the villages, the vegetation pattern was found to be abruptly changed from that what was

observed in the forest areas. The common species were those which were useful to the human

beings. The species commonly found were Syzigium cumini (Jamun), Mangifera indica (Aam),

Madhuca indica (Mahu), Tamarindus indica (Imli), Ficus bengalensis (Bargat), Ficus religiosa (Pipal),

Psidium guajava (Jam), Azadirachta indica (Neem), Delbergia sissoo (Shisam), Peltophorum

pterocarpum (Peltophorum), Ficus hispida (Gular), etc.



3.7.6 Faunal Biodiversity of the Study Area

The fauna of the study area included Mammals, Reptiles, amphibians, Aves, Butterflies. These

species are listed in Tables 3.39 to 3.44.

For the assessment of the faunal biodiversity of the study area with respect to Mammals, Reptiles,

Birds, Butterfly and Fishes species, a baseline survey was conducted during Post Monsoon Season –

2015-16.

The availability of fauna within the study area included spotted deer, black napped hare, Jackal and

wild boar other common mammalian species were, monkey, Jungle cat, squirrel, rat, mongoose and

bat etc. were a commonly inhabitant in the forest area. Whereas, sloth bear is occasionally seen in

the forests as well as in the fringes of forest as per the consultative approach with local and referring

of forest working plan however during site survey direct or indirect siting were not observed. The

habitat of Indian Elephant was far way from the project site and not reported in 15 km radial distance

from the project site. The forests were observed in the study area in degraded condition due to biotic

pressure in surrounding area. There was no direct or indirect sightings for schedule I animals. The

common reptiles such as lizard, garden lizard, and different varieties of snakes were reported in the

locality. Birds were observed throughout the study area but mostly seen near forest area, paddy fields

and water bodies (River Lilagar and village ponds). River Lilagar is major source of fresh water fishes

within study area. In order to improve the habitat of surrounding flora and fauna, biological

conservation plan suggested and budgetiary provision given accordingly in Annexure. The fauna

which were observed and through enquiry from local people are as follows:

A baseline survey was conducted in order to document the faunal biodiversity of the study area with

respect to birds, reptiles, amphibians and butterfly species.

3.7.6.1 Core Zone

The wild fauna observed in the core zone other than the domesticated ones in the core zone is given

as follows:

TABLE 3.39

FAUNA OBSERVED WITHIN THE PROJECT SITE (CORE ZONE)

S. No. Scientific Name English Name Common Name Schedule as per

WPA

Mammals

1. Funambulus palmarum Palm squirrel Khar IV

2. Bandicota bengalensis Field rat Chuha V

3. Rattus rattus Common house rat Chuha V

4. Semnopithecus entellus Common langur Hanu Makad II

Reptiles

1. Calotes versicolor Garden Lizard --- -

2. Mabuya carinata Keeled Indian Mabuya --- -

3. Hemidactylus flaviviridis Common Indian House Gecko Jhitipiti --

Avifauna

1. Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Gai bagla IV

2. Indian Roller Indian Roller Nilkanth IV

3. Pycnonotus cafer Red vented Bulbul Bulbul IV

4. Dicrurus adsimillis Black drongo Kotwal IV

5. Merops orientalis Green Bee Eater -- IV

6. Acridothere stristis Common Maina Maina IV

7. Copsychus saularis Oriental Magpie Robin Dayal IV



3.7.6.2 Buffer Zone

Mammals

The wild mammals reported other than domesticated ones from the study area are documented in the

Table 3.40.

TABLE 3.40

MAMMALS FROM THE STUDY AREA (BUFFER ZONE)

Sr.

No.

Scientific Name English Name Common Name Schedule as

per WPA

Mammals

1. Canis aureus Jackal Gidar II

2. Felis chaus Jungle cat Bana Biradi II

3. Funambulus palmarum Three striped palm squirrel Gunduchi Musa IV

4. Herpestes edwardsi Common Mongoose Neula Bada II

5. Lepus nigricollis Indian hare Thekua IV

6. Semnopithecus entellus Common langur Hanu Mankad II

7. Macaca mulata Rhesus macaque Pati Mankad II

8. Sus scrofa Indian wildboar Barha III

9. Vulpes bengalensis Indian fox Lomdi II

10. Bandicota bengalensis Field rat Musa V

11. Rattus rattus Common house rat Musa V

12. Axis axis Spotted Deer Miriga, Harina III

Source: Primary Survey conducted by anacon team supported with secondary data collected from forest department, korba & Consultative approach with villagers.

Note: Sloth bear is occasionally seen in the forests as well as in the fringes of forest as per the consultative approach with local and referring of forest working plan however during site survey direct or indirect siting were not observed.

Herpetofauna

The Herpetofauna observed in the study area are presented in Table 3.41

TABLE 3.41

HERPETOFAUNA OBSERVED IN THE STUDY AREA (BUFFER ZONE)

Sr.No. Scientific Name English Name Common Name Schedule as per WPA

1. Ptyas mucosus Common Rat Snake Dhaman II

2. Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian Krait* Rona IV

3. Naja naja Indian Cobra* Gokhar II

4. Bufo parietalis Indian Toad --- IV

5. Hyla arborea Tree Frog -- IV

6. Daboia russelli Russell‟s viper* Chandan Boda II

7. Calotes versicolor Common garden lizard Endua --

8. Hemidactylus flaviviridis Common Indian House

Gecko

Jhitipiti --

Note: * Indicates not sighted but recorded based on consultative approach with villagers and forest

officials

Avian Fauna

Systematic account of the birds in the study area with the status of occurrence is given in the Table

3.42

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bufo_parietalis



TABLE 3.42

SYSTEMATIC LISTS OF BIRDS IN THE STUDY AREA WITH ITS DISTRIBUTION AND

MIGRATORY STATUS

Old Common Name New Common Name Scientific Name Distribution

I. Order: Apodiformes

Family: Apodidae (Swifts)

Common Swift Common Swift Apus apus R

House swift Little Swift Apus affinis R

II. Order: : Ciconiiformes

Family: Ardeidae (Heron, Egret, Bittern)

Cattle Egret Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis R

Little Egret Little Egret Egretta garzetta R

Pond Heron Indian Pond-Heron Ardeola grayii R

Family : Accipitridae (Vulture, Sparrow Hawk, Eagle, Harrier, Kite and Vulture)

Black Kite Small Indian/pariah kite Malvusmigrans R

Family: Charadriidae (Plover, Stilt, Oystercatcher, Lapwing, Avocet )

Red-wattled Lapwing Red-wattled Lapwing Vanellus indicus R

Family: Phalacrocoracidae (Cormorant)

Indian Shag Indian Cormorant Phalacrocorax fuscicollis R

Family: Podicipedidae (Grebe)

Little Grebe Little Grebe Tachybaptus ruficollis R

Family: Threskiornithidae (Spoonbill and Ibis)

Black Ibis Red-naped Ibis Pseudibis papillosa R

III Order: Columbiformes

Family: Columbidae (Pigeon, Dove)

Blue Rock Pigeon Rock Pigeon Columba livia R

Ring Dove Eurasian Collared-Dove Streptopelia decaocto R

Spotted Dove Spotted Dove Streptopelia chinensis R

IV: Order: Coraciformes

Family: Alcedinidae (King Fisher)

Small Blue King Fisher Common Kingfisher Alcedo atthis R

Family: Cerylidae

Pied Kingfisher Pied Kingfisher Ceryle rudis R

Family: Dacelonidae (King Fishers)

White breasted Kingfisher White-throated Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis R

Family: Coraciidae (Roller)

BlueJay or Roller Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis R

Family: Meropidae (Bee Eater)

Green Bee-eater Little Green Bee-eater Meropsorientalis R

V. Order: Cuculiformes

Family: Centropodidae (Cocucal)

Crow-Pheasant or Coucal Greater Coucal Centropus sinensis R

Family: Cuculidae (Cuckoo, Koel)

Koel Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopacea R

VI Order: Gruiformes

Family: Rallidae (Waterhen, Coot, Crake Water Cock, Moorhen, Rail,)

Common moorhen Common moorhen Gallinulachloropus R

VII. Order: Passeriformes

Family: Corvidae

Black Drongo Black Drongo Dicrurusmacrocercus R

Large Cuckoo-shrike Large Cuckoo-shrike Coracina macei R



Old Common Name New Common Name Scientific Name Distribution

Coracina novaehollandiae

House Crow House Crow Corvus splendens R

Golden-Oriole Eurasian Golden-Oriole Oriolus oriolus R

Family: Muscicapidae (Short Wing, Chat, Robin, Shama)

Indian Robin Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicata R

Family: Nectariniidae (Sun Birds, Flower Pecker, Spider Hunter)

Purple Sunbird Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica R

Family: Passeridae (Avadavat, Pipit, Wagtail, Munia, Snow Finch, Sparrow, Weaver, Accentor)

House Sparrow House Sparrow Passer domesticus R

Family: Pycnonotidae (Bulbul)

Red-vented Bulbul Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotuscafer R

Family: Sturnidae (Myna, Starling)

Bank Myna Bank Myna Acridotheresginginianus R

Indian Myna Common Myna Acridotherestristis R

Brahminy Myna Brahminy starling Sturnuspagodarum R

Family: Sylviidae (Warbler, Browning, Fulvetta, Babbler, Laughing Thrash, TailorBirds,

Common Babbler Common Babbler Turdoidescaudatus R

Jungle Babbler Jungle Babbler Turdoidesstriatus R

VIII. Order: Psittaciformes

Family: Psittacidae (Parrot and Parakeet)

Rose-ringed Parakeet Rose-ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri R

IX Order: Upupiformes

Family: Upupidae

Hoopoe Eurasian Hoopoe Upupaepops R

Note: R = Widespread Resident, as per the distribution given in WCMC &Source: Oriental Bird Club‟s

Check list of Indian Birds

Butterflies from the Study Area

Butterflies in the study area are restricted to few places. Butterflies observed duringthe present study

are documented in the Table No. 3.43.

TABLE 3.43

BUTTERFLIES IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr. No. Scientific Name & Family Common Name

Family Papilionidae

1. Pachliopta hector Crimson Rose

2. Papilio polytes Common Mormon

3. Papilio demoleus Lime butterfly

Family Pieridae

4. Eurema hecabe Common Grass yellow

5. Ixias mariane White orange tip

6. Catopsilia pomona Common Emigrant

Family: Nymphalidae

7. Charaxes solon Black Rajah

8. Cynthia cardui Painted Lady

9. Junonia lemonias Lemon Pansy

10. Junonia orithya Blue Pansy

11. Melanitis leda Common evening Brown

12. Danaus chrysippus Plain Tiger

13. Danaus genutia Stripped Tiger

14. Hypolimanas misippus Danaid egg fly



Sr. No. Scientific Name & Family Common Name

15. Euploea core Common Crow

Family: Lycaenidae

16. Prosotas nora Common Line Blue

Family: Hesperiidae

17. Pelopidas mathias Small-Branded Swift

Fishes from the Study Area

Chhattisgarh has innumerable common ponds and tanks which are being used as common pool

resources for multiple activities including fisheries. Inland fisheries are an integral component of rural

development programme which is also carried out villages comprising in the study area. Besides,

Ponds, River Lilagar and River Aharan are the major river passing through the study area. Major

fishes reported in river are documented in Table 3.44.

TABLE 3.44

FISHES REPORTED WITHIN THE STUDY AREA (BUFFER ZONE)

Sr. No. Scientific Name Common Name

1. Labeo bata Bata

2. Catla catla Catla

3. Clarias batrachus Magur

4. Nandus nandua Nandus

5. Puntius sarana Punti

6. Labeo rohita Rohu

7. Cirrhinus mrigala Murgol

8. Cyprinus carpio Common Carp

9. Cyprinus spp Grass Carp

10. Tilapia mesambica Tilapia

Rare and Endangered fauna of the study area

As per Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972

Among mammals; Jackal (Canis aureus), Indian Fox (Vulpus beghalensis), Felis chaus (Jungle cat)

Common Langur (Presbytis entellus), Rhesus macaque (Macaca mulata), Herpestes edwardsi

(Common Mongoose), are protected under schedule –II, Indian wildboar (Sus scrofa) & Axis axis

(Spotted Deer) are categorized under schedule – III, Indian hare (Lepus nigricollis), squirrel

(Funambulus pennanti), are protected under Schedule IV, whereas Common house rat (Rattus

rattus) is scheduled under V as per Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 & subsequent amendments.

Among the reptiles, Indian Cobra (Naja naja), Common Rat Snake (Ptyas mucosus) and Russell‟s

viper (Daboia russelli) are categories under Schedule-II and Common Indian Krait (Bungarus

caeruleus) under, Schedule – IV of Wildlife protection act.

Among the Avifuana: All birds were observed in the study are included in schedule IV as per

wildlife protection act.

As per IUCN RED (2013) list

Among the reported animals, all wild fauna including avifauna catogorised as least concerned. None

of endangered, vulnerable or thretended speices were observed within 15 km radial distance from the

project site as per IUCN category.



3.7.7 Aquatic plant diversity

The aquatic ecosystem mainly divides into two section i.e. Lentic and lotic ecosystem. Lentic

ecosystem refers to the stagnant/still water for example ponds, basin marshes, diches, lakes and

ephemeral pools. Chhattisgarh is known for various village ponds/ water bodies. The study area is

also having few fresh water ponds. These lentic ecosystems were observed in low lying areas with

patches of marshy depressions and swamps. Ponds are being also used for household purposes.

The lotic ecosystem has a flowing water system like river, creeks, streams, etc. River Hasdeo and

River Son are the part of lotic ecosystem and these are crossing through the study area. Aquatic

plant-diversity is one of the major concerns in the EIA studies and thus, assessed during the primary

survey. The details pertaining to aquatic plant diversity are given in following section:

Aquatic Biological Characteristics

The aquatic plant species belong to diverse habits and have distinctive characteristics provide

perching grounds for various birds. Total 13 aquatic species were identified and categorized as

follows.

Free floating hydrophytes: Eichhornia cressipes, Lemna minor and Wolffia sp.

Suspended submerged hydrophytes: Myriophyllum sp.,Ceratophyllum demersum, Utricularia sp.

Anchored submerged hydrophytes: Hydrilla verticillata & Potamogeton crispus & Chara sp.

Anchored hydrophytes with floating shoots: Ipomea aquatica.

Emergent amphibious hydrophytes: Sagittaria latifolia.

Rooted hydrophytes with floating leaves: Nymphaea pubescens

Amphibious hydrophytes: Cyperus Sp.

3.7.8 Agriculture

Agriculture in the study area

Agriculture was the main occupation of the local people. The agriculture land was about 58.68 % of

total study area as per landuse/land cover pattern of study area. Agricultural Land includes land

under crops (irrigated and unirrigated, fallow, plantations/horticulture cops etc.). Agricultural lands

were observed in the plain regions and near the peripheral zone of forests within the study area. The

Kharif cultivation was found to be the predominating cultivation of the study area. Oryza sativa

(Paddy) is cultivated during this season and it is the most dominant crop in the study area. It

constitutes about 76% of the total agricultural production. Other major crops grown in Rabi are coarse

grains, wheat, maize, pulses like Cajanus cajan (Piegon pea) and Pisum sativum (Pea). The region is

also suitable for growing mango, guava, lemon, papaya & Sharifa & other fruits and a variety of

vegetables. The vegetable grown in region are Cauliflower, Brinjal, Tomato, Spinach and Bhindi. The

advancement and improvement in agriculture is slowed down by the problem of scarcity of irrigation

facilities observed in the region.

The details pertaining to agriculture and horticulture crops within the study area are presented in

Table 3.45 respectively.



TABLE 3.45

AGRICULTURE CROPS GROWN IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr. No. Botanical Name Local/English Name Family

Food Grains

1. Oryza sativa Dhan/Chaval Poaceae

2. Triticum aestivum Gehu Poaceae

3. Zea mays maize Poaceae

Cereals

1. Cajanus cajan Tur Fabaceae

2. Pisum sativum Pea Fabaceae

Horticulture

1. Mangifera indica Aam Anacardiaceae

2. Annona squamosa Sharifa Annonaceae

3. Carica papaya Papaya Cariaceae

4. Citrus aurantifolia Nimbu Rutaceae

5. Psidium guava Amrut Myrtaceae

6. Artocarpus heterophyllus Kathal Moraceae

Vegetables

1. Lycopersicon esculentum Tomato Solanaceae

2. Abelomoschus esculentus Bhendi (Lady finger) Malvacece

3. Amaranthustricolor Chulai Amaranthaceae

4. Brassica oleracea Gobi(Cauliflower) Criciferae

5. Memordia charantia Bitter Gourd(Karela) Cuccurbitaceae

6. Solanum melongena Baingan (Brinjal) Solanaceae

7. Spinacia oleracea Spianch (Palak) Amaranthaceae

Spices

1. Capsicum sp. Mirch Solanaceae

2. Coriandrum sativum Dhania Umbelliferae

Source: Field Survey and discussion with local villagers

3.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

The proposed project is for the installation of 2 x 2 MTPA Coal Washery. Project site is falling under

Batari village, tehsil Kathgora, district Korba state Chhattisgarh. Socio-demographic features are very

useful for understanding social and economic problems and identifying potential solutions. To

understand the socio demographic status and the trends of the communities in the 15 km radius,

census 2011 & district census handbook 2011 has been contemplated and necessary data was

collected and compiled from it.

The impact could be positive or negative depending on the developmental activities adopted and

carried out by the coal washery. An assessment of socio - economic environment forms an integral

part of the EIA-EMP study. In order to improve the quality of life of the people affected by the coal

washery activities, it is necessary to understand the socio- economic aspects and its trend in the

study area.

3.8.1 Methodology Adopted for the Study

Desk research is the major methodology adopted for the study which involves researching, compiling

and analysing the data. The 15 km radius study area map was divided into 3 zones (0-5, 5-10 & 10-

15) to assess demographic, infrastructure and landuse details. Finally, the sociological aspect

including human settlements, demography, and infrastructure aspect for education, health, drinking

water, power supply, communication and the land use aspect are collected, compiled and analysed.

The details about the studies carried out in the study area are as follows:



Demographic details Employment details

Landuse pattern Socio-Economic Survey Methodology

Survey Observations Opinion & awareness regarding project

Quality of life

3.8.2 Demographic Highlights of the Study Area

The demographic aspects of the study area cover of the various features of the population across to the

study area. The population composition is described here in term of basic demographic features like,

house hold status, age, Social composition, education, etc. The distribution of population reflected here is

based on the geographic boundaries. Dwelling units in the study area is shown in Table 3.46.

TABLE 3.46

DWELLING UNITS WITH POPULATION SIZE IN THE STUDY AREA ZONE WISE

Sr. No Population Range Total number of villages

0-5 km 5-10 10-15

1. >100 0 1 0

2. 101-250 2 1 3

3. 251-500 2 5 13

4. 501-1000 3 14 21

5. 1001-2000 3 12 23

6. 2001-5000 5 9 11

7. <5000 1 0 1

Total 16 42 72

Source: Primary census abstract 2011, district Korba, Bilaspur & Janjgir Champa, state Chhattisgarh

With above given data it has been indicated that most of the village population size is 501 to 1000 &

1001-2000.Above 5,000 population only two villages were existing in the study area.

TABLE 3.47

POPULATION DETAILS IN THE STUDY AREA

Zone No_

HH

TOT_

P

TOT_

M

TOT_

F

P_06 M_0

6

F_06 P_S

C

M_S

C

F_S

C

P_S

T

M_S

T

F_ST

0-5 km 11304 50429 2615

7

2427

2

7054 3670 3384 3971 2028 194

3

15776 7889 7887

5-15

km

12696 54131 2727

6

2685

5

8170 4105 4065 6601 3320 328

1

23966 12017 11949

10-15

km

19291 82489 4138

5

4110

4

12380 6263 6117 7400 3782 3618 42037 20969 21068

0-15

km

43,29

1

1,87,0

49

94,81

8

92,23

1

27,6

04

14,0

38

13,5

66

17,9

72

9,13

0

8,84

2

81,7

79

40,8

75

40,9

04


Note: No_ HH: Number of household, TOT_P: Total population, TOT_M: Total Male, TOT_F: Total

female, P_06: Population 0-6, M_06: Male 0-6, F_06: Female 0-6, P_SC: Population SC, M_SC:

Male SC, F_SC: Female SC, P_ST: Population ST, M_ST: Male ST F_ST: Female ST

POPULATION DETAILS

Total 43,291 household were residing in the study area and average family size was 4

persons in per family

Total population in the study area was 1,87,049

Total male population was 94,818 (51%) of total population



Total female population was 92,231(49%) of total population

Total 0-6 child population was 27,604 (14.75%) of total population

Total male 0-6 child population was 14,038

Total female 0-6 child population was 13,566

Total Scheduled Cast population was 17,972(9.60%) of total population

Total Scheduled Tribe population was 81,779(43.72%) of total population

Demographic details is given in Table 3.47 and Annexure VIII A

Details of sex ratio in the study area

The sex ratio is the ratio of female to male in the population (normalize to 1,000). The sex ratio in the

study area showed unevenly distributed trends. Overall sex ratio was 973 female to thousand male.

Child 0-6 sex ratio was 966 female to 1,000 male.

DETAILS OF LITERACY RATE

TABLE 3.48

LITERATE & ILLITERATE POPULATION IN THE STUDY AREA

Zone

In km

Total

Literates

Male

Literates

Female

Literates

Population

Illiterates

Male

Illiterates

Female

Illiterates

0-5 35757 20264 15493 14672 5893 8779

5-15 31929 18869 13060 22202 8407 13795

10-15 48379 28508 19871 34110 12877 21233

0-15 1,16,065 67,641 48,424 70,984 27,177 43,807


LITERACY DETAILS

Total literate population was 1, 16,065(62%)

Out of total literate population, male literates were 67,641(58%)

Out of total literate population, female literate population was 48,424(42%)

Total illiterate population was 70,984(38%)

Out of total illiterate population, male literates were 27,177(38%)

Out of total illiterate population, female illiterates were 43,807(62%)

DETAILS OF EMPLOYMENT PATTERN

The identification of the current economic characteristics of the study area is also an important part of

defining the employment pattern of the study area. There are different types of employment pattern, that

may be classified as: Those persons who had worked for at least six months or 183 days are treated as

Main workers, on the other hand if persons categorized as workers participated in any economic or

productive activity for less than six months or 183 days during the last one year are treated as Marginal

workers and Non workers are those who have not worked any time at all in the year.

Main worker employment pattern is classified in 04 types namely cultivator, agricultural workers, household

industry workers and other workers.

Employment pattern and main worker employment pattern in the study area are presented in Table 3.49,

3.50 and shown in Figures 3.25a & 3.25b respectively.



TABLE 3.49

EMPLOYMENT PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA

Zone Total Workers Main Workers Marginal Workers Non Workers

0-5 km 18398 14782 3616 32031

5-15 km 25876 14950 10926 28255

10-15 km 40182 23823 16359 42307

0-15 km 84,456 53,555 30,901 1,02,593


According to census 2011, out of total population, total workers were 84,456(45%)

Main worker population were 53,555(29%)

Total marginal workers were 30,901 (16%)

Total non workers were 1, 02,593 (55%)

Above given statistics of employment pattern indicates that the, working population was only 45% of total

population.

TABLE 3.50

MAIN WORKERS EMPLOYMENT PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA

Zone Cultivator Workers

Agricultural Workers

Household Industry Workers Other Workers

0-5 km 1854 2360 112 10456

5-15 km 5128 5816 232 3774

10-15 km 9435 9153 364 4871

0-15 km 16,417 17,329 708 19,101


According to census 2011, out of total main workers, 16,417(31%) were cultivator workers

17,329(32%) workers engaged in agricultural workers

Total 708(1%) were involved in household industry related work

Other working population was 19,101 (36%)

FIGURE 3.25 a: EMPLOYMENT PATTERN FIGURE 3.25 b: MAIN WORKER

EMPLOYMENT PATTERN

INFRASTRUCTURES FACILITIES

The socio-economic wellbeing of the area and its people are represented by the infrastructure and

the social assets available in the area. The study area constituted of various infrastructures related to

education, health care, communication, transportation, drinking waters etc. Out of 129 villages,

availability of infrastructure facilities are given in (Annexure VIII B) and Figure 3.26.



15

5

15

8 10

15

0

14

9

5

15 15

11 14

41

15

42

20

35

42

2

33

25

10

39 40 37

41

71

16

72

44

58

72

4

69

39

14

69 71

58

70

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

0-5 km

5-10 km

10-15 km

FIGURE 3.26: INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES AVABILITY IN NUBER OF VILLGES ZONEWISE



As per Figure 3.26, it was observed, banking, medical, transportation and market facilities were lacking

in the study area. Almost all villages availing education facility in the form of primary school. Asha

workers and Aanganwadi system were satisfactory in the villages, indicating that NRHM and ICDS were

working properly in the study area.

LAND USE PATTERN

The study of land-use of the project area is an integral part of the EIA. Baseline data on land-use was

generated using information available with census data, which is presented in details in Annexure- IX

C. Details of landuse pattern of the study area is given in Table 3.51 and Figure 3.27. The following

prominent land use classes were observed in the study area.

TABLE 3.51

LAND USE PATTERN (In ha)

Zo

ne

in

km

To

tal

Ge

og

rap

hic

al

Are

a

Fo

res

t A

rea

Are

a u

nd

er

No

n-

Ag

ric

ult

ura

l

Us

es

Barr

en

& U

n-

cu

ltiv

ab

le

La

nd

Are

a

Pe

rma

ne

nt

Pa

stu

res

an

d

Oth

er

Gra

zin

g

La

nd

Are

a

La

nd

Un

de

r

Mis

ce

lla

ne

ou

s

Tre

e C

rop

s

etc

. A

rea

Cu

ltu

rab

le

Wa

ste

La

nd

Are

a

Fa

llo

ws

La

nd

oth

er

tha

n

Cu

rre

nt

Fa

llo

ws

Are

a

Cu

rre

nt

Fa

llo

ws

Are

a

Ne

t A

rea

So

wn

0-5 km 20125.85 3105.69 13514.07 43.54 171.2 0 111.1 188.49 173.06 2818.7

5-15 km 20877.517 7592.198 530.58 1411.23 1138.139 12.71 610.1 542.79 458.86 8580.91

10-15 km 35027.87 15506.57 1116.18 1331.85 1937.46 25.61 1141.77 751.15 538.02 12679.26

0-15 km 76,031.23 26,204.45 15160.83 2786.62 3246.79 38.32 1862.97 1482.43 1169.94 24078.87


LANDUSE PATTERN

Forest land:

This includes all land classified either as forest under any legal enactment, or administered as forest,

whether State-owned or private, and whether wooded or maintained as potential forest land. The

area of crops raised in the forest and grazing lands or areas open for grazing within the forests

remain included under the “forest area”. Forest area occupied about 26204.45 hectares land, which

was (34.46%) of total land

Area under non-agricultural Uses

This includes all land occupied by buildings, roads and railways or under water, e.g. rivers and

canals, and other land put to uses other than agriculture. 15160.83 (19.94%) hectares of land was

observed to be under non agricultural uses.

Barren & un-cultivable land area

This includes all land covered by mountains, deserts, etc. Land, which cannot be brought under

cultivation except at an exorbitant cost is classified as unculturable, whether such land is in isolated

blocks or within cultivated holdings. 2786.62 hectares (3.66%) of total land was under this category.



Permanent Pastures and Other Grazing Land Area

This includes all grazing land whether it is permanent pasture/meadows or not. Village common

grazing land is included under this category, 3246.79 hectares (4.27%) of land was under this

category.

Land under Miscellaneous Tree Crops, etc.:

This includes all cultivable land, which is not included in „Net area sown‟ but is put to some

agricultural use. Land under casuring trees, thatching grasses, bamboo bushes and other groves for

fuel, etc. which are not included under „Orchards‟ are classified under this category. 38.32 hectares of

land (0.05%) occupied in this category.

Culturable Waste Land:

This includes land available for cultivation, whether taken up or not taken up for cultivation once, but

not cultivated during the last five years or more in succession including the current year for some

reason or the other. Such land may be either fallow or covered with shrubs and jungles, which are not

put to any use. It may be accessible or inaccessible and may lie in isolated blocks or within cultivated

holdings.1862.97 hectare (2.45%) of land included in this category.

Fallow Lands other than Current Fallows:

This includes all land, which was taken up for cultivation but is temporarily out of cultivation for a

period of not less than one year and not more than five years.1482.43 hectares (1.94%) land covered

in this category.

Current Fallow Land:

This represents cropped area, which is kept fallow during the current year. In this category, total

1169.94 hectares of land (1.53%) was under current fallow land.

Net Area Sown: This represents the total area sown with crops and orchards. Area sowed more than

once in the same year was counted only once. 24078.87 hectares of land (31.66%) was under net

sown area in the study area. Figure 3.26 represents the landuse pattern of the area.

FIGURE 3.27: LAND USE PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA



SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY METHODOLOGY

The study was carried out with a participatory approach by involving the stakeholders, particularly the

project beneficiaries and probable affected persons through a series of consultative process. The

population groups that were consulted include beneficiary group of people in the project influence

area, particularly the shop keepers, farmers, school teachers, gram panchayat Sarpanch/members

and village elders etc. This approach was helped to know the exact situation and views of the people

about the project.

Proportionate and purposive sampling methods were used for selecting respondents (male and

female) for household survey. Out of 130 Villages, 20% villages surveyed which were 25 villages. For

official information of village, sarpanch/Gram panchayat members were selected. Structured

questionnaires were used for survey. For group discussion, panchayat bhavan, Aanganwadi bhavan,

community halls were used. Household survey, group discussion & infrastructure facilities available in

the villages are shown in Plates 3.1 to 3.6. & surveyed village list is given in Table 3.52 and shown in

Figure 3.28a. Figure 3.28b represents the population density map of 15 km radius.

TABLE 3.52

LIST OF SURVEYED VILLAGES

Sr. No Villages

1. Batari

2. Ranjna

3. Dewgaon

4. Kharhari

5. Mohanpur

6. Chhindpur

7. Ratija

8. Phuljhar

9. Renki

10. Newsa

11. Raliya

12. Bhilaibazar

13. Nunera

14. Arda

15. Urta

16. Nonbira

17. Tiwarta

18. Kolihamuda

19. Dipsipara

20. Jamchunwa

21. Singhali

22. Dugupara

23. Binjhri

24. Basibar

25. Nehrunagar

26. Shendripal

Source: Primary Survey Performed By Anacon Socio-Economic Surveyteam



FIGURE 3.28 a: SURVEYED VILLAGES IN MAP (SE)

FIGURE 3.28b: POPULATION DENSITY MAP OF 15 KM RADIUS



PLATE 3.1: DISCUSSION WITH HOUSEHOLD

OF MOHANPUR VILLAGE

PLATE 3.2: DISCUSSSION WITH RANJNA

VILLAGERS

PLATE 3.3: KACCHA KHAPRAIL HOUSE

PATTERN IN BATARI VILLAGE

PLATE 3.4: DISCUSSION WITH RESIDENT

OF TIWARTA VILLAGE

PLATE 3.5: DISCUSSION WITH HOUSEHOLD

OF PHULJHAR VILLAGE

PLATE 3.6: PRIMARY SCHOOL BUILDING

OF BATARI VILLAGE



SALIENT OBSERVATIONS OF THE SURVEY CARRIED OUT IN THE STUDY AREA

House pattern: Types of housing varied from thatched to pucca houses.50% houses were in

pakka form, 40% in semi pakka and 10% houses were observed in kaccha form

Employment: Main occupations in the study area were labour work and agriculture activities.

Dipka (M) area was main centre for the villagers for employment purpose. Employment

opportunities were available in coal field, coal washries etc. in the form of skilled, semi skilled and

unskilled etc.

Fuel: The primary sources of cooking fuel were coal & wood etc. Very few villagers were using

LPG facility. During survey, it was observed that due to use of coal as a fuel, coal smoke

appeared in morning and evening time

Main crops: The main crop grown in agricultural farm was Paddy, while discussion with villagers,

it was observed that per acre paddy production was 10-12 quintal. Irrigation facility was available

in few villages. Single time crop pattern observed in the study area

Sanitation: Toilet facility is one of the most basic facilities required in a house. It was observed

that more than 70% of the households were not having toilet facilities in their houses. There was

no proper drainage line in the villages. Open defication was in practice in most of the villages

Drinking water Facilities: During the survey, it was observed diverse sources of drinking water

supply in villages. Major source of drinking water in the study area was ground water (hand

pumps, and dug wells). Water facility was satisfactory in villages

Education facilities: Most of the villages had education facilities in the form of Aanganwadi and

primary schools. Higher education facilities were available in the range of 5-15 km. Colleges and

other diploma courses were available at Dipka M and Korba city.

Transportation facility: For transportation purpose, auto and private bus services were available

in the study area; however villagers reported that transportation facilities were not frequently

available. Private vehicles like bicycles & motor cycles were also used by villagers for

transportation purpose.

Road connectivity: Most of the roads were in pucca form. During survey, it was observed that in

most of the villages CC roads were available.

Communication facilities: For communication purposes mainly mobile phones, news papers &

post offices were using by villagers. In Dipka (M), net café, courier services etc. were available

which were accessible in study area

Medical facilities: There were few healthcare facilities available in the study area. In some of the

villages primary health sub centres were available. Hospitals and other better health centres were

available in the range of 5-15 km at town/city place. For major illness Dipka M and Korba city was

main centre. During discussion with medical officer of Dipka PHC, it was observed that respiratory

diseases were mainly observed in the nearby area. Health data for last 3 years are presented in

Figure 3.29



FIGURE 3.29: HEALTH DATA FROM PHC DIPKA

Electricity: All villages were availing electricity facility for domestic and agriculture purposes.

Power cut reported by few villagers.

Gram Panchyat facility: Most of the villages were having gram panchayat building and

Community halls with pakka building.

Market facility: Study area was predominantly rural. Weekly market facility was available in some

villages. Wholesale market was available at Dipka M city.

Recreation facilities: Television and radio were the main recreation facilities in the study area. In

Dipka M, sports club and sport ground was available for youths.

AWARENESS AND OPINION OF THE RESPONDENTS ABOUT THE PROJECT

Public opinion is the aggregate of individual attitudes or beliefs. It is very important to take opinion of

the villagers about the project. The awareness will not only promote community participation but also

enable them to understand the importance of the project and encourage them to express their views.

To know the awareness and opinion of the villagers about the project, group discussion, with village

leaders was carried out in the study area.

In core zone villages, majority of the respondents were aware about the project site and about

the project activity



The respondents were happy to know about the proposed project and they discussed

positively because the activity would definitely contribute development in the study area with

employment opportunities

Village leaders asked to give employment opportunities to local people

Main demands of villagers in core zone study area were medical facility, sanitation facility and

employment opportunity

QUALITY OF LIFE

Definition of Quality of life

Quality of life (QoL) is a term, which indicates overall status of socio-economic environment in a given

area. Quality of life (QoL) is defined as a function between “objective conditions” and “subjective

attitudes” involving a defined “area” of concern Quality of life index is based on a unique methodology

that links the results of subjective life satisfaction surveys to the objective determinants of quality of

life across countries. The “objective conditions” are defined as numerically measurable artifacts of a

physical, sociological event or economic event. Objective conditions may be defined as any number,

which stands for a given quantity of a variable of interest so long as it is independent of subjective

opinion. Subjective attitude” is primarily concerned with affective and cognitive dimensions. It is

specifically concerned with „how aspects of cognition vary as objective conditions vary.

Once objective measures are obtained for each factor, they are transformed to a normal scale

varying from 0 to 1 (value function curve) in which 0 corresponds to the lowest or least satisfaction.

Actuary measure and 1 corresponds to the highest satisfaction level. The weights are assigned to

each factor by ranked-pair wise technique (by the expert group) based on the secondary data and

general observations.

For each objective measure, a corresponding subjective measure is developed for each individual of

the sample population by asking him to rate his satisfaction scale (value function curve). In addition, it

is used such that 0 corresponds to the lowest level of attitudinal satisfaction and 1 corresponds to the

highest level of satisfaction. Weights are assigned to each factor using ranked - pair wise comparison

techniques.

The Socio-economic Indicators for QoL Assessment are:

Income Employment and Working Conditions Housing

Food Clothing Water Supply

Sanitation Health Energy & Fuel

Transportation Communication Education

Environment &Pollution Recreation Social Security

Human Rights

Subjective QoL calculations are as follows:

QoL(s) = 1/p QIij X Wi

i =1 j=1

Where,

QoL(s) = Subjective quality of life index

p = No. of respondents, j = 1, ......, p

m = No. of factors, i = 1... m

QIij = Subjective quality index for ith factor assigned by jth respondent

Qiij= Subjective quality index for ith factor assigned by all respondents in an area

Wi = Relative weightage of the ith factor

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subjectivity

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Objectivity_(science)



Objective QoL calculations are as follows:

i=n

QoL(o) = QIi X Wi

i=1

Where,

QoL (o) = Objective quality of life index

n = No. of QoL Factors

i = 1... n

QIi = Satisfaction level (assigned by the expert group) for the ith objective indicator

Wi = Normalized weight for its factor

The cumulative index of QoL calculations is as follows:

QoL(c) = QoL o + QoL s

2

Thus, the average QoL index values are estimated as:

QoL (s) = 0.52

QoL (o) = 0.54

QoL (c) = 0.53

The average QoL index value for the study area is leading to satisfactory level due to satisfactory

facilities for educational facilities, employment opportunities, and better road condition. Sanitation,

health facility and transportation facilities were inadequate in the study area; improvement in these

areas is needed.

CHAPTER-4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES


Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation measures

4-1

CHAPTER 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS

This chapter presents identification and appraisal of various impacts anticipated during construction

and operation phase of the proposed 2 x 2 MTPA coal washery project.

4.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

This includes impacts due to the activities related to levelling of site, construction of structures for

proposed project and installation of equipment’s.

4.2.1 Land Environment

Impact on Land use &Topography & Mitigation Measures

20.25 Acres (8.195 Ha) of land for the proposed coal washery project is already acquired by CSIDC

and given on 99 years lease to M/s CG Coal & Power Ltd for establishment of coal washery. The land

is mostly uncultivated and barren type of land. During construction phase, some temporary sheds

including sanitation facilities will be constructed at the plant site for providing accommodation for

construction workers. However, this will be only till the completion of the construction activities and

will be removed after completion of the construction phase. After completion of the construction

phase, the present landuse of the project area will get permanently changed to industrial category.

There will not be any change in the land use pattern outside the plant premises.

The proposed project site is mostly flat. The proposed plant construction will not cause any significant

changes in the topography of the plant area. There will not be any change in the topography of the

area outside the plant premises.

Thick plantation will be developed along the plant boundary to develop green belt. This will act as a

dust screen and also a visual barrier for the plant construction activities. This will also improve the

aesthetic view of the area.

4.2.2 Impact on Soil

The proposed construction activities will require to remove top soil from the area proposed for plant

establishment and associated infrastructure facilities. Top soil excavated from this area will be spread

along the plant boundary and used for development of green belt. Thus, there will not be any loss of

top soil from the area.

Mitigation Measures Proposed for Land Environment

After completion of the construction phase, the surplus excavated material shall be utilized for

filling up in low lying areas within the plant premises, the rubble will be cleared and all un-built

surfaces will be reinstated;

The top soil from the excavated areas will be re-used for the plantation;

Green belt development and related activities will be taken up so that plantation grows to

adequate height by the time of plant commissioning. Thus, green belt will be effective in

containing the soil stabilization;

Entire plant area will be aesthetically landscaped and natural gradient will be maintained as much

as feasible;

4.2.3 Storage of Hazardous Material: Impact & Control Measures

The hazardous materials used during construction may include petrol, diesel, welding gas and paints,

which are potentially hazardous. To mitigate the impact following measures will be adopted:



4-2

Hazardous materials will be stored and handled carefully under applicable safety guidelines.

Diesel and other fuels will be stored in separate enclosures;

Tanks having sufficient diameter shall be separated by fire insulating walls from other storage

tanks; and

The distance between the storage tanks shall be at least half of their height.

4.2.4 Air Environment

Impact on Air Quality

During construction phase, dust will be the main pollutant, which will be generated from the site

development activities and vehicular movement on the road. Further, concentration of NOx and CO

may also slightly increase due to increase in vehicular traffic. However, change in ambient

concentrations of air quality will be insignificant and temporary. As most of the construction

equipment will be mobile, the emissions are likely to be fugitive. The impacts will be localized in

nature and the areas outside the project boundary are not likely to have any significant adverse

impact.


During dry weather conditions, it is necessary to control the dust generated by excavation and

transportation activities. This will be achieved by regular water sprinkling. Ambient air concentrations

of SO2 and NOx are expected to increase due to operation of construction machineries such as

bulldozers, pay loaders, trucks etc. These levels are expected to be insignificant as these machines

will be operated intermittently. Most of the equipment and machineries will be mobile and hence, the

emissions will be mostly fugitive. It will be ensured that vehicles and machineries are properly

maintained to minimize smoke in the exhaust emissions. Additional air pollution control measures

include the following:

Sprinkling of water at regular intervals preferably using truck-mounted sprinklers along the roads

and work zone areas;

Electrical power shall be made available near to the site. Attempts will be made to utilize the

electrically powered machinery to the extent possible to minimize the emissions of SO2 and NOx.

Retention wall of 25 feet height will be constructed over 335 running feet common boundary with

Indus public school. The school is adjacent to proposed project site.

4.2.5 Noise Environment

Impact on Noise Levels

The major sources of noise during the construction phase are vehicular traffic, construction

equipment like dozers, scrapers, concrete mixers, cranes, pumps, compressors, pneumatic tools,

saws, vibrators etc. The operation of these equipment will generate noise ranging between 85-90 dB

(A) near the source. These noise levels will be generated within the plant boundary and will be

temporary in nature.

Noise Control Measures

Equipment will be maintained appropriately to keep the noise level within 85 dB (A). Wherever

possible, equipment will be provided with silencers and mufflers. Acoustic enclosures will be provided

to stationary machines like DG sets, wherever possible. High noise generating construction activities

will be restricted to day time only. Greenbelt will be developed from construction stage. Further,

workers working in high noise areas will be provided with necessary protective devices e.g. ear plug,

ear-muffs etc.



4-3

4.2.6 Water Environment

Impact on Water Resources and Quality

There is no surface water stream within the proposed project site. There will not be any process

wastewater generation during the construction phase. The surface run-off during rainy season from

the broken up areas containing silt wash off may be carried to the seasonal steams flowing outside

the project area. Wastewater generation during the construction period will be domestic effluent from

the sanitation facilities provided for the workers.

Water Pollution Control Measures

The earth work (cuttings and fillings) will be avoided during rainy season and will be completed during

winter and summer seasons. Stone pitching on the slopes and construction of concrete drains for

storm water to minimize soil erosion in the area will be undertaken. Settling pond is planned for

storage and recycling of surface water for use in the plant area. Also development of green belt in

and around plant will be taken up during the monsoon season. In-plant roads will be concreted. Soil

binding and fast growing vegetation will be grown within the plant premises to arrest the soil erosion.

Hence, there will not be any impact on the water regime due to discharge of treated wastewater.

Sanitation system will be constructed during construction stage for disposal of domestic effluent from

construction workers sheds.


Impact on Ecology

Proposed site of 2x2 MTPA coal washery is located mainly in Barren land with sparse vegetation

dominated by Tendu regenerated coppiced alongwith stunted and crooked Butia monosperma

(Palash) and Azadirachta indica and also seasonal herbs and shrubs and grasses. Initial construction

works at the project site involves site preparation. Thus, during construction activities, existing sparse

vegetation will be cleared which could be considered minimal impact as the site is not supporting

quality of vegetation. However, such impacts will be confined to the project site. It will be

compensated by developing greenbelt in and around the plant site which will help to improve the

aesthetic value in the area and to reduce the fugitive emissions. Plate 4.1 shows the photographs of

site showing barren land with sparse vegetation.

Control Measures for Ecology

Local and fast growing plant species will be planted under greenbelt development programme to

enhance green cover in the area as per CPCB guidelines.

PLATE 4.1: SITE PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING BARREN LAND WITH SPARSE VEGETATION

DOMINATED BY TENDU REGENERATED COPPICED



4-4


Demography and Socio-Economics: Impacts & Mitigation Measures

During construction phase, most of the construction labourers will be employed from nearby villages.

Only skilled & semi-skilled workers, which are not available in nearby villages, will be brought from

outside. The opportunity of getting employment as construction labourers, the local population would

also have employment opportunities based on the educational qualification like petty commercial

establishments, small contracts / sub-contracts and supply of construction materials for buildings and

ancillary infrastructures etc. In addition to the direct employment, indirect employment opportunities in

sectors such as catering, transportation, housing etc. will be generated. Consequently, this will

contribute to economic upliftment of the area.

Local people will be given preference for employment;

All the applicable guidelines under the relevant Acts and Rules related to labour welfare and

safety will be implemented during the construction work;

The contractor shall be advised to provide fire wood/kerosene / LPG to the workers to prevent

damage to trees; and tree cuttings

The construction site will be secured with fencing and will have guarded entry points.

Necessary drinking water, safety and sanitation facilities will be provided for the construction

workers at site.

4.3 OPERATION PHASE

For the purpose of impact assessment during the operational phase, the following environmental

components are considered:

Climate & Meteorology; Ambient Air quality;

Ambient Noise levels; Water resources and quality; (water

requirement and wastewater generation)

Land use & Topography; Traffic load;

Aquatic and terrestrial ecosystem Demography and socio-economics;

4.3.1 Air Environment

Impacts on Climate & Meteorology

The proposed coal washery project involves only transportation of raw coal from mines to washery

site, physical washing of coal using water and transportation of washed coal and coal rejects to the

user industries. There is no combustion process involved in the project. There will not be any major

construction activities involved in the project that can change the wind pattern. Thus, the proposed

project will not cause any changes in the climate and meteorological aspects of the area.

4.3.2 Impacts on Ambient Air Quality & Proposed Control Measures

The impacts on ambient air quality due to coal washery depend on various factors involved like

transportation of coal from mines, coal handling equipment and processing of the coal in washery,

storage of raw coal, washed coal and rejects, etc. The severity of impacts on air environment from

coal washery projects are governed by terrain conditions around the project site and the prevailing

micro-meteorological conditions in the project region. Coal washery projects are associated with

several onsite facilities such as, raw coal handling system (unloading), washed coal handling system

(loading), reject handling system, storages (stack yards and crushing activities) are the major sources

of air pollution.



4-5

4.3.2.1 Fugitive Emissions

The impacts on air quality from coal washery depend on coal washery technology, its operation &

maintenance as well as transportation of coal. The fugitive emissions of coal dust would be due to

coal handling activities at storage yard, wind erosion, coal breakers, screens, spillages from conveyor

system, loading operation etc. The fugitive emissions (mainly coal dust) would generally be less in

quantity and it would be released relatively closer to ground level which would cause impacts in the

immediate vicinity to very limited distances (about 1-2 km). The scenario for transportation of the raw

and beneficiated coal is as follows.

Total quantity of raw coal : 13115 Tons/day

Total Quantity of beneficiated coal (finished product) : 10492 Tons/day

Reject coal Quantity : 2623 Tons /day

Raw coal from mines will be transported upto to the plant by road in covered trucks. M/s. CG Coal

and Power Ltd proposed coal washery of 2 x 2 MTPA situated near SECL operational Dipka,

Kusmunda and Gevra coal mines and nearer to existing Bilaspur – Pali road transportation route,

which is being used for carrying entire sold coal of SECL through road, whereas, proposed coal

washery site is only 0.40 Kms from the existing Bilaspur- Pali road . It is estimated that around 656

Trucks per day will be plying over the road. However, The company is hopeful for getting requisite

quantity of coal on Job work basis from the SECL consumers carrying coal through road route. Thus,

the transport will take place through adjoining village Batari-Tiwarta road upto Bilaspur – Pali road

connecting Bilaspur to Korba SH-10. The details of anticipated increase in traffic load from existing

and proposed coal washery are presented in Table 4.1.

TABLE 4.1

TRAFFIC LOAD ESTIMATION FOR COAL TRANSPORT FROM PROPOSED COAL WASHERY

PROJECT

Sr. No

Industry Quantity (TPD)

Truck Capacity (Tonnes)

No. of Trucks per day

1 Proposed 2 x 2 MTPA coal washery 13115 40 328

2 Beneficiated coal (Finish product) 10492 40 262

3 Reject coal quantity 2623 40 66

Total 656



4-6

FIGURE 4.1: ROAD CONNECTIVITY AND TRANSPORATION ROUTE



4-7

The impacts from various operations involved in the coal washery and proposed control/mitigation

measures are given in flowsheet in Figure 4.2.

FIGURE 4.2: FLOWSHEET SHOWING IMPACTS OF VARIOUS PLANT OPERATIONS ON AIR

QUALITY AND PROPOSED CONTROL/MITIGATION MEASURES

Impacts on Air Quality

Control/ Mitigation Measures

ROM Coal transport

Activities

Dust emission, SO2, NOx emissions increase in traffic density

Transportation through covered trucks from the existing Bilaspur- Pali road and thereby village road up to project site (0.4 KM)

Coal unloading Dust emission Fixed sprinklers at coal unloading area thick green belt acts as barriers/sheds around stack yard

Loading & Transport of coal

Dust emission SO2, NOx emissions

Periodic maintenance of vehicles, water sprinkling during loading, transport through covered trucks. Back topping of internal roads, water sprinkling on internal roads

Unloading at ground hopper

Dust emission Provision of enclosure to hopper Water sprinkling at hopper

Internal transport through belt conveyors

Dust emission Provision of enclosure to conveyors Water sprinkling at transfer points

Crushing & Screening Dust emission

Provision of enclosure to conveyors, bag filter to crushing process, Water sprinkling at transfer points

Coal washing Dust emission Wet coal washing process, Suppression of dust

Stacking of washed coal and rejects

Dust emission Fixed water sprinklers Thick green belt/ Wind break/sheds around stack yard

Loading of washed coal & rejects

Dust emission Closed conveyor system with water sprinkling arrangement

Transport of washed coal & rejects

Dust emission, increase in traffic density

Transport through covered truck, Periodic maintenance of roads Periodic, maintenance of vehicles Water sprinkling on transport roads



4-8

4.3.2.2 Air Pollution Modeling

A. ISCST3 Dispersion Model

The Industrial Source Complex (ISC) Short Term model provides options to model emissions from a

wide range of sources that might be present at a typical industrial source complex. ISCST3 is US-

EPA approved model to predict the air quality. The model uses urban dispersion and regulatory

defaults options as per guidelines on air quality models (PROBES/70/1997-1998). Emission sources

are categorized into four basic types of sources, i.e., point sources, volume sources, area sources,

and open pit sources. The volume source option and the area source option may also be used to

simulate line sources. The model assumes receptors on flat terrain. The ISC short term area source

model is based on a numerical integration over the area in the upwind and cross wind directions of

Gaussian plume formula. This can be applied to the Point, Area, Line or Volume sources

simultaneously and their resultant incremental concentration of the pollutant can be predicted.

Model Options Used For Computations

The options used for short-term computations are:

The plume rise is estimated by Briggs formulae, but the final rise is always limited to that of the

mixing layer;

Stack tip down-wash is not considered;

Buoyancy Induced Dispersion is used to describe the increase in plume dispersion during the

ascension phase;

Calms processing routine is used by default;

Flat terrain is used for computations;

It is assumed that the pollutants do not undergo any physico-chemical transformation and that

there is no pollutant removal by dry deposition;

Washout by rain is not considered; and

Cartesian co-ordinate system has been used for computations with 100 m grid interval.

Gaussian Plume Model

Ground Level Concentration () from a point

source at any receptor is given by (USEPA

ISCST3, 1987). Figure 4.3 represents the

Gaussian plume curve.

= Qg1g2

where,

g1 = exp(-y2/2y2)

g2 = exp[-(z-H)2/2z2] + exp[-(z+H)2/2z2]

Q = source strength

Z = receptor height above the ground

He = effective stack height (Plume rise +

Physical stack height)

u = wind speed at stack level

y & z = dispersion parameters

FIGURE 4.3: GAUSSIAN PLUME MODEL

(2 y zu)



4-9

Dispersion Parameters

Dispersion parameters y and z for urban diffusion are used as the project is located on a flat terrain

in an rural area. Atmospheric dispersion coefficients vary with downwind distance (x) from emission

sources for different atmospheric stability conditions. Table 4.2 shows the dispersion parameters as

per stability class (Rural Area).

TABLE 4.2

DISPERSION PARAMETERS AS PER STABILITY CLASS (RURAL AREA)

Stability Class y z

A 0.22x(1+0.0001x)-.5

0.20x

B 0.16x(1+0.0001x)-.5

0.12x

C 0.11x(1+0.0001x)-.5

0.08x(1+0.0002x).5

D 0.08x(1+0.0001x)-.5

0.06(1+0.0015x).5

E 0.06x(1+0.0001x)-.5

0.03x(1+0.0003x)-1

F 0.04x(1+0.0001x)-.5

0.16x(1+0.0003x)-1

Plume Rise

Plume rise h has been determined according to Brigg’s formula (CPCB guideline)

h = 21.425 F3 4 for F<55

Us

h = 38.71 F3 5 for F>55

Us

F = g VsD2(Ts-Ta)/4Ts

Where

Us = wind speed at stack level (m/s)

Vs = stack gas velocity (m/s)

Ts = stack gas temperature (0K)

Ta = ambient temperature (0K)

F = Buoyancy flux parameter (m4/s3)

h = Plume rise (m)

D = Diameter of the stack (m)

g = acceleration due to gravity, 9.807 (m/s2)

B. Model Setup

The proposed wet coal washery of M/s CG Coal Ltd. having 2x2 MTPA capacity, is located in the

Village Batari, Tehsil Khatgora, District Korba, Chhattisgarh. About 13115 TPA, 10492 TPA and 2623

TPA of Raw, Finished and Reject coal respectively will be transported through road.

The air quality modeling study of proposed project has been performed for worst case emission

scenario with controls. The major sources of pollution due to operation of these coal washeries are

discussed in the following sections.

C. Emission of Fugitive Dust (PM10)

Emission due to Unloading/Loading of Raw Coal and heavy media

The raw coal will be unloaded onto trucks, which will unload the raw coal on platform adjacent to the

railway siding. The raw coal will again be loaded onto trucks for transfer to hopper / crusher at coal

washery. However, the quantity loaded on to trucks for transfer to hopper / crusher will be limited to

the daily capacity of coal washery i.e. 13115 tonne. Daily 13115 tonne raw coal, 10492 washed coal

and rejects 2623 will be transported through road.

The unloading/loading work will be carried out 24 hours per day. The approx. length and width of

platform is 100m and 60m respectively. Particulate matter will be mainly emitted. Water sprinklers will

be installed to suppress dust emission. The calculation of emission rates of PM10 due to



4-10

unloading/loading of raw coal near railway siding is calculated using the USEPA AP42 guidelines.

((

)

(

) ) -- AP42 (Nov 2006)

Where,

E = Emission Factor, kg/ton

k = Particle size multiplier, 0.35 for PM10

M = Moisture Content, %

u = Mean wind speed, m/s

Transportation

Unpaved in coal mines

E = 2.82 (s/12)0.8 (W/3)0.5 (M/0.2)-0.4 kg/VKT AP 42 (1998) S13.2.2,

EET p12

Where s = silt content, % W = vehicle gross weight, t

M = moisture content in % VKT = Vehicle kilometers traveled

Summary of calculated Emission Rates represents in Table 4.3.

TABLE 4.3

EMISSIONS RATES FOR PARTICULATE MATTER

Sr. No. Activity Emission Rate (g/s/m2)

1. Loading 0.00010

2. Unloading 0.00014

3. Transportation (control) 0.0049

Note: 70% controlled (Transportation)

Incremental Rise in Concentrations due to Unloading, Loading and transportation of Raw Coal and

Final Product:

Incremental rise in concentrations due to various activities in the present case, a model simulation

was carried out for study period for incremental rise of ground level concentration (GLC). The

maximum incremental rise of ground level concentration (GLC) for particulate matter generated from

the different activities in the areas is carried out. The predicted 24 hourly maximum concentrations for

mining activity like loading/unloading, transportation, was found to be 13 μg/m3, in the SE & ESE

directions and depicted in Table 4.4 and resultant (maximum baseline + incremental) concentration

was found to be 92.0 μg/m3 and represented in Table 4.5. Predicted GLC of PM10 at AAQ monitoring

station is given Table 4.6. The isopleths representing the GLCs of Particulate Matter are shown in

Figure 4.4.

TABLE 4.4

MAXIMUM INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATION OF PARTICULATE MATTER

Sr.

No.

Activity in the Coal washery Maximum Incremental GLCs

(g/m3) at core area

Directions Distance

(km)

1. Overall Activities

Loading, unloading, and

transportation

13 SE & ESE 2.8



4-11

FIGURE 4.4: INCREMENTAL GLC OF PARTICULATE MATTER FOR OVERALL ACTIVITIES

TABLE 4.5

RESULTANT CONCENTRATION OF PARTICULATE MATTER

Sr. No.

Activity in the Coal washery

Maximum Baseline Concentration

(g/m3)

Maximum Incremental

GLCs (g/m3) at

core area

Resultant Concentration

(g/m3)

Limits (Industrial/ Residential, Rural) Concentration

(g/m3)

1. Overall Activities Loading/unloading, and transportation

79.0 13.0 92.0 100

TABLE 4.6

PREDICTED GLC OF PM10 AT AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS

Location Code Location Name Max Baseline

Conc.

Predicted max.

incremental GLC

Resultant GLC Permissible

Limit

Unit in: µg/m3

AAQ1 Project site 62 1.0 63 100

AAQ2 Batari 59 1.0 60

AAQ3 Jhingatpur 79 3.0 82

AAQ4 Jhabar 74 13.0 87

AAQ5 Ranjna 59 -- 59

AAQ6 Basantpur 55 -- 55



4-12

Location Code Location Name Max Baseline

Conc.

Predicted max.

incremental GLC

Resultant GLC Permissible

Limit

Unit in: µg/m3

AAQ7 Bhadrapara 51 -- 51

AAQ8 Rainpur 58 -- 58

AAQ9 Raliya 64 11.0 75

AAQ10 Muhariyamura 49 -- 49

The maximum incremental ground level concentration was observed to about 13.0 µg/m³ at Jhabar

village (AAQ 4) and 1µg/m³ at the plant boundary. The predicted 24-hourly GLC at baseline air quality

monitoring locations are presented in Table 4.6. As shown in Figure 3.6, there are no dense

habitations in the nearby areas, few villages with sparse habitation are available in the core zone

beyond 5 km away from the project site, moreover the meteorological condition i.e. the predominant

wind direction is towards North and North East so the impact will be in the South East and south

South South East direction where lot of vegetation barrier is available so there will not be any impact

on the nearby habitations due to proposed project. However it is to be mentioned here that the

baseline data will be the evidence and cumulative effect of the emission taking place due to mining

and other industrial activities.

Stack details

Assessment of air pollution was carried out for stack attached to different crusher, D.G. set etc. The

ISCST-3 (Industrial Source Complex – short term-3) from Lakes and Environment is an hour-by-hour

steady state Gaussian Plume Model. This model is widely recognized as predictive tool in impact

assessment for air environment. The ISCST-3 model was applied with the consideration of elevated +

flat terrain, gradual plume rise and buoyancy induced dispersion options in the present study.

The stack details viz, height, diameter, temperature, velocity, volumetric flow and emission rates are

presented in Table 4.7. Total 2 numbers of proposed stacks were considered which will be attached

to the respective equipment through which the emissions are likely come out.

Crusher Unit

After the coal has reached hopper it is fed to the crusher for the sizing / grading of the coal. M/s CG

Coal & Power Ltd. will use a crusher of capacity of 150 tonne per hour. The fugitive dust emission

from crusher unit will be contained within 150 mg/Nm3 by using bag filters. The process will be

performed 24 hours a day.

DG Sets

One DG Set of 1000 KVA will be provided standby M/s CG Coal & Power Ltd. for power backup. The

emission from DG sets depends on physical parameter of stacks including height of stack and

diameter of stack. CPCB has prescribed guidelines for calculation for DG set stack height, which is

calculated by the formula

Where,

h = Height of DG set stack, m H = Height of Building, C = Capacity of DG Set, KVA



4-13

TABLE 4.7

STACK DETAILS

Sr.

No.

Stack attached to Height

(m)

Dia

(m)

Exit

Temp

(°C)

Exit

Velocity

(m/s)

Volumetric

flow rate

(Nm3/hr)

PM SO2 NOx

Emission (g/sec)

1. DG set 1000kVA 7 0.15 200 13 520.704 0.00053 2.12E-05 0.016

2. Crusher unit 30 0.2 50 10 3193.905 0.133 - -

Resultant Concentrations

The maximum incremental ground level concentrations (GLCs) for particulate matter, SO2 and NOx

due to proposed developmental activities were carried out. The predicted 24 hourly maximum

concentrations for proposed scenario, particulate matter, SO2 and NOx are found to be 1.2 µg/m3,

0.00046 µg/m3 and 0.31 µg/m3 occurred at 1.4 km, 1.4 km & 1.4 km distance respectively in SE

direction (Table 4.8). The isopleths of particulate matter, SO2 and NOx representing the GLCs for

proposed scenarios are shown in and Figures 4.5-4.7.

TABLE 4.8

SHORT TERM MODELLING RESULT

Scenario Pollutant Incremental concentration (IC) (g/m3)

Distance (km) Direction

Proposed Particulate Matter 1.2 1.4 SE

SO2 0.00046 1.4 SE

NOx 0.31 1.4 SE

The cumulative concentration levels (Ambient + proposed incremental) revealed that the concentration

levels for particulate matter, SO2 and NOx likely to be encountered in the operation of the project are

respectively occurring at 1.4 km, 1.4 km & 1.4 km distance respectively in SE direction with a

concentration levels (cumulative) of 80.2 µg/m3, 18.00046 µg/m3 and 22.31 µg/m3 respectively and

details are given in Table 4.9, which is well within the NAAQS levels prescribed by CPCB. Hence it is

inferred that considering cumulative concentration levels, the pollution load exerted due to proposed

project will be insignificant.

The overall cumulative concentration (Maximum baseline ambient + proposed incremental) of

particulate matter (PM10) considering DG set, crusher unit and transportation was found to be

93.2 µg/m3 which is well within the NAAQS levels prescribed by CPCB.

TABLE 4.9

RESULTANT CONCENTRATIONS DUE TO PROPOSED PROJECT

Scenario Pollutant Maximum

Baseline

Concentration

(g/m3)

Incremental

concentration

(IC) (g/m3)

Resultant

Concentration

(g/m3)

Limits (Industrial/

Residential, Rural)

Concentration

(g/m3)

Proposed

Particulate Matter 79.0 1.2 80.2 100

SO2 18.0 0.00046 18.00046 80

NOx 22.0 0.31 22.31 80



4-14

FIGURE 4.5: INCREMENTAL RISE OF PARTICULATE MATTER FOR PROPOSED SCENARIO

FIGURE 4.6: INCREMENTAL RISE OF SO2 FOR PROPOSED SCENARIO



4-15

FIGURE 4.7: INCREMENTAL RISE OF NOx FOR PROPOSED SCENARIO

4.3.2.3 Impacts on traffic density

M/s C.G. Coal & Power Ltd. has intends to establish a coal washery (wet process) of 2 X 2 MTPA in

two phases each of 2.0 MTPA capacity in Batari village of Khatgora Tehsil of Korba district. The raw

coal will be sourced from Deepka, Gevra, Kusmunda and other coal mines of South Eastern Coalfield

Limited (SECL), located in Korba/Raigarh area.

Since the proposed coal washery site is located close to the SECL mines in Korba and there is no

existing railway siding in the vicinity of the proposed plant site, raw coal will be transported to the

plant by road in covered trucks. The existing road will be strengthened and widened at necessary

locations to cater the increase in traffic load.

Coal will be transported from Mine to washery site on Bilaspur Pali road / route passing through 400

meter village road. (40 ton capacity; 305 days/year; 656 trips/day). This village road will be

adequately strengthened to take up additional trips. Formal approvals from authorities will be

obtained. The details of anticipated increase in traffic load from existing and proposed coal washery

are presented in Table 4.10.

TABLE 4.10

IMPACT ON TRAFFIC DENSITY DUE TO COAL TRANSPORTATION

(Worst case scenario)

Sr. No. Type of Vehicle No. of vehicles / day

Existing Additional (Anticipated) Total

1 HMV 750 656 1406

2. LMV 158 15 173

3. Four wheelers (Cars/Jeeps) 250 20 270

4. Three wheelers/ Two wheelers 457 100 557

Total 1615 791 2406



4-16

From the above table, it can be observed that there will be a significant increase in Heavy Motor

Vehicle traffic after the commissioning of the proposed coal washery project. The average traffic

density would be increased from existing 750 vehicles per day (Bilaspur – Pali road) to about 1406

vehicles per day. Due to the significant increase in traffic density, the following impacts may take

place, if necessary control / mitigation measures are not adopted:

Possible Impacts due to increase in traffic density:

Increase in fugitive dust emissions due to coal transportation vehicles

Damage to public roads used for coal transport

Accidents due to collision, falling, etc.

Inconvenience to other commuters

Increase in noise levels

In addition to above once the coal washery is fully installed and operational may be within three to

five years, project proponent is planning for development of suitable railway siding / tie up with the


coal. Prior permissions will be obtained from authorities concerned and the progress will be intimated

to MoEF.

4.3.2.4 Cumulative Impact on Air Environment

As per approved ToR condition [4(ii)] related to the cumulative Impact assessment for air in the radius

of 15 km from the proposed project site of 2 X 2 MTPA coal washery, it is to be mentioned and

elaborated that there are 8 coal washeries and 2 coal mines and a power plant in the 15 km radius.

The list of washeries and coal mines are as follows:

Washeries

1. Aryan Coal Washery, Binjhari village (0.96 MTPA)

2. Aryan Coal Washery, Gevra village (5.0 MTPA)

3. Aryan Coal Washery, Dipka village (12.0 MTPA)

4. Spectrum Coal Washery, Ratija village (11.0 MTPA)

5. Maruti Coal Washery, Ratija village (3.33 MTPA)

6. ABC Coal Washery, Chakabur village

7. SV Coal Washery, Renki village (2.5 MTPA)

8. KJSC Coal Washery, Dhatura village (1.20 MTPA)

Coal Mines

9. Dipka OC coal Project, Dipka village

10. Gevra OC coal Project, Gevra village

Thermal Power Plant

11. ABC TPP, Chakabura village

All the above industries are in operational phase at present.

The pollution load emitted by all above industries, are controlled by adoption pollution control

measures to conform the norms as per state pollution control board. The emission load after

conforming to the norms are letting out to the atmosphere which are ultimately contributing in the

Ambient concentration levels and there by the quality. M/s C.G. Coal & Power Limited carried out

Ambient air quality within 15 km radius to know the existing status of the Ambien Air quality. It was

observed that the existing status of the Ambient Air quality with respect to concentration levels of



4-17

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and CO are in the range of 35.0-79.0 µg/m3, 9-33 µg/m3, 4-18 µg/m3, 6-22

µg/m3 and 0.102 – 0.396 µg/m3 respectively. The concentration levels of VOCs in the form of

Benzene, Bap, and hydrocarbons are in the range of ND (in µg/m3), ND (in ng/m3), and ND – 0.019

µg/m3. This indicates that the overall air quality with respect to parameters of significance is within the

prescribed AAQMS by CPCB. This further indicates that the cumulative concentration levels of

respective parameters are within the limits prescribed by CPCB.

4.3.2.5 Air Pollution Control Measures

M/s C G Coal & Power Ltd. has adopted a wet process of coal beneficiation. Hence, no dust

emissions are generated from coal washing process. However to control fugitive dust emissions from

coal handling, storage, crushing and transport activities, following control measures will be adopted:

Plantation of tall trees along haul road and periphery of the project location in order to reduce the

impact of dust in the nearby villages;

Planning transportation routes so as to reach the nearest paved roads by shortest route (minimize

transportation over unpaved road). Concreting of unpaved roads will be adopted to avoid generation of

dust due to transportation.

Permanent water sprinklers have been installed at railway sidings where unloading / loading of raw

coal will be carried out. Continuous water sprinkling will be applied to cover railway wagons width

during unloading.

Continuous water sprinkling will be applied at all plant areas where materials are loaded / unloaded

and on unpaved roads to avoid dust generation during transportation;

The speed of dumpers plying on the unpaved roads will be limited to avoid generation of dust;

Provision of bag filters of adequate capacity for coal crushers.

Use of covered conveyors for internal transport of coal.

Provision of dust extraction / water sprinkling arrangement at all transfer points.

At locations, where water sprinkling is not possible, dust mask shall be provided to the workers.

Regular trainings shall be imparted to workers to improve awareness about usage of dust masks.

Gloves and full sleeve uniform shall be provided to workers;

Transportation of graded coal / rejects shall be carried out during day time only;

The material shall be covered with tarpaulin sheet during transportation by road. Overloading shall be

avoided.

Regular maintenance of trucks shall be carried out and Pollution Under Control Certificate (PUC) shall be

obtained as per Govt. norms for vehicles.

A log book of maintenance / PUC certification shall be maintained and will be made available for

inspection. High polluting vehicles / machinery shall be discarded and replaced with new vehicles /

machinery having improved technology.

Ground stocks of coal, rejects will be covered with tarpaulin during heavy winds.

Periodic maintenance of equipment & machinery involved at project site.

Ensuring valid PUC certificate for coal transport vehicles.

Wagon loading of washed coal through closed conveyor system.

When transportation is not possible by railway wagons, transportation of washed coal & coal rejects will

be done through trucks covered with tarpaulin.

Periodic monitoring of ambient air quality in plant premises and in nearby villages to assess efficacy of

adopted air pollution control measures and adoption of additional air pollution control measures, if

required.



4-18

4.3.2.6 Control Measures for Impacts due to increase in Traffic

Raw coal will be transported from nearby SECL coal mines (Dipka, Gevra, and Kusmunda etc)

through Bilaspur-Pali road upto proposed washery site. Washed coal and rejects will be transported

from the washery site to user industries through trucks/nearest railway siding. Increased transport in

400 m village road will be the major cause of increase in traffic density. About 656 trips of 40 tons

capacity trucks are required for transport of raw/washed/reject coal from/by Bilaspur-Pali Road to

washery site.

In order to avoid adverse impacts due to transport activities, the project proponent is ready and willing

to install/establish close conveyor belt from Mine to washery site for transportation of coal. Subject to






However, the following preventive measures will have to be adopted to avoid impact due to

occasional increase in traffic density due to coal transportation traffic:

Transportation of coal only through trucks covered with tarpaulin

Overloading and over-speeding will be strictly prohibited

Batch transport of coal to avoid traffic jams.

Conducting coal transport during day time only.

To reduce traffic density, loading of washed coal or rejects will be carried out on the same

trucks unloading the raw coal.

Periodic maintenance of public roads used for coal transport

Periodic water sprinkling on roads used for coal transport

Plantation along both the sides of village road used for coal transport

Periodic maintenance of vehicles used for transportation of coal

Provision of speed breakers, traffic signals, etc. at strategic locations

Posting of Traffic sentries at strategic junctions, near schools, etc.

No transport during school start and closing time.

Widening of village road where necessary.

Conducting awareness programs for traffic safety

4.3.3 Noise Environment

4.3.3.1 Impacts on Ambient Noise Levels

Prolonged exposure to high/annoying noise level may have detrimental impact on health of human

beings. Annoyance, fatigue, temporary loss of hearing, permanent loss of hearing, hypertension and

high blood cholesterol are some of the detrimental impact of noise on human beings.

During the operation phase of proposed coal washery, the following sources/activities are likely to

increase the noise level at project site and in surrounding areas –

Internal transport of coal by trucks;

Loading & unloading activities;

DG Sets (Occasional)

Operation of conveyors;

Crushers & Screens



4-19

In order to assess the noise impacts of operation of coal washery plant, mathematical noise modeling

was carried out. The reference noise levels of individual sources used in the mathematical noise

modeling are given in Table 4.11.

TABLE 4.11

EXPECTED NOISE LEVELS

Sources Expected Source Noise Levels dB(A)

Crusher (1) 75-80

Screens (1) 75-80

Wheel loaders (6) 75-80

Transport trucks (12) 75

Cyclones (4) 75

Hoppers (5) 75

4.3.3.2 Mathematical Noise Model

In order to predict noise impacts in worst case scenario, the upper limit of reference noise levels, as

presented in Table 4.11, are used in calculations. It is also assumed that all the listed noise sources

were being operated simultaneously. A singular equivalent noise source at coal washery plant was

first calculated using the equation 1 below. The strength of the singular source was calculated as

91.66 dBA. During day time, a singular consolidated noise source having Leq equal to 91.66 dBA is

used for calculating noise contour levels over various distances using equation 2. During night time, a

singular consolidated noise source having Leq equal to 101.66 dBA (on account increased noise

sensitivity during night time) is used for calculation of contour levels.

Ln = 10 log10 (10L1/10+10L2/10+10L3/10+…………….+10Ln/10) …(1)

L2 = L1 – 20 log10(R2/R1) …(2)

Where Ln dB(A) = Resultant noise level of combination of sources

L1 dB(A) = Noise level at a distance R1(m)

L2 dB(A) = Noise level at a distance R2 (m)

4.3.3.3 Predicted Noise Levels and Conclusion

The results of mathematical calculation of predicted noise levels are presented in Table 4.12, below.

Resultant noise levels were calculated at various distances and noise contours were plotted for day

and night time. The noise contours for day and night time are presented in Figure 4.8 and 4.9,

respectively.

TABLE 4.12

PREDICTED NOISE LEVELS WITH DISTANCE

Distance

(m)

Source Noise Level

(dBA)

Day Time

Source Noise Level

(dBA)

Night Time

Calculated Noise

Levels at Receptor

Day Time

Calculated Noise

Levels at Receptor

Night Time

100 91.7 101.7 51.7 61.7

200 91.7 101.7 45.6 55.6

300 91.7 101.7 42.1 52.1

400 91.7 101.7 39.6 49.6

500 91.7 101.7 37.7 47.7

750 91.7 101.7 34.2 44.2

1000 91.7 101.7 31.7 41.7

1250 91.7 101.7 29.7 39.7

1500 91.7 101.7 28.1 38.1

2000 91.7 101.7 25.7 35.6



4-20

Distance

(m)

Source Noise Level

(dBA)

Day Time

Source Noise Level

(dBA)

Night Time

Calculated Noise

Levels at Receptor

Day Time

Calculated Noise

Levels at Receptor

Night Time

2500 91.7 101.7 23.7 33.7

FIGURE : 4.8 Predicted Noise Level Contour

(Day Time) dBA

FIGURE : 4.9 Predicted Noise Level Contour

(Night Time) dBA

The results of mathematical prediction of noise levels at ambient noise monitoring locations w.r.t. to

coal washery plant are presented in Table 4.13.

-2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

-2500

-2000

-1500

-1000

-500

0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

22

24

26

28

30

32

34

36

38

40

50

60

70

72

-2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

-2500

-2000

-1500

-1000

-500

0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

30

34

36

38

40

42

44

46

48

50

60

70

80

82


Chapter 4- Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation measures 4-21

TABLE 4.13

PREDICTED NOISE LEVELS AT NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS

Noise

Monitoring

Location

Code

Distance

(m)

Source

Noise

Level

(dBA)

Day Time

Source

Noise

Level

(dBA)

Night

Time

Calculated

Noise Levels

at Receptor

(dBA)

Day Time

Calculated

Noise Levels

at Receptor

(dBA)

Night Time

Baseline

L(Day)

(dBA)

Baseline

L(Night)

(dBA)

Resultant

Noise Level

(dBA)

Day Time

Resultant

Noise Level

(dBA)

Night Time

Land Use

N1 10 91.7 101.7 71.7 81.7 58.0 51.0 71.8 81.7 Industrial

N2 1300 91.7 101.7 29.4 39.4 46.0 38.0 46.1 41.8 Silence

N3 2200 91.7 101.7 24.8 34.8 62.0 57.0 62.0 57.0 Industrial

N4 1500 91.7 101.7 28.1 38.1 63.0 49.0 63.0 49.3 Commercial

N5 3600 91.7 101.7 20.5 30.5 56.0 47.0 56.0 47.1 Commercial

N6 6500 91.7 101.7 15.4 25.4 44.0 37.0 44.0 37.3 Silence

N7 7400 91.7 101.7 14.3 24.3 61.0 50.0 61.0 50.0 Commercial

N8 5600 91.7 101.7 16.7 26.7 49.0 42.0 49.0 42.1 Residential

N9 8500 91.7 101.7 13.1 23.1 46.0 40.0 46.0 40.1 Residential

N10 11800 91.7 101.7 10.2 20.2 50.0 43.0 50.0 43.0 Residential

From the above table, it can be seen that the ambient noise levels (day time and night time) at all the locations will remain within permissible limits even in

worst case scenario except at N1 where remarkable change in noise levels is observed in both day and night time noise levels; however, only night time

noise level are expected to cross the noise limit for industrial land use. It can be further concluded that in actual conditions due to presence of various

topographical features in the path of sound propagation, and greenbelt development in and around the plant site the noise levels will be attenuated.



4-22

4.3.4 Vibration

4.3.4.1 Impact due to Ground Vibration

No ground vibration impacts are expected on private property or human beings owing absence of any

major vibration source during both construction and operation phases. Only impact on fauna in the

project area is anticipated due to their high sensitivity to vibration; however, the vibration impact will

be temporary in nature similar to noise impacts.

Full body vibration and hand-arm vibration impacts will be felt by operators of sitting in heavy

machineries and operating vibrating devices, respectively. Necessary precautions in workplace

environment shall be exercised to reduce work place vibration impacts.

4.3.5 Noise Mitigation Measures

Labor camp should be located away from the construction site.

Construction camps should be located at least 500 m distance from nearest habitation, silence

zone, forests etc.

If near habitation, silence zone, forests, construction activities should be halted in night time.

Equipment should be standard and equipped with silencer. The construction equipment should be

good working conditions, properly lubricated and maintained to keep noise within permissible

limits. Noise limits for construction equipments used in this project (measured at one meter from

the edge of the equipment in free field) such as compactors, rollers, front loaders, concrete mixers

cranes (movable), vibrators and saws shall not exceed 75 dB (A), as specified in the Environment

(Protection) Rules, 1986

High noise zone should be marked and earplugs shall be provided to the workmen near high

noise producing equipment. The workmen should be made aware of noise and vibration impacts

on their health and mandatory use earplugs.

Proper shifting arrangement of workers shall be made to prevent over exposure to noise and

vibration.

Tall trees with heavy foliage shall be planted along the boundary of construction camps, project

site which will act as a natural barrier to attenuate noise levels.

Silent DG sets shall be used at construction camps / construction sites.

Speed limits shall be enforced on vehicle.

Use of horns / sirens shall be prohibited.

Regular noise monitoring shall be carried at construction camps / construction sites to check

compliance with prevailing rules.

4.3.5.1 Proposed Vibration Control Measures

The following control measures will be adopted to minimize the vibrations and to control the impacts

on the plant workers and drivers engaged in coal transportation:

Provision of vibration isolation platforms to all vibrating machineries;

Use working methods which eliminate or reduce exposure to vibration;

Suitable and periodic information and training for employees;

Appropriate work schedules with adequate rest periods;

Provision of Vibration controlling Driving seats to all HEMM and Transport vehicles;

Training & awareness programs for drivers and operators for vibration controlling methods;



4-23

4.3.6 Water Environment

4.3.6.1 Impacts on Water Resources

There is no surface water stream flowing within the project site. Nearest Lilagar nala is located at

3.18 km SSW of the project site. A seasonal nallah flows along the western boundary of the applied

project area. At present, the surface run-off from the project area flows along the natural slope of the

area and joins seasonal streams flowing outside the project site. After implementation of the

proposed project, the surface run-off from the project area will be collected in a settling tank through a

network of storm water drains. The water will be used for plantation, dust suppression and coal

washing, thereby reducing the fresh water demand.







from proposed Fulzar Anicut on Ganjha nallah (Saliha nallah), near village Fulzar. Water Allocation

Letter (Sanctioned) obtained from Water Resources Department Chhattisgarh for drawl of 1300

m3/day makeup water.

The plant will be operated on 'Zero Discharge Principle'. There will not be any effluent discharge from

the coal washery plant. All the process effluent generated in the plant will be treated in thickeners and

will be reused in the coal washing process. Domestic effluent from plant premises will be discharged

in STP.

In view of conservation of water, rainwater harvesting will be carried out in the plant. Surface run-off

from the plant area will be collected in a settling tank through a network of drains and the water will

be used in the process, thereby reducing the drawl of surface water. Rainwater from roof tops will be

collected in a rainwater harvesting tank and will be allowed to percolate to ground through a

scientifically designed rainwater harvesting system. It is to be mentioned here that ground water level

at the project site is very up to the surface due to immense recharging potential from the hilly areas

and slopes and impounding of water was observed of water was observed in the area with the

evidence that the nearby nallahs have become perennial and flowing continuously even after with-

drawl of water for drinking, washing irrigation and Industrial purpose.

4.3.6.3 Conservation Measures for Water Resources

M/s CG Coal & Power Ltd. will implement water recovery system involving high speed thickener

coupled with belt press for maximum recovery of water and recirculation of the recovered water in

process, thereby making the plant a zero discharge unit. This will drastically reduce the fresh water

requirement in the plant and will also protect the water quality of surface water resources flowing

outside the plant area. The water balance for the project is shown in Figure 4.10.



4-24

FIGURE 4.10: WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM

4.3.6.4 Proposal of Rainwater Harvesting within Plant Premises

In view of conservation of water, rain water harvesting is the technique of collection and storage of

rain water at surface or in sub-surface aquifers, before it is lost as surface run-off. The augmented

resource can be harvested in the time of need. Artificial recharge to ground water is a process by

which the ground water reservoir is augmented at rate exceeding that under natural conditions of

replenishment.

The main interest in rainwater harvesting is methods of collecting and conserving rainwater at an

early stage in the water cycle to ensure the best use of rainfall before it runs away into rivers or

disappears as evaporation. During monsoon season, whatever rainwater is collected in the premises

of project area, i.e. through, Building/roof area, Road/Paved area, Green belt area and Open land will

be utilized to recharge the ground water. This approach requires connecting the outlet pipe from

rooftop to divert the water to propose designed recharge well.

It is proposed to implement rain water harvesting structures catchment wise by diverting the runoff

that is generated from the roof area, paved area, roads and green belt area for recharging into the

specified recharge structure for putting into ground water system. The runoff generated from the

catchments needs to be suitably diverted through storm water drains to the recharge structures in

order to augment the ground water. Special care needs to be taken for locating the recharge

structures so that the ground water augmentation is optional. Implementation of recharge mechanism

shall ensure the balance between the discharge vis-à-vis recharge relationships of the aquifer system

and provide the sustainable ground water supply.

Design Considerations

The important aspects to be looked into for designing a rainwater harvesting system to augment

ground water resources are: -



4-25

1. Hydrogeology of the area including nature and extent of aquifer, soil cover, topography, depth to

water level and chemical quality of ground water.

2. The availability of source water, one of the prime requisite for ground water recharge, basically

assessed in terms of non-committed surplus monsoon runoff.

3. Area contributing run off like area available, land use pattern, industrial, residential, green belt,

paved areas, roof top area etc.

4. Hydro-meteorological characters like rainfall duration, general pattern and intensity of rainfall.

Based on the site plan and the land use pattern of the project area, the computation of runoff for each

unit has been worked out and the details are tabulated below.

Total Area available for recharge – 81948.87 sq. m.

Annual Rainfall – 1314.80 mm (IMD-2016) 60-65 rainy days.

Formation – Weathered & Fractured Granite Porous Sandstones and Fractured shales, Cavernous

Limestone.

Average Water levels – 8.3 mbgl (pre-monsoon)

TABLE 4.14

CALCULATION OF AVAILABLE RUN-OFF FOR RECHARGE

S. N. Land use type Area (m2) Avg. Rainfall

(m) Co-efficient

of runoff Quantity of

Rainwater (m3)

1. Building/ sheds

2023.43 1.31 0.85 2253.08

2. Road/Paved Area 4046.86 1.31 0.65 3445.90

3. Green belt area Approx.

27316.28 1.31 0.15 5367.64

4. Open land area

48562.30 1.31 0.20 12723.32

Total Area 81948.87 23789.94

From the above it is observed that a total potential of 23789.94 m3 of rainfall run-off can be harvested

annually within the premises of the M/s C.G. Coal & Power Ltd.

Based on maximum hourly rainfall intensity the company proposed numbers of Recharge well &

Recharge Trench with filter media Structure for ground water recharge shown in Figure 4.11 and

Figure 4.12. Periodic maintenance of filter media is required to get the full efficiency of the Artificial

Recharge structure.



4-26

FIGURE 4.11: LAYOUT PLAN OF HARVESTING RECHARGE TRENCH SYSTEM

FIGURE 4.12: PROPOSED RAINWATER HARVESTING THROUGH RECHARGE WELL



4-27

4.3.6.5 Proposal of Rainwater Harvesting nearby villages

Apart from the rainwater harvesting measures proposed within the plant premises, M/s CG Coal &

Power Ltd. will also construct some roof top rainwater harvesting structures in the public buildings in

the nearby villages. The rain water collected from the roof tops of the adopted public buildings will be

passed to ground recharge well.

This will help in improving the ground water level of the area. Also, M/s CGCPL will take up village

pond de-sliming and cleaning activities under its CSR programme. This will also help in increasing

rainwater storage potential in the ponds and will also improve the ground water recharge. A

schematic diagram of the recharge well structure is proposed to recharge groundwater to be

implemented to the nearby villages is show in figure 4.12.

FIGURE 4.13: PROPOSED RAINWATER HARVESTING THROUGH RECHARGE WELL IN NEARBY

VILLAGES

4.3.6.4 Cumulative Impact on Water Environment

Surface water Availability

The following rivers/ Nallahs are flowing within the 15km from the project site of C.G. coal washeries

which are given below:

1. AhiranNadi ~ 12.4 km NE 2. Khalari Reservoir ~ 8.8 km SW

3. PitniNallah ~ 8.8 km 4. SundharaNallah ~ 8.5

5. KholarNallah ~ 6.7 km ENE 6. LilagarNallah ~ 2.5 km SW

7. TumaNallah ~ 8.1 8. Ganjha Nala (Saliha Nala) 3.10 km NNE

Most of the Nallahs are perennial and flowing throughout the year due to the continuous percolation

form the hilly terrains available in the areas. There are anicuts constructed on some of the Nallahs by

the Government and some industrial authorities with the permission of water Resource departments

to supply to the nearby industries drinking and irrigation purpose. The surface water availability in this

area is tremendous and in the tune of 3837.575 million cubic meter overall (421.575 mcm through



4-28

Nallah + 3416 through reservoir). The surface water used for the industrial, drinking and irrigation

purposes. The evidence of this is the readily recharging of the ground water as the ground water is

very much in the upper level even creating impoundment in various parts of the study area.

Ground water Availability:

The groundwater resources for Korba districts were estimated and projected. As per the report

published by central Groundwater board, the estimates indicate that the annual replenishable

groundwater resource for the district is 491.15 mcm. The net annual ground water availability is

466.51 mcm. The gross annual draft is estimated as 144.22 mcm, out of which draft for irrigation is

144.22 mcm and domestic & industrial was 39.23. Moreover it is also reported that the groundwater

development for Katghora block is 68.66%. As per the estimation, the ground water budget for

Katghora block is as follows:

Ground water Budget

Net ground water resources Available (mcm) 66.789 46.002 Ground water draft (drinking + irrigation)

Ground water resources for future use (mcm) 1.373 68.66% Stage of ground water development

There exists a wide scope for groundwater development in the district. The available groundwater

resources for the district are of the order of 466.51 mcm and the groundwater draft is144.22 mcm.

The Net groundwater availability for future irrigation development is in the order of 314.75 mcm. The

stage of groundwater development is only 31%.

The normal annual rainfall for the district is 1314.80 mm. There exist a huge surplus non-committed

runoff is the district. Rain water harvesting and artificial recharge structures at suitable locations can

be constructed to improve the storage capacity of the surface and the subsurface reservoirs. An area

of about 899 sq, kms in the district has been identified feasible for artificial recharge of ground water.

Considering the availability of surface and ground water in the district as per central groundwater or

board report, it is estimated that

421.575 mcm : through nallah

3416.00 mcm : through Reservoir

466.51 mcm : through ground water

Total-4304.085 Total Water Resource

4304.085 water is available in the block and only

2.86 mcm : Surface water is used by industries

383.00 mcm : Surface water is used for drinking

1151.30 mcm : Surface water is used for irrigation

40.34 mcm : Ground water is used for irrigation

23.30 mcm : Ground Water is used for drinking

Total: 1600.50 Water is utilized

The remaining 2703.58 mcm water is surplus. So there will not be any impact on the surface and

ground water resources.as only 1300 m3/day i.e. 0.475 mcm per annum water will be utilized as a

makeup water by the proposed industry.



4-29

Water for proposed 2 x 2 MTPA coal washer will be sourced from proposed Fulzar Anicut on

Ganjhanallah (Saliha nallah), near village Fulzar. Water Allocation Letter (Permission) obtained from

Water Resources Department – Chhattisgarh.

The details regarding availability of water in the proposed source is as follows:

Water requirement for the proposed coal washery is estimated as 1300 m3/day i.e. 475000 m3/year.

1) Water available from rainy season: 4 months (July to October)

2) Water available through flow of the river: 5 months (Nov to March)

3) Water requirement for remaining months: 3 months (April to June)

Water will be required in summer season. Provision is made to construct Anicut on Ganjhanala near

village Fulzar for supply to proposed washery,

Length of proposed Anicut - 50 m

Height of proposed Anicut - 3.20 m

River gradient - 1.750 m

So total storage capacity of Anicut will be: 50 X 3.20 X 0/2 X 2250 = 180000 m3

Considering 15% evaporation loss and 20% for other use it will be 63000 m3.

So Balance water + 180000 – 63000 = 117000 m3

This balance water will require to supply during summer season. The rain water will be stored in the

above Anicut so that there will be regular flow in the river. It is mentioned that if M/s C.G. Coal and

Power limited is ready to construct the anicut on this Nallah, permission will be given by WRD

4.3.6.5 Proposed Water Pollution Control Measures

It is proposed to operate the coal washery plant on 'Zero Effluent Discharge' principle. Thus, all the

effluent generated from the plant will be treated, recycled and reused or discharged within the plant

premises only.

Fine coal slurry from the coal washery collected in the fine coal tank will be pumped into a set of

classifying cyclone. The underflow of classifying cyclone will be dewatered in Hi Frequency screen

while the overflow from cyclone will be fed to a Hi-rate Thickener. Thickened slurry from thickener will

be dewatered in a Multi Roll Belt Press filter. Anionic and Cationic Flocculants will be used in

thickener and Belt Press to facilitate settling and dewatering process. The treated water will be

recycled and reused in the coal washing process.

Domestic discharge from rest shelters, canteens and toilets will be channelized through proper

sewage drains connected to STP cap 30 KLD. Full flagged sewage treatment plant will be

commissioned using MBBR technology.

Storm water run-off from the plant area and parking premises will be collected in a series of settling

tanks and will be utilized for coal washing, dust suppression and plantation.

Wash water from workshop will be treated in oil & grease traps and treated water will be used for

sprinkling at coal stack yard.



4-30

4.3.7 Land Environment

4.3.7.1 Impacts on Land use Pattern

The proposed coal washery project will be located in 20.25 Acre (8.195 Ha) area. The land is already

acquired by M/s CG Coal and Power Ltd. and comprises of major uncultivated land with few patches

of single crop. The existing land use of the core zone will be changed into industrial area due to set

up of coal washery. The proposed land utilization pattern of the coal washery project is given in Table

4.17.

Out of total 20.25 acre area, plant will be established in 6.50 Acre area, green belt and plantation will

cover 6.75 acre area, raw coal, washed coal and reject area will be 1.25 Acre, 0.50 Acre and 0.75 Acre

respectively and raw water reservoir will be provided in 1.50 acre area. Thus, entire land use pattern

of the core zone will be changed. All the project activities will be restricted within the plant premises

and there will not be any change in the land use pattern outside the plant area.

However, due to establishment of the coal washery project, some ancillary businesses like garages,

hotels, housing facilities, lodges, etc. may be developed in the vicinity of the project. This may result

in the change in the existing land use pattern in the buffer zone.

TABLE 4.15

LAND BREAK-UP OF COAL WASHERY AREA


1. Plant Area 6.50

2 Storages Area

2(a). Raw Coal 1.25


3 Rejects 0.75


5. Road Area 1.00



Settling/Slime Pone 0.75


Total 20.25

4.3.7.2 Mitigation measures for Land Environment

M/s Coal and Power Ltd. has proposed to develop green belt and plantation in 6.75 Acre of the plant

area. This will help in improving the aesthetic appeal of the area. Following control measures will be

adopted to minimize impacts on the land environment.

Green belt development and related activities will be taken up during construction stage so that

plantation grows to adequate height by the time of plant commissioning. Thus, green belt will be

effective in containing the soil stabilization;

Entire plant area will be aesthetically landscaped and natural gradient will be maintained as much

as feasible;

Stacking of raw coal, washed coal and coal rejects will be carried out at designated areas within

the plant premises. No coal stacking will be carried out outside the plant premises (excluding at

railway siding).

Internal roads and public roads used for coal transport will be black topped and maintained

periodically.

Plantation will be developed along the village roads used for coal transport.



4-31

Suitable air pollution control measures will be adopted, as suggested in previous sub-chapter, to

control dust emission and deposition on the agriculture crops / land surrounding the plant

premises.

No effluent will be discharged outside the plant premises on any land or in any water body.

4.3.8 Solid Waste Generation & Its Management

4.3.8.1 Solid Waste Generation

It is proposed to wash 2 x 2 Million tonnes of raw coal in the proposed coal washery project. During

the plant operation phase, solid wastes will be generated from various plant operations. The types of

solid wastes and their estimated quantities are given in Table 4.16.

TABLE 4.16

SOLID WASTE GENERATION

Sr. No. Type of solid waste Estimated daily Quantity Estimated annual quantity

1. Reject coal 2623 tonnes per day 8.0 Mill. tonne/annum

2. Sludge from thickener 5.25 TPD (approx.) 1600 tonnes per annum

3. Spent oil & Grease 2.4 kg/day 792 kg per annum

4. Damaged/worn out machine parts - -

5. Domestic waste 10 kg per day 3300 kg per annum

The characteristics and quantum of raw coal used in the washery, washed coal and washery rejects

generation are given in Table 4.17.

TABLE 4.17

CHARACTERISTICS & QUANTUM OF ROM COAL, WASHED COAL & COAL WASHERY

REJECTS

Sr. No. Parameters Raw Coal Washed Coal Rejects

1 Ash % 40-44 33-34 60-70

2 Moisture % 8.5 12 10

3 GCV (Kcal/Kg) 3400 – 3700 4000 – 4400 2000 – 2200

4 Yield % 100 80 20

5 Quantity (TPA) 4,000,000 3,200,000 8,00,000

The generated solid wastes, if not treated or disposed scientifically, may cause harm to the

surrounding environment. Also, additional land is required for proper storage, treatment or disposal of

the solid wastes generated from the plant.

The solid wastes may cause air pollution due to dust emissions, odor generation, water pollution due

to silt wash off, contamination of ground water, land degradation, etc.

4.3.8.2 Solid Waste Management

Washery Reject Coal

It is proposed to process 2 x 2 MTPA raw coal in the proposed coal washery. It is proposed to

process 2 x 2 MTPA raw coal in the proposed coal washery. About 0.80 MTPA washery reject coal

will be generated out of which 0.02 MTPA shale will used for land filling and road construction

activities whereas 0.78 MTPA will be sold to Power plant/other user industries. No other solid waste

is envisaged in the coal washing process.



4-32

The rejects will be transported by road through covered trucks up to user Industries and/or by

covered truck up to railway siding and then loaded in wagons. Thus, entire washery reject coal will be

utilised in the power generation and there will not be any coal rejects storage or disposal required

from the proposed coal washery.

Thickener

Clarified water received as Thickener Overflow as well as Settling Pond Overflow shall be pumped

back to the plant for re-use as process water. Thus, the plant shall have close circuit, zero effluent

discharge water system. The fine coal slurry collected in the Fine Coal Tank shall be pumped into a

set of Classifying Cyclones. The underflow of Classifying Cyclones shall be dewatered in a Fines

Dewatering High Frequency Screen while the overflow from the Classifying Cyclones shall be fed to a

Thickener. The thickened slurry shall be sent to a Multi Roll Filter Belt Press for dewatering of fines.

Anionic and Cationic Flocculants shall be used in the thickener to facilitate settling and solid-liquid

separation processes. The [(-)8 mm] coal fines shall be ground dumped for subsequent mixing with

Washed Coal, depending upon the ash content.

Spent Oil & Grease

Spent oil and grease will be generated from routine maintenance of machinery and equipment. The

oil and grease will be collected and stored in leak proof containers in store rooms with concrete

floorings. This will be sold to the CPCB/CECB authorized recycling vendors periodically.

Damaged / worn out machine parts:

The damaged /worn out machine parts will be collected and stored in shed on concrete flooring.

These parts will be returned to the manufacturing company or will be sold to the authorized recycling

vendors.

Domestic Solid Wastes

When the unit will be operational with full capacity there will be about 10-20 kg/d domestic solid waste

generation from the plant comprising of inorganic materials like broken glasses, drums, papers,

polythene bags, etc including the food waste from canteen as organics. The organic and inorganic

wastes will be segregated at site itself. Organics will be dumped in a composting pit provided in

plantation area and the compost will be used as manure for plantation in green belt area. The

inorganic waste material will be send to authorized vendors/recyclers.


4.3.9.1 Impacts on Biological Environment

Terrestrial Ecology

The impact on terrestrial ecology may be due to gaseous pollutants likely to emit i.e. particulate

matter, sulphur dioxide (SO2), Oxides of nitrogen (NOx), etc. Increase in concentration of PM in the

ambient air will cause the deposition of dust on surface of leaves, leading to increase in pH of

leaves as well as clog the stomata aperture and reduce the chlorophyll content. The increase

concentration levels of particulate matter, SO2, NOx, in the atmosphere will, lead to decline the rate

of photosynthesis, thus retarding the growth of plant. However, air quality modelling outputs study

revealed that, the resultant concentrations of particulate matter, sulphur di-oxide and oxides of

nitrogen are well within the prescribed limits. The impact due to proposed project would be minimal

as project activity will be carried out within the plant boundary limit with proper control measures.



4-33

Bio-diversity status of plant species is medium within the study area. There are no wildlife

sanctuaries of fragile ecosystems within the study area. Hence, adverse impact on wildlife or

fragile eco-system is not envisaged.

Impact on Migratory Paths of Wild life and Avi-Fauna

As per the site visit survey, there were no evidences for migratory paths of the major wild animals

in the project site. The identified avi-fauna, which are observed in the project site and in the study

area, are local migrants only. Therefore, the proposed plant operations are not likely to have any

impact on the path of avifauna and wild life. The main pollutant from the proposed plant is

particulate matter and it is evident from the air quality modelling outputs that the resultant

concentrations are well within the limits. Hence minimal impacts are envisaged on avi fauna and

wild life.

Impact on Wildlife

There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, and Biosphere Reserve, Wildlife Corridors,

Tiger/Elephant Reserves etc. within 15 km radius of the project site. Four protected forests & rest

of open mixed jungle exists in the buffer zone of the proposed coal washery area. There were no

direct or indirect sightings for schedule I animals within study area. However, Sloth bear is

occasionally seen in the forests as well as in the fringes of forest as per the consultative approach

with local and referring of forest working plan however during site survey direct or indirect siting

were not observed. The habitat of Indian Elephant was far way from the project site and not

reported in 15 km radial distance from the project site. Proper mitigation measures and standard

practices will be adopted while implementation of project. Proposed coal washery will not cause

any significant impacts to the wildlife.

However. in order to improve the habitat of surrounding flora and fauna, biological conservation

plan suggested and budgetary provision given accordingly in Annexure IX.

No rare, endemic & endangered species were reported in the core / buffer zone. However, during

project activities the plant management will practice scientific method of coal beneficiation with

proper Environmental Management Plan including pollution control measures especially for air and

noise, which will not cause any adverse impact on the surrounding wildlife.

Impact on Aquatic Ecology

Lilagar Nadi and Ganjha Nala are flowing 2.50 km (SW) and 3.10 km (NNE) respectively from the

project site. However, there will not be any treated effluent discharge beyond company premises.

Treated wastewater is meeting land irrigation norms and will be used for greenbelt development. The

unit will be operating on zero effluent discharge principle. Hence, the impact on aquatic ecology is not

envisaged.

Note on Cumulative Impact Assessment Study Pertaining to Biological Environment

Korba is one of the largest treasures of coal in India. It is popular for coal production and produced

75% coal in Chhattisgarh State. In 15 km study area majority of activities are related to extractive and

beneficiation industries. Major open cast mines namely Gevra, Dipka and Kusmunda and 11 nos.

of coal washeries are existed in the study area. These activities are widespread concern of air

pollution due to emission of particulates from various mining and allied activities. Large scale

transportation of coal raised a pollution problem. During site survey, it was observed that major

loss of forest areas occurred in the vicinity of coal mining region. Forest fragmentation along with

agriculture extension into forest area and due to clearing of tree for fuel wood requirement of local

inhabitants coupled with reduced regeneration of vegetation due to human perturbation are the



4-34

common observation within the study area. However on other side massive plantation of Shorea

robusta (Sal) done by DFO at Nonbira village which is 5.68 KM in SW direction from the project site.

Overall impact study in the study area

There are four protected forest observed in buffer zone of study area which is more than 7 km

from the proposed project site. No forest land is involved at project site. Thus, direct impact on

flora and wild fauna are not envisaged

Study area encompasses major industries like coal Mining and coal washeries which directly or

indirectly damages the biological environment.

It was observed during the survey that past mining activities degraded the forest in the study area.

The overburden generated from the coal mines in the study area is being dumped very close to

the village forest. This overburden contains huge boulder-sized rock coal lumps and rejects

materials, which are damaging the plants as well as land.

The dust generated from the mining activity, movement of trucks and other heavy vehicle settles

as a layer on the surface of leaf this may leads to reduce the photosynthetic efficiency. Younger

leaves are more susceptible.

Small herbs and medicinal plants are affected due to mining activities. Some important species

including Androgaphis sp.(Bhuineem), Holarrhena antidysentrica, Tephrosia purpurea, Celatrus

paniculata, etc. widely grown in the forest of selected study area are found to be affected due to

mining and allied activities.

The village pastureland where the cattle used to graze has already been degraded due to

continuous dumping of over burden.

The selected study area supported moderate forest was found in this area. Through interacting

with the villagers and primary survey, it was found that various species of animal like Common

Mongoose, Jungle cat, Wildboar, Monkey, Jackal, deer were found in this forest but there is no

direct or indirect evidence of major schedule I species observed in the study area.

Number of machineries are being deployed in these mines. Blasting occurs at regular intervals.

Similarly during night time the use of various lights, movement of heavy vehicles, etc. causes a lot

of disturbance in the movement of the animals in nearby forest areas.

During summers, smoke appearance existed from the mining and coal washery plant contributing

particulate matter, sulphur dioxide, carbon monoxide and other noxious gases may deposited on

leaf lamina and may disturbed the plant harmony.

Proposed project point of view

The air quality modelling outputs revealed that the resultant concentrations of particulate matter,

sulphur di-oxide and oxides of nitrogen are well within the limits. The impact due to proposed

project would be minimal as project activity will be confined to plant boundary limit.

On the other side, butterflies being recognized as valuable environmental indicators, both for their

rapid and sensitive responses to subtle habitat or climatic changes and as representatives for the

diversity and responses of other wildlife are increasing indicates better environmental condition in

the project site. Their diversity in an area reflects certain condition of the biodiversity. During field

survey 17 species of butterflies with good population were observed in the core area as well as in

the buffer area.

In order to improve the natural habitat and ecological conservation of surrounding areas, financial

allocation has been kept from the project for ecological conservation and implementation of

conservation plan. For this proposed washery project, which is very small in size and magnitude

of operation, about Rs.15 lakhs has been earmarked for implementation of Biological

conservation plan.



4-35

Additional Mitigation Measures

Fencing around the entire proposed coal washery will be carried out in order to restrict the entry of

stray animals

Green belt development will be carried out which will help in minimizing sound level arising from

the coal washery operations

In order to minimize the dust deposition on surrounding vegetation water sprinkling will be carried

out inside the plant operation as well as on transportation road.

Raw coal and washed coal will be transport through cover truck

Impact on Agriculture/ Crop Productivity within Study Area

Agricultural crops can be injured when exposed to high concentrations of various air pollutants

especially particulate matter (dust) & SO2. Injury ranges from visible markings on the foliage, to

reduced growth and yield, to premature death of the plant. The development and severity of the injury

depend not only on the concentration of the particular pollutant, but also on a number of other factors.

These include the period of exposure to the pollutant, the plant species and its stage of development

as well as the environmental factors conducive to a build-up of the pollutant and to the

preconditioning of the plant, which make it either susceptible or resistant to injury.

4.3.9.2 Biological Environment Conservation Measures

Project point of View

The dust due to transportation may settle on agriculture crops during non-monsoon season and may

result in reduction in crop productivity.

Measures for Minimizing Impact on Flora

Dust issues are mainly raised in the area due to kuchha road, cumulative fugitive dust emissions from

surrounding industrial activities and by plant operation and coal transportation activities. To mitigate

the impact regular water sprinkling will be carried out within the mine lease area as well as approach

roads.

Control Measures to avoid impacts on agriculture crops

1. Periodic maintenance of transport road in collaboration with PWD

2. Regular sprinkling of water through mobile tankers on coal transport road upto the state highway.

3. Covered Transport system

4. Plantation along the transportation route (both sides)

5. Monitoring of dust fall at agriculture land located along transport road

6. In stretches where the dust load is more due transport activities, green nets will be provided along

the agriculture farm boundary facing transport road

Apart from the above, monitoring will be carried out by Environmental Cell of the company to assess

effectiveness of the dust control system and complaints of farmers regarding impact on crops

productivity/damage, if any. The complaints will be verified through agriculture department and if

found correct, crop damage compensation will be paid as per the suggestions and recommendations

of District agriculture department.



4-36

TABLE 4.18

ADDITIONAL BUDGET FOR DUST CONTROL ALONG TRANSPORT ROAD

S.

No. Description of item

Capital Cost

(Rs. in lakh)

Recurring cost

(Rs. in lakh)

1 Water sprinkling through mobile tanker on Coal transport road from

Washery to highway 4 Trips/day (10 KL mobile sprinkler)

15.0 1.5

2 Periodic maintenance of transport road in collaboration with PWD -- 3.0

3 Plantation along the transportation route

2 Rows both sides of road (3 M x 3 M)

1.0 0.5

4 Green Net (3m Ht.) with required framework 2.0 0.5

Total 18.0 5.5

Note: Separate budget will be provided for settling crop damage compensation claims, if any, as per

actuals

Green Belt Development

The basic approaches towards the development of Green belt /plantation in the plant area are with a

view to provide an aesthetic look, eliminating fugitive emissions and for controlling the impact of

noise, etc. A Green Belt will be developed based on the following principles:

Plants that grow fast will be preferred.

Preference for high canopy covers plants with local varieties

Perennial and evergreen plants will be preferred with survival rate of more than 90%

Plants having a high Air Pollution Tolerance Index (APTI) will be preferred.

The development of green belt is an important aspect for any project because

It acts as a 'Heat Sink & Dust screen', and good barrier for restricting pollutants.

It improves the ambient air quality by controlling Particulate Matter (dust) in air.

It helps in noise attenuation for the surrounding area.

It helps in attracting new birds and insects as their habitation.

It maintains the ecological balance.

It increases the aesthetic value of site.

Bio-Reclamation (Plantation)

Following measure will be taken in consideration during Bio-Reclamation (Plantation):

1. Development of Nursery for generation of saplings and allowing saplings to get hardened for 1

year.

2. Broadcasting of grass seeds in the 1st year.

3. Making pits (1m3 in hard rock & 0.7 m3 in soft rocks) in the month of April & allow it to dry so that

insects are taken care off. Then these pits are filled up with soil and manure by month of May.

4. Plantation of hardened saplings in the pits during mid-June to mid-July.

5. De-weeding after every 2 months.

6. Provided with additional fertilizer for fast growth of saplings.

7. Watering of plants at required intervals for 3 years period.

8. Replacing of dead plants in the beginning of next rainy season, deweeding and putting of fertilizer.

Green Belt/ Plantation programme

The green area within the project site includes front and back side of the administrative building,

along the internal road side, garden area and near the main gate of the plant site



4-37

Proposed Plantation Programme

Total Area 20.25 Acres (8.19 Ha.)

Area proposed under Plantation 6.75 Acre (2.73 Ha.) (>33%)

Sapling 2000 Plant/ Ha. = Total 5,460 Plant

TABLE 4.19

YEARWISE PLANTATION BREAKUP FOR PROPOSED PROJECT

YEAR AREA (in Ha.) No. of Sapling (@ 2000 Sapling/Ha.)

1st

Year 1 2000

2nd

Year 1 2000

3rd

Year 0.73 1460

Total 2.73 5460 (proposed Sapling)

Plantation along the Transport Road

Proposed washery located 360m/0.36 km from nearest road is Bilaspur-Pali road towards south from

the proposed coal washery. This, plantation will be proposed on both sides of this road. The details

are presented in the Table 4.22.

TABLE 4.20

PLANTATION PROGRAM ALONG TRANSPORT ROAD (OUTSIDE PLANT BOUNDARY)

Year No. of Saplings Area (in Ha.)

I 240 2160 m2 (0.216 Ha)

II 240 2160 m2 (0.216 Ha)

Total 480 4320 m2(0.432 Ha)

TABLE 4.21

RECOMMENDED SPECIES FOR PLANTATION

Locations Species will be planted

Name of the species Local Name

Internal are of

washery towards NW

Syzygium cumini Jamun

Psidium guajava Guava

Aegle marmelos Bel

Azadirachta indica Neem

Delbergia latifolia Shisham

Butea monosperma Palas

Cassia fistula Amaltas

Zizyphus mauratiana Ber

Peltophoram pterocarpum Peltophorum

Around Parking

Area, Fabrication

yard & Water

Reservoir

Pongamia pinnata Leguminoceae

Muraya koenigi Rutaceae

Annona squamosa Sharifa

Bougainvillea spectabillis Bougainvilla


Delbergia sisso Sisso

Samania saman Rain tree


Alstonia scholaris Saptraparni

Around Office

Infrastructure


Delbergia sisso Sisso



4-38

Locations Species will be planted

Name of the species Local Name

Mangifera indica Aam

Muraya koenigi Rutaceae


Zizyphus mauratiana Ber

Asoka longifolica Ashok

Palm sp. Royal Palm

Around Raw coal and

washed coal storage

yard


Azardicachta indica Neem




Delonix regia Gulmohar


Madhuca indica Mahua

Diospyros melanoxylon Tendu

Along periphery of

the proposed

plant site


Madhuca indica Mahua





Ficus religiosa Bargat

Emblica officinalis Aonla

Ailanthus excelsa Mahrarukh

Bauhinia variagata Kachnar

Diospyros melanoxylon Tendu

TABLE 4.22

RECOMMENDED SPECIES FOR PLANTATION ALONG TRANSPORT ROAD

(OUTSIDE PLANT BOUNDARY)

Sl. Scientific name Common name Habit Height

(m)

Growth rate Evergreen/

Deciduous

Crown Shape

Plants for outer periphery of Road

1. Ailanthus excelsa Mahrarukh Tree 20 Quick growing Deciduous Round

2. Azadirachta

indica

Neem tree Tree 20 Quick growing Evergreen Spreading

3. Buchania lanzan Char Tree 13 Quick growing Evergreen Round

4. Cassia fistula Garmal Tree 12 Quick growing Deciduous Round

5. Cassia renigera Pink Cassia Tree 10 Quick growing Deciduous Spreading

6. Cassia siamea Kassod Tree 12 Quick growing Evergreen Oblong

7. Dalbergia sisoo Sisam Tree 10 Moderate during

1st yr. and rapid

afterwards

Evergreen Round

8. Delonix ragia Gulmohar Tree 15 Quick growing Deciduous Spreading /Flat

topped

9. Pongamia

pinnata

Karanj Tree 10 Quick growing Evergreen Round

10. Aegle marmelos Bel Tree 12 Slow growing Evergreen Oblong

11. Mimusops elengi Borssali Tree 10 Quick growing Evergreen Round / Oblong



4-39

Sl. Scientific name Common name Habit Height

(m)

Growth rate Evergreen/

Deciduous

Crown Shape

Plants for outer periphery of Road

12. Peltophorum

pterocarpum

copper pod tree Tall tree - Quick growing Evergreen Oblong/

Round

Plants for inner periphery

13. Bauhinia

racemosa

Astha small tree 5 Quick growing Deciduous Oblong

14. Bougainvillea

spectabilis

Bougainvillea shrub/small

tree

8 Quick growing Evergreen Oblong/ Round

15. Callistemon

citrinus

bottle brush small tree 5 Slow Growing Evergreen Conical

16. Clerodendrum

inerme

Vanjai Shrub 5 Quick growing Evergreen Round

17. Duranta repens Shrub 3 Quick growing Evergreen Spreading

18. Nerium indicum Kanher Shrub 6 Quick growing Evergreen Oblong/Round

19. Dendrocalamus

strictus

Banskaban Shrub/tall

perennial grass

12 Quick growing Deciduous --

20. Poinciana

pulcherrima

Guletura Shrub 3 Quick growing Evergreen Oblong

21. Tecoma stans Tecoma shrub/small

tree

5 Quick growing Evergreen Oblong

Plants for Ground Cover

22. Cynodon

dactylon

Doob grass Creeper - Slow growing in

initial stages

Evergreen Spreading

Source: Recommendation of green belt/plantation species based on existing greenbelt in the area

and CPCB guidelines for developing greenbelt - 2000

4.3.10 Socio-Economic Environment

4.3.10.1 Impacts on Socio-economic Environment

Rehabilitation & Resettlement Issues

Land for the proposed coal washery is already owned by M/s CG Coal and Power Ltd. There is no

additional land requirement for the project. Also, there is no household in the proposed coal washery

area. Hence, there is no rehabilitation and resettlement involved in the project.

Employment opportunities

The local population is mostly engaged in agriculture and related works. Some of the workers go to

nearby towns for working in other industries / occupations. The proposed coal washery will require

about 85 workers as direct employees. This will provide employment opportunities to the local people

as most of the workers will be recruited from nearby villages. Only skilled and managerial staff, which

are generally not available in the rural areas, will be recruited from outside. Apart from the direct

employment, secondary employment opportunities will also be generated in sectors like contractual

works, coal transport, business opportunities like shops, garages, hotels, rented accommodation, etc.

Thus, secondary employment is expected to be generated for more than 100 local persons. This will

improve the economic status of the local population.

Population Growth

This project will have an impact on the population growth. Direct and indirect employment will be

available to local population. Preference will be given to local unemployed youth for employment

during construction and operation phase of project depending upon their suitability and skill which will



4-40

enhance substantially of income and quality of life of the people. Furthermore influx of the people in

the area after the completion of the project will increase the population of the area.

It is highly unlikely that the whole project will be using local labours. In this regard, migrant workers

from different cultural background are likely to be hired to perform specialized works whose skills are

not available in the local pool. The presence of migrant workers from different cultural backgrounds

can occurred at some extent.

Impact on road infrastructure

Roads strengthened and repaired to serve the project could also be of long term benefit to the

community for transportation. This will be a positive impact in the region due to the project.

Impact on transportation

Due to coal washery activities, vehicle movement will increase in nearby villages. Therefore road

accidents, dust nuisance can happen. It may affect the health status of the villagers. However

construction of tarry or concrete roads will restrict the dust nuisance.

Infrastructure Facilities

The establishment of coal washery will also result in improvement in the existing infrastructure

facilities like roads, electricity, communication facilities, etc. The existing roads will be used for

occasional transportation of coal rejects. Also manpower transport for the coal washery will be

through the existing roads. M/s CG Coal and Power Ltd. will ensure strengthening and periodic

maintenance of the roads used for coal and manpower transportation.

Public Health Impacts

There is no village habitation in or adjacent to the proposed coal washery. The nearest village

habitation is located in Batari village at 500 m N. As observed from the modeling results, the dust

emissions and noise from the coal washery project will not cause any significant impact on the

ambient air quality and ambient noise levels in the surrounding villages. The plant will be operated on

'Zero Effluent Discharge' principle. Thus, there will not be any effluent discharge from the plant,

thereby avoiding pollution of surface and ground water resources in the area.

Construction Phase

Positive impact

Direct indirect employment opportunities for skilled semiskilled and unskilled workforce.

Changes in employment and income levels due to increased employment opportunities.

Due to use of local workforce, there will not be additional strain for shelter/housing.

Local population would also get opportunities in related services activities like small

contractors, sub-contractors, supply of construction materials etc.

Quality of life will be improved due to increased income and employment opportunities.

No public health impacts are expected to result from construction activities

Negative impact

During construction and transportation activities, there will be increase in loading and

unloading of construction materials at project site, fugitive dust emissions may occur from land

clearing, excavation, hauling, dumping, spreading, grading, wind erosion, and traffic over

unpaved areas.



4-41

Operation Phase

Positive impact

This coal washery will provide employment for about 85 people by direct employment which

will include Engineers, Executives, Skilled, Semi- skilled and unskilled labours and indirect

employment to more than 500 persons, in contractual works & transport.

Welfare activities (CSR) will be performed by the project proponent in the field of health,

education, infrastructure development and environment conservation.

Negative impact

During operation phase, transportation will increase for loading/ unloading of washery

materials at project site, due to heavy transport, road accidents may occur.

In operation phase, due to coal washery, fugitive emission may affect Batari village which is

the nearest village from the project site in the form of respiratory disease. However proper

measures as mentioned in the previous sub chapters will be taken to reduce pollution load.

4.3.10.2 Proposed Socio-economic Improvement Measures

The project is expected to contribute towards enrichment of local people and improvement in quality

of life. In order to mitigate the adverse impacts likely to arise in social, cultural and economical

aspects in the surrounding region, the following measures are required to be adopted:

Adoption of proper pollution control devices for the different components of environment such

as water, air, soil etc. which directly or indirectly are the sources of degradation of human

living condition.

Increase awareness of villagers about coal washery risks/pollution and prevention from the

coal washery risk.

Ensure that roads are properly maintained, demarcated with proper labels/ posters/

signboards, vehicles are well maintained and drivers are well trained and safety conscious

Villagers/village leaders involvement during CSR implementation.

Provide job opportunities to local population

Ensure regular medical camps for local population health check up

Regular meetings with village leaders/villagers to understand their concerns

Requirement of proper pollution control devices applicable for the different components of

environment such as water, air, soil etc. which directly or indirectly are the sources of

degradation of human conditions.

Quality of Life

Quality of life is a measure to know exact situation of villages/communities. It Includes income,

housing, jobs, education, environment, recreation, health, and life satisfaction etc. To know quality of

life in the study area, primary data collection through selected villages performed with structured

questionnaires. Quality of life existing in the study area is given in Table 4.26 and expected change in

quality of life is given in Table 4.27.

TABLE 4.23 QUALITY OF LIFE EXISTING (QoL) IN THE VILLAGES SURVEYED

Sr. No. Villages QoL (S) QoL (O) QoL (C)

1. Batari 0.55 0.56 0.555

2. Ranjna 0.57 0.58 0.575

3. Dewgaon 0.53 0.55 0.54

4. Kharhari 0.5 0.50 0.5

5. Mohanpur 0.47 0.50 0.485

6. Chhindpur 0.5 0.51 0.505



4-42

Sr. No. Villages QoL (S) QoL (O) QoL (C)

7. Ratija 0.54 0.56 0.55

8. Phuljhar 0.54 0.56 0.55

9. Renki 0.57 0.59 0.58

10. Newsa 0.54 0.55 0.545

11. Raliya 0.52 0.54 0.53

12. Bhilaibazar 0.54 0.55 0.545

13. Nunera 0.51 0.52 0.515

14. Arda 0.52 0.54 0.53

15. Urta 0.48 0.50 0.49

16. Nonbira 0.56 0.58 0.57

17. Tiwarta 0.56 0.58 0.57

18. Kolihamuda 0.49 0.53 0.51

19. Dipsipara 0.51 0.52 0.51

20. Jamchunwa 0.53 0.54 0.53

21. Singhali 0.54 0.56 0.55

22. Dugupara 0.52 0.54 0.53

23. Binjhri 0.49 0.50 0.49

24. Basibar 0.52 0.53 0.52

25. Nehrunagar 0.57 0.59 0.58

26. Shendripal 0.46 0.47 0.46

Average 0.52 0.55 0.56

Source: Primary data collection(s) = Subjective, (O) = Objective, (c) = Cumulative

Proposed coal washery will generate employment opportunity as well as CSR activities in nearer

villages from project site. Coal washery plant required skilled, unskilled and semi-skilled workforce,

this will fulfill from local population. Increased employment will reduce unemployment and raise

income of the workers/population; it will improve quality of life in the villages. After implementation of

EMP, expected quality of life is presented in Table 4.25.

TABLE 4.25

QUALITY OF LIFE (QOL) AFTER IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP

Sr. No. Villages QoL (S) QoL (C)

1. Batari 0.55 0.62

2. Ranjna 0.57 0.59

3. Dewgaon 0.53 0.55

4. Kharhari 0.50 0.50

5. Mohanpur 0.47 0.47

6. Chhindpur 0.50 0.50

7. Ratija 0.54 0.55

8. Phuljhar 0.54 0.56

9. Renki 0.57 0.57

10. Newsa 0.54 0.54

11. Raliya 0.52 0.52

12. Bhilaibazar 0.54 0.54

13. Nunera 0.51 0.51

14. Arda 0.52 0.52

15. Urta 0.48 0.48

16. Nonbira 0.56 0.56

17. Tiwarta 0.56 0.56

18. Kolihamuda 0.49 0.49



4-43

Sr. No. Villages QoL (S) QoL (C)

19. Dipsipara 0.51 0.51

20. Jamchunwa 0.53 0.55

21. Singhali 0.54 0.54

22. Dugupara 0.52 0.52

23. Binjhri 0.49 0.50

24. Basibar 0.52 0.52

25. Nehrunagar 0.57 0.57

26. Shendripal 0.46 0.46

Average 0.52 0.53

Source: Primary data collection ((s) = Subjective, (O) = Objective, (c) = Cumulative)

Corporate Social Responsibility

The CSR activities will help at strengthening the bond between the project authorities and the local

population in the vicinity of project area. Local communities will get benefit from the project, both in

the short term and in the long term basis. The details are provided in Ch. 9

4.3.10.3 Proposed measures for minimizing impacts on Public Health

M/s CG Coal and Power Ltd. will adopt adequate pollution control measures in the proposed coal

washery project to control the pollution load within permissible limits. Following pollution control

measures will be adopted:

Provision of bag house, water sprinkling, enclosures, plantation etc. to control dust emission from

coal washery and transport activities

Periodic maintenance of internal roads and roads used for occasional coal transport

Provisions of silencers, enclosures and green belt to control noise

Practice of 'Zero Effluent Discharge' to avoid contamination of surface water resources.

All the process effluent will be treated and reused in coal washing process.

Domestic effluent from plant will be discharged in STP.

Strict compliance of traffic rules and imposing speed limit on coal transport vehicles

Conducting periodic medical camps in nearby villages and provision of free health checkups and

medicine facilities in these camps.

Conducting awareness programs on health & hygiene, safety and environment in nearby villages.

Conducting periodic environmental monitoring in nearby villages to check efficacy of adopted

pollution control measures.

4.3.11 Occupational Health & Safety

In order to evaluate the impacts from proposed coal washery project activities on health of workers,

baseline health studies will be conducted on every worker before joining their duties.

4.3.11.1 Medical Surveillance and Examinations

Identifying workers with conditions that may be aggravated by exposure to dust & noise and

establishing baseline status for determining changes in health

Evaluating the effect of dust and noise on workers

Enabling corrective actions to be taken when necessary

providing health education and awareness

The medical surveillance program will consist of the following:

Pre-employment medical examinations

Periodic medical examinations



4-44

Health & Safety awareness and training

Record keeping

History:

The initial medical and occupational history cover previous exposure to dust, personal habits (e.g.

smoking, etc.) and history of present or past respiratory disorders (particularly tuberculosis).

Occupational Health Monitoring

All the employees in the plant will be subjected to pre-employment & periodic medical examination to

assess the occupational health impacts. The tests will be conducted as per Form O as given in the

Mines Rules, 1955 for the following parameters:

1. Height & weight 2. Eyes 3. Ears 4. Respiratory Systems

5. Circulatory Systems 6. Abdomen 7. Nervous systems 8. Locomotory systems

9. Skin 10. Hydrocele 11. Hernia 12.Any other abnormality

13. Urine tests

14. Skiagram of chest

15. Complete Blood picture

16. Any other test considered by the Committee Doctor

Based on the medical findings, the worker will be placed for appropriate jobs and necessary safety

training will be provided.

4.3.11.2 Awareness and Training Program

All workers will be subjected to pre-employment and periodic awareness program on health and

safety issues of coal washery and related activities. They would also be imparted with proper training

and would be made to understand the health impacts of inhaling high concentration of dust laden air.

All the workers will also be provided training in first aid.

Holders of first aid certificate will be given refresher training once in two years

Rescue trained person will acquire highest standards of proficiency in first aid

Ambulance van will be provided fully equipped with lifesaving drugs, medicines and

appliances needed in emergency

Record keeping

A Registered Medical Practitioner (Doctor) will be appointed for examining the workers. All the health

records of the workers will be maintained in separate file at site office and the records will be regularly

updated.

Implementation of OH&S

For implementation of Occupational Health & Safety in the proposed 2 x 2 MTPA coal washery

project, a safety committee will be formed. The hierarchy of the committee and responsibilities of

individual members will be as follows in Table 4.26.

TABLE 4.26

OH & S COMMITTEE & ITS RESPONSIBILITIES

Sr. No. Designation Responsibility

1. Project Head Overall responsibility of Occupational Health & Safety in the plant area

2. Plant Manager Adherence to OH&S guidelines and provision of training and conducting

awareness programs

3. EH&S Manager Assisting plant manager in ensuring Occupational Health, Safety and

environmental compliance

4. Doctor Pre-employment and periodic examination / health checkup and updating

the records, provision of first aid training.

CHAPTER-5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES


Chapter 5- Analysis of alternatives 5-1

CHAPTER 5: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1 SITE ALTERNATIVES

M/s C. G. Coal & Power Ltd., proposed to establish 2X2 MTPA coal washery at village Batari,

Katghora Tehsil, Korba District, Chhattisgarh. For establishing the proposed coal washery, 3

alternative sites were considered as shown below. The details of selected sites are given in Table

5.1.

Apart from the selected site at Batari village, other two alternate sites have been examined for the

project. The details of the alternate sites for the proposed 2x2 MTPA coal washery project are given

below:

Alternate sites examined

Site 1: Village Batari, Tehsil Katghora, District Korba, Chhattisgarh

Site 2: Village Hardi Bazar, Tehsil Pali, District Korba, Chhattisgarh

Site 3: village Andikachar, Tehsil Pali, District Korba, Chhattisgarh

The comparison of alternate sites is given in Table 5.1.

TABLE 5.1

COMPARISON OF ALTERNATE SITES Site Details Site – 1

(Batari Village)

Site -2

(Hardi Bazar village)

Site – 3

(Andikachar village)

General

Coordinates Lattitude - 22°21'44.8"N to

22°21'58.9"N

Longitude-

82°30'44.6"E to

82°30'57.1"E

Lattitude -

22°18'05.5"N to

22°18'22.10"N

Longitude-

82°32'10.18"E to

82°32'20.5"E

Lattitude –

23°53'31.6"N to

23°53'36.7"N

Longitude-

80°23'08.2"E to

80°23'15.9"E

Name of Village Batari, Panchayat- Jhabar Hardi Bazar Andikachhar

Name of Taluka Katghora, Subtehsil-

Deepika

Pali Pali

Name of District Korba Korba Korba

Whether Fall under

CEPI

No No No

National Parks / Wild

life Sanctuaries / Bird

Sanctuaries / Tiger

reserve / Elephant

corridors / Migratory

routes for Birds

None within 15 KM None within 15 KM None within 15 KM

Reserve Forest /

Protected Forest

Dense mixed Jungle: 1.2 km

E

Dense mixed jungle ~ 4.0

Km, NE

Open Mixed Jungle~ 3.7

Km, SW

Manikpur Protected Forest ~

6.7 Km, NW

Chhindpani Protected

Forest: ~ 9.3 km SW

Open mixed jungle: 1.8

km E

Chhindpani PF: 7.5 km

W


kmW


km SE

Chhindpani PF: 1.6 km W

Open mixed jungle: 1.3 km

N

Open mixed jungle: 0.9 km

SE

Land use/Type of Land Barren/ Uncultivated Land Agriculture, Single Agriculture, Single Crop



Site Details Site – 1

(Batari Village)

Site -2

(Hardi Bazar village)

Site – 3

(Andikachar village)

Crop

River/ Water Body Hasdeo River: 17.5 km E

Ahiran Nadi ~ 12.4 Km, NE

Khalari reservoir ~ 8.8 Km,

SW

Pitni Nala ~ 8.8 Km, SSW

Sundhara Nala ~ 8.5 Km, N

Kholar Nala ~ 6.7 Km, ENE

Lilagar Nadi ~ 2.5 Km, SW


Lilagar Nadi ~ 670m,

SW

Pitni Nala ~ 8.9 Km,

WSW

Kholar Nala ~ 8.6 Km,

NE

Lilagar Nadi ~ 3.6 km NE

Pitni Nala ~ 0.3 Km, NW

Nearest Habitation

(Distance & Direction)

Nearest Habitation ~ 500m,

N, Batari

Nearest Habitation ~

140 m W, Hardibazar

Nearest Habitation ~ 200 m

NE, Andikachar

Nearest Highway

(National) /(State)

NH111 ~ 10.95 KM, NNW

Korba - Champa (SH-4) ~ 12

KM E

NH-111 ~ 17.4 KM,

NW

SH-4 ~ 17.30 KM, ENE

NH-111 ~ 15.5 KM, NW

SH-2~ 15 KM,NW

Nearest railway station Korba Railway Station

~16.22 Km, ESE

Korba Railway Station

~18.70 Km, ENE

Korba Railway Station

~23.33 Km, ENE

Nearest Railway Siding Near to Korba Railway

Station ~17.20 Km, ESE

Near to Korba Railway

Station ~19.80. Km,

ESE

Near to Korba Railway

Station ~24.40 Km, ESE

Status of land

Owned/To be owned

Granted on lease by CSIDC

Ltd. for 99 year period.

To be owned To be owned

Source of Raw material Different mine of SECL

Deepka ~ 2.5 km, SE

Gevra, ~ 3.0KM, S

Khushmunda ~ 12.60 KM,

SE

Different mine of SECL

Deepka ~ 3.85KM, NE

Gevra, ~ 1.5 KM,N

Khushmunda ~ 14.0

KM, ENE

Different mine of SECL

Deepka ~ 7.50 KM, SE

Gevra, ~ 2.60 KM, NE

Khushmunda ~ 18.45 KM,

ENE

End User

Name Nearby Power Plants,

Sponge iron Plant & Cement

plants

Nearby Power Plants,

Sponge iron Plant &

Cement plants

Nearby Power Plants,

Sponge iron Plant &

cement plants

Quantity

Destination

Distance

The Site 1 has been selected as it had all the favorable features and environmentally viable for

establishment of the project.

The Batari village site (site 1) is found to be suitable because of:





• Nearby roadway facility for transportation of raw material and finished product.

• Very less road transport is required for transportation of raw material from nearby coal mine.

Alternative site land use and Topographical Map showing the alternative sites are shown in Plates

5.1 and Figure 5.1.



Photographs of the alternative sites

PLATE 5.1: PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE ALTERNATIVE SITE LAND USE

Site 1: Batari Village

Site 2: Hardi Bazar village

Site 3: Andikachhar Village



FIGURE 5.1: MAP SHOWING LOCATIONS OF ALTERNATIVE SITES



The EAC committee during appraisal of the project for TOR recommended the proposed site

at Batari village for establishing the proposed coal washery project.

5.2 TECHNOLOGY ALTERNATIVES

In the coal washing process, there are various technologies available in India. The major

technologies are discussed in brief in the following paragraphs:

5.2.1 Dry Process

Pneumatic tables or Jig.

Rotary Breaker.

5.2.2 Wet Process

Natural media barrel Natural media cyclone Jig

Chance cone separate Heavy media Bath. Heavy media drum.

Heavy media cyclon Larcodem. Triflow separators.

Dyna Whirlpool sepa Vorsyl Separator Froth floatation

Column floatation Spiral

5.2.3 Brief description of some of the processes

Principles and techniques of different coal cleaning methods have been outlined below:

5.2.3.1 Jigging

The separation of coal from shale is accomplished in a form of fluidized bed created by a pulsing

column of water which produces a stratifying effect on the raw coal. This is quite different in its effect

from dense medium separation. This stratifying effect results in a definite order of deposition of all

fragments contained in the bed. The main purpose of the rising and falling column is to create what

is known as „dilation‟ or opening up of the bed, and it is the extent to which this dilation may be

controlled which governs the effectiveness of the separation.

During the pulsion, or rising part of the cycle, the bed is elevated en masse. But as the velocity

decreases towards the end of the pulsion stroke, the bed begins to dilate, with the bottom ceasing

motion first and the lowermost fragments commencing their descent. This produces an element of

freedom of movement for all fragments signalling the commencement of the various principal effects

leading to stratification. The most influential effects occurring during jigging are, in order of

occurrence.

dilation

differential acceleration

hindered settling

consolidated tracking

The Jig is divided into two compartments lengthwise, one completely sealed from the atmosphere-

called the air chamber- and one open section, which receives the material to be separated and

accommodates it during the stratification process. The water valve allows admission of „back water‟ at

a level below that of the bed plate. The longitudinal section is further divided into several sections or

compartments along the direction of flow. The purpose of this is to provide control over the separation

as the material moves along the box; hence each of these sections has its own individual air and

water controls. Two-elevator arrangement is the most common. In the first, moving along the direction

of flow, the heavier shale are separated. In the second, lighter stones and any middling are extracted.



The plate, which supports the coal and shale bed, usually referred to as the bed plate or screen plate,

allows the water current to raise and fall and is usually perforated. Fine material inevitably percolates

through the perforations to the hutch compartment and this is removed by screen conveyor which

delivers it to the bucket elevators.

Efficient collection of the product is of paramount importance. Washed Coal overflows the end of the

box together with the majority of the flowing water.

Merits

Water is used in this process instead of magnetite.

This process gives fairly good efficiency if the coal is easy to wash (low NGM like European

coal) at cut point gravity above 1.7 (deshaling application).

Large size coal upto (-) 100 mm can be fed to Jigs.

Demerits

Not a suitable process for washing Indian Coal which is “Exceedingly Difficult” to wash due to

high Near Gravity Material (NGM).

Mediocre efficiency.

Sensitive to variations in feed rate and / or characteristics.

Electronic adjustment system is complex and requires optimizing.

Efficiency becomes extremely low for gravities below 1.60.

The process misplacement is very high.

High EP (Ecart Probable) around 0.10 to 0.12.

Difficulties in maintaining good product quality.

5.2.4 Natural Media Barrel Washer

In a Barrel Washer, water flows through the Barrel causing stratification of lighter particles from

heavier particles which in turn separates washed coal from discards. Discards are removed from the

bottom of the Barrel by a counter current screw conveyor while the Washed Coal flows out of the

Barrel alongwith the flowing water.

Merits

Water is used in this process instead of magnetite.

This process gives fairly good efficiency if the coal is easy to wash (low NGM like European

coal) at cut point gravity above 1.7 (deshaling application).

Large size coal upto (-) 100 mm can be fed.

Demerits

Not a suitable process for washing Indian Coal which is “Exceedingly Difficult” to wash due to

high Near Gravity Material (NGM).

Mediocre efficiency.

Sensitive to variations in feed rate and / or characteristics.

Electronic adjustment system is complex and requires optimizing.

Efficiency becomes extremely low for gravities below 1.60.

The process misplacement is very high.

High EP (Ecart Probable) around 0.09 to 0.10.

Difficulties in maintaining good product quality.



5.2.5 Heavy Media Coarse Coal Bath

Static dense-medium bath behave in a similar way to laboratory float-sink apparatus. Two categories

of dense-medium baths, deep baths and shallow bath, have many common features. Float products

are removed from the top of the baths, usually by paddles or by the natural flow of the medium.

Discard removal varies from one type to another. Dense medium baths usually treat coal in the 100

mm x 6 mm size range.

Merits

The processes have good efficiency of separation for coal above 10/13 mm size.

Insensitive to variations in feed rate and / or characteristics.

Easy to adjust the separating gravity.

Wide range of separating gravity (1.30 – 1.90).

Fairly good Ep of around 0.06 can be achieved.

Demerits

Coal below 10/13 mm size shall have to be separately washed in H.M. Cyclone or small Coal

Jig which have lower efficiency.

If lower size coal is fed, the efficiency will fall drastically and also create other problems in

the bath.

Efficiency lower than HM cyclone process treating sized coal.

Availability of good magnetite is becoming a problem.

5.2.6 Heavy Media Cyclone Cleaning

Where only gravitational forces are involved in providing the downward or high density separating

force, the type of dense-medium separators employed treat only relatively coarse solids i.e., + 6 mm.

They cannot separate out particles smaller than 6 mm effectively, as for such small particles, gravity

is overridden by viscosity forces. What is required is a separating force surpassing gravity. As a

cyclone utilises the centrifugal force (e.g., 100 X gravity) for the separation of fractions, it became

possible also to treat fine-grained coal (sized, e.g. 0.5 mm to 6 mm). Because the force potential of

cyclone separator is great, it is possible to treat relatively large quantities of raw coal in a unit of small

physical size when compared to dense-medium baths. The corresponding relationship to this form of

separation is.

Settling Velocity, S = ê [S2/r X v (d – D) – R]

Where, v is the volume of coal sphere, d is the density of coal, D is the relative density of the fluid, R

is the resistance factor and r is the radius of the path of the grain.

The feed comprising raw coal and medium is introduced at a precise pressure into the tangential

inlet. The ensuing flow is rapid and spiralling towards the apex of the unit, and in the core of the

cyclone a very fast flow-rate creates centrifugal classification causing shale to move outwards

towards the inner wall of the conical shell. As a result shale is discharged from the spigot or nozzle

and coal is carried by the rising internal spiral towards the vortex finder to be discharged from the

overflow.

Merits

Due to higher efficiency of separation more yield of cleans.

The process can handle wide variation in capacity.

Specific gravity of separation can be adjusted very easily, if coal characteristics change.

Quantity of water handled much less compared to Jig Process.



Operation and maintenance is very easy.

Most suitable for coal having difficult washability characteristics.

Insensitive to variations in feed rate and / or characteristics.

Wide range of separating gravity (1.30 – 1.90).

Low Ep (0.025 to 0.035).

Demerits

As finely ground magnetite will be used there will be higher erosion in the pipe lines. High

Alumina Ceramic / Basalt lining, HDPE Pipes or extra thick pipe will reduce the problem.

In case of power failure there will be a chance of jamming. The contents of slurry lines are

drained out to overcome this problem. The drained material is pumped back to the system

after the plant is restarted.

Availability of good magnetite is becoming a problem.

5.2.7 Selection of Suitable Process

Selection of coal washing process depends mainly upon the following criterion:

Washability characteristic of input coal.

Size and quality (ash & moisture) requirement of products.

Like all other Indian coal deposits, SECL Coal deposits are of “drift” origin (unlike European,

Australian Or American coal which are of “Insitu” origin), hence, have very high Near Gravity Material

(NGM). Presence of high NGM (more than 20 units) in ROM coal makes the washing of coal very

difficult. Hence, selection of suitable washing process is of paramount importance for such coal.

Bird‟s classification of NGM Vis-à-Vis suitable washing process are indicated below:

NGM Type of Coal Process

0 – 7 Simple Coal Jig

7 – 10 moderately difficult Baths, tables, spirals

10 – 15 Difficult to wash

15 – 20 Very difficult HM Cyclone

20 – 25 exceedingly difficult

> 25 Formidable

The process efficiency point which is defined as Ecart Probable (Ep) for different processes are as

follows:

1. HM Cyclone : 0.025 to 0.035

2. HM Bath : 0.06 to 0.07

3. Jig : 0.10 to 0.12

4. Barrel : 0.09 to 0.10

Considering all the above mentioned factors and input raw coal data as well as quality

requirement of end products, it is recommended to install a Heavy Media Cyclone process.

CHAPTER-6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAMME


Chapter 6- Environmental monitoring programme

6-1

CHAPTER 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter presents the details of environmental monitoring schedule, institutional arrangements for

pollution control and cost for environmental monitoring program for the proposed project.

6.1.1 Implementation Schedule of Mitigation Measures

The mitigation measures suggested in Chapter-4 will be implemented so as to minimize the impact

on environment due to the operations of the proposed coal washery project. In order to facilitate easy

implementation of mitigation measures, these are phased as per the priority implementation as given

in Table 6.1.

TABLE 6.1

IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE FOR MITIGATION MEASURES

Sl. Mitigation Measures Implementation time Schedule

1 Air pollution control

measures

Continuous from commencement of

construction phase operations till life

of the washery

Interlocked APCS along with automatic

tripping mechanism. Periodic water

sprinkling arrangement, plantation from

start of construction phase.

2 Water pollution

control measures



of the washery

From beginning of construction phase

3 Noise control

measures



of the washery

From start of construction phase

4 Ecological

conservation and

upgradation



of the washery

From start of ground clearance, periodic

plantation programs in and around plant

area.

5. Socio-economic

welfare measures

May be started before start of

construction phase and will continued

annually till life of washery

Before start of construction phase,

continuous.

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.2.1 Proposed Environmental Monitoring Programme

Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution since the efficacy of control measures can

only be determined by monitoring. In the project operation stage, regular environmental monitoring

will be carried out as per the Environmental Monitoring Programme for the proposed coal washery

project. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the monitoring program will serve as an indicator

for any deterioration in environmental conditions, if any, due to operation of the washery and so that

suitable control measures can be adopted in time to safeguard the environment.

The objectives of environmental monitoring are to verify the results of the impact assessment study in

particular with regard to new developments

To follow the trend of parameters, which have been identified as critical;

To check or assess the efficacy of the controlling measures

To establish a database for future impact assessment studies for new/expansion projects

The environmental monitoring for the proposed coal washery operations will be conducted for

following aspects:



6-2

Ambient Air quality

Water table depth

Surface and ground water quality

CSR Activities


Soil Quality

Green belt & Plantation

The following routine monitoring program will be implemented under the post-project monitoring.

Air Pollution

The ambient air quality will be monitored as per EC Conditions/Central Pollution Control Board

guidelines at four locations in plant premises and four locations in nearby villages.

Water Table Depth

The depth of ground water table in the area will be monitored regularly in the wells/borewell located in

plant premises and in four nearby surrounding villages. The water table depth at Pre-monsoon (May

month) and Post Monsoon (December Month) will be measured and records will be maintained.

Surface and ground water quality

Water quality of nearby rivers/ nallahs/ ponds of project site will be monitored. Ground water samples

from four villages surrounding the project area will also be analyzed. The water quality monitoring will

be carried out once during every season. Relative parameters indicating physico-chemical and

bacteriological characteristics will be carried out as per standard methods.


Noise levels in the core zone and in surrounding villages will be monitored regularly. Ambient noise

level monitoring will be carried out at one location in the plant area (near plant office) and in four

locations in nearby villages. Noise level monitoring will be conducted once in each season.

Soil quality

Soil quality monitoring will be carried out in the plantation area within the plant premises and in the

agriculture fields located nearby the plant area and along transportation route. one sample from core

zone and 4 samples from nearby villages will be collected and analyzed, once in a year, preferably

during dry season.

CSR Activities

Social welfare activities will be conducted in nearby villages (Batari and within 5.00 km radial distance

from the project site) will be regularly monitored for their effectiveness and accordingly new activities

will be planned.

The management is committed to uplift the standards of living of the villagers by undertaking

following activities / responsibilities as per the corporate social responsibility.

Health and Hygiene

Village roads

Drinking water

Street lightings

Education for poor

The proposed environmental monitoring schedule is given in Table 6.2.



6-3

TABLE 6.2

PROPOSED ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING SCHEDULE

Sr. No.

Environmental Aspect

Locations Parameters for monitoring

Schedule/ frequency of Monitoring

Air Environment

1 Ambient Air Quality 8 (4 in Plant area 4 in nearby villages)

PM10, PM 2.5, SO2, NOx, CO etc.

Quarterly Monitoring with 24 hours sampling as per CPCB monitoring guidelines.

Noise Environment

2 Ambient Noise Levels

5 (1 in plant area 4 in nearby villages)

Noise levels in dB(A)

Hourly noise level for 24 hours, once in each season

Water Environment

3 Surface and ground water quality

Water table depth

6, from rivers/ Nallahs/ ponds from the project site, ground water from 4 nearby villages} 5 (1 in core zone and in nearby 4 villages)

As per IS:10500 2012 standards Depth of water level

Grab sampling, once during each season Once each in May and December month every year

Land Environment

4 Soil Quality 5 (Plantation in plant area and agriculture fields in 4 villages)

Physical-chemical and nutrition properties of soil

Once in a year, preferably during dry season.


5 CSR activities Nearby villages Implementation status and need based assessment

Quarterly

6.2.2 Monitoring Methods and Data Analysis of Environmental Monitoring

Environmental monitoring of ambient air quality, surface and groundwater quality, ambient noise

levels, etc. will be carried out through MoEFCC approved/ NABL accredited agencies regularly and

reports will be submitted to CECB/MoEF.

6.3 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY OF THE COMPANY

6.3.1 Environmental, Health and Safety Policy of the Company

M/s. CG Coal & Power Ltd., has declared its environmental policy with focus on adoption of clean and

green technology in all its operations to protect the environment.

It is of utmost concern for a company to conduct its business in a manner that will promote the

protection of the occupational health, safety and welfare of its employees and others involved in or

affected by its business operations and address environmental concerns regarding sustainable

development.

To be a responsive and responsible corporate citizen and to develop an organizational culture

with environmental excellence.

Conserve the resources by optimization in use.

As an integral part of the company’s business performance, the company is committed to achieve

high levels of performance in health, safety and environment.

Continual improvement in our environmental performance

The environment policy of the company will be continuously reviewed and improved which is

essential for the future success of the company.



6-4

6.3.2 Organization Set-up

The company has clearly defined duties and responsibilities for the employees.

6.3.3 Environmental Management Cell

An Environmental Management Cell (EMC) will be established for the proposed coal washery project

under the control of G.M. (Coal washery). The EMC will be headed by an Environmental Manager

having adequate qualification and experience in the field of environmental management. The

structure of EMC will be as follows:

FIGURE 6.1: ORGANIZATION CHART FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

The responsibilities of EMC will be as follows:

1. Implementation of pollution control measures as suggested in Environmental Management

Plan and recommended in EC

2. Conducting environmental monitoring as per EMP and EC stipulation through external

laboratories approved by MoEF/CECB and NABL

3. Ensuring compliance with other conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance for the

project.

4. Ensuring compliance with the conditions stipulated in 'Consent to Operate' for the project.

5. Timely submission of compliance status to MoEF/CECB

6. Seeking experts guidance, as and when required.

7. Conducting CSR activities in nearby villages.

8. Interactions for evolving and implementation of modification programs to improve the

availability / efficiency of pollution control devices / systems.

6.3.4 Audit & Review

Review and audit is essentially a management tool. However, its application is crucial at the

operational level for verification and feedback on the effectiveness of organization system and

environmental performance. Basically, auditing involves in the following items:

Line management system awareness and training

Procedures: standards, targets Plans: Waste, contingency, pollution control compliance

Verify environmental impact verify mitigation

G.M. (Coal Washery)

Environmental Manager

External Laboratory Approved by MoEF/NABL/CECB & NABET

accredited Environment consultant

Chemist (1) Field Assistant (1) CSR Manager (1)

Horticulture expert (1) Gardener (1)

Water Sprinkler Operators (2) Unskilled Labour (1)

Managing Director



6-5

assessment

reporting and communication

documentation

feedback

Internal Audit:

A system of HSEC auditing will be undertaken at each plant operation and includes the use of trained

internal and external auditors. In addition, auditing should be undertaken to ensure compliance with

all the applicable legislations.

Audit Type Frequency:

Internal: - From other site in-charge every 6 months

External - independent expert every 12 months

The company shall depute internal / external auditors who are trained and certified as competent

EMS auditors by an independent and external standard organization. The results of monitoring and

auditing shall be regularly reported through the senior management team to ensure that action items

are addressed.

6.3.5 Non-conformity, Corrective Action and Preventive Action

As per the Environmental Policy of the company, non-conformities, corrective actions and preventive

actions shall be managed in accordance with Non-conformance, Preventive and Corrective Action

Procedure. This procedure, which relates to all projects of the company, details the processes to be

utilized with respect to the identification of non-conformances, the application of appropriate

corrective actions(s) to address non-conformances and the establishment of preventive actions to

avoid non-conformances. The key elements of the process include:

1. Identification of Non-conformance and /or Non-compliance

2. Recording of Non-conformance and/or Non-compliance

3. Evaluation of the Non-conformance and/or Non-compliance to determine specific corrective and

preventive actions

4. Corrective and preventive actions to be assigned to responsible persons and

5. Management Review of corrective actions to ensure the status and effectiveness of the actions

6.3.6 Management Review

A comprehensive review of the objectives and targets associated with the individual project of the

company shall be undertaken on an annual basis via the business planning (1 year outlook) and

business strategy (5 year outlook) processes. These reviews, which include involvement from the

senior site management and other key personnel, assess the performance of the plant over the

previous year and develop goals and targets for the following period.

6.4 BUDGET ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Proposed budget for implementation of the Environmental Monitoring Programme is given in Table

6.3. The budget will be increased, if required, as per the actual conditions at site.



6-6

TABLE 6.3

PROPOSED BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

Sl. Particulars Capital Cost Recurring cost

(Rs. In lakhs)

1 Surface and ground water quality Ambient Air

Quality Monitoring

5 5

2 Surface and Ground water quality and depth of

water table

2.5 1.5

3 Ambient noise levels Monitoring 0.5 0.5

4 Soil Quality Monitoring 0.5 1.5

5 Environment Audit 2.5 1.5

Total 11 10

CHAPTER-7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

EIA-EMP for Proposed 2x2 MTPA Coal Washery (Wet Process) in an area of 8.195 ha at Village - Batari, Tehsil - Khatgora, District – Korba, State- Chhattisgarh M/s. CG Coal & Power Ltd.

Chapter 7- Additional studies 7-1

CHAPTER 7: ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

The EIA-EMP report for proposed 2 X 2 MTPA Coal washery project located at village Batari, Tehsil

Katghora, District Korba in Chhattisgarh state is prepared as per the ToR issued by EAC, MoEFCC,

New Delhi and, the report submitted for public consultation process as per the provision made in EIA

Notification 2006 and amendments thereof.

Public hearing was conducted on 07.02.2018, at 11 am proposed washery site. The

issues/suggestions made by the local people, NGO’s of area and commitments made by the Project

Proponent during the public hearing are incorporated in this chapter.

7.1.1 PUBLIC HEARING DETAILS

As per EIA notification, in respect of the project was published in newspapers namely “The Times of

India” on 06-01-2018 in English daily and Dainik Bhaskar on 06-01-2018 in Hindi daily in order to

receive notices inviting comments, views, objection and suggestions, if any from the public. The

proceeding of public hearing conducted by Regional Officer, Korba, CECB, Chhattisgarh under the

chairmanship of Additional District Collector. Further about 248 nos. of representations were received

during public hearing. The details about public hearing proceedings enclosed separately on

MoEFCC, New Delhi.

The following members were present during the public hearing.

Sr. No. Name Position

1. Additional District Collector, Korba Chairman

2.. Shri R P Shinde (Regional Officer)

Chhattisgarh Environment Conservation Board, Korba CG

Member

3. Other officials of CECB, Chhattisgarh As support officials

OTHER MEMBERS Sr. No. Name Position

1. Shri. Arvind Kumar Sharma

General Manager, GM Corporate Affairs ( Nakoda Group) M/s. CG Coal & Power Ltd.

2. Shri. Rajendra Korde Shri. Shrikant B. Vyawhare Shri. Swarup Tripathy

Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

7.1 PHOTOGRAPHS OF PUBLIC HEARING



7.1.2 PUBLIC CONSULTATION IN LOCAL DAILIES

The public consultation coverage in local Newspaper is attached in Annexure – XI

7.1.3 MAJOR ISSUES RAISED DURING PUBLIC HEARING AND REPLY BY PROJECT

PROPONENT

Sl. Objections/ comments/ suggestion Action Plan by Project Proponent

1. Environmental standards should be

strictly follow for proposed coal

washery

The proposed coal washery will be established and operated

under the conditions stipulated in Environmental clearance from

MoEFCC, New Delhi, CPCB guidelines and Chhattisgarh

Environmental Conservation Board.

2. Coal washery Management should

co-operate in CSR activities

CSR activities will be carried out in surrounding villages in

consultation with Grampanchayat as per CSR policy under

Companies Act and MoEF&CC guidelines.

Budgetary provision for socio-economic welfare activities:

35.5 Lakhs (capital cost) and Rs. 26.6 Lakhs (recurring cost)

Budgetary provision earmarked under CER:

Provision of Rs. 120 Lakhs has been earmarked for

implementation of CER activities

Time Frame: Immediate started during construction Phase

3. Employment should be given to

locals

In the proposed coal washery 90% employment will be given to

locals and if required to provide technical education to them, 75%

expenditure will be shared by M/s. CG Coal & Power Ltd. Total

employment of 85 persons will be given in phase wise manner

i.e. Phase I-48 persons and Phase II-37 persons.

Time Frame: Immediate started during operation Phase

4. Development of Batari village will

have to do by project management

M/s. CG Coal & Power Ltd. will assist local government

(Grampanchayat) for development of the village.

Adoption of Batari village and development of basic infrastructure

facilities including dispensary, etc.








5. Coal Washery Project management

should developed green belt and

care should be taken for the

environment

Company will developed 33% Green belt. The green belt will be

planted before implementation of the project activity.

Green Belt: Capital Cost : 6.4 Lakhs and Recurring Cost 3.9

Lakhs towards green belt development cost


6. Support should be provided by

Project management to Woman’s

group in the nearby project area.

Support through CSR activities will be provided to Women’s Self

Help groups in the nearby villages.

Budgetary provision for socio-economic welfare activities:

35.5 Lakhs (capital cost) and Rs. 26.6 Lakhs (recurring cost)





7. Ground water extracted for the

washing or coal thus ground water

level will be depleted and ultimately it

is expected to water scarcity for the

villagers.

There will be no ground water extraction for project requirement.

Water will be sourced from surface water i.e. Fulzar anicut.

Required permission from water resources department is

obtained. Rainwater harvesting measures will also carried out

within plant premises and also nearby villages under CSR

activities.

Budgetary provision: Capital cost Rs. 5 Lakhs and Recurring

Cost 0.5 Lakhs

Time Frame: constructed during construction Phase

8. Project management will have to

create facilitate for water, education,

electricity, health and road in Batari

village

Project proponent will contribute in development of water,

education, electricity, health and road facilities in Batari village in

consultation with village Panchayat under CSR activities.

Budgetary Provision for Strengthening of Bilaspur- Pali upto

project site 400 m Capital cost: Rs. 50 Lakhs and Rs.2 Lakhs

Recurring Cost

Time Frame: Immediate started after completion of construction

Phase

9. Dust nuisance will be created and

villagers will induced to face the

same due to establishment and

operation of proposed washery.

Dust will be controlled through regular water sprinkling within

plant area along with approach road. Thick plantation will be

developed along the plant boundary to restrict dust emission.

This will act as a dust screen. Transportation will be carried out

through tarpaulin covered trucks. Sprinklers with automatic

sensors will be installed to control fugitive emission at strategic

locations.

Budgetary provision under EMP:

Rs. 492 Lakhs Capital cost and Rs. 121 Lakhs Recurring Cost

Time Frame: partly during construction and partly during

operation phase

10. Conditions in ToR not complied

by Project Management.

Project management not adhered

to ToR conditions

All conditions in ToR letter are complied and provided in EIA-

EMP report.

Pointwise TOR compliance is provided in the beginning of

chapter scheme.




11. Impact on nearby areas due to air

pollution not addressed in EIA report

Impact of the air pollution on the nearby areas has been already

identified and mitigation measures are provided in Chapter 4 of

the EIA report.

12. Air Pollution levels mentioned in EIA

reports seems to be very low

Baseline studies conducted during Oct’ to Dec’ - 2015 carried out

by Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur which is MoEF&CC

recognized, NABL approved and QCI-NABET accredited

Category A EIA Consultant organization. AAQM studies

conducted as per NAAQ, CPCB and the results of the ambient

air monitoring obtained at the time of monitoring are incorporated

in the EIA.

13. ACB India Ltd. coal washery

already located near to village

Batari is already in operation and

again commissioning of new

washery will create pollution.

Dipka, Gevra and Kusmunda

waheries are already operated

near to village batari and the

surrounding area is already

polluted.

The air modeling has been carried out for study of air pollution

load with the addition of proposed coal washery. The predicted

maximum incremental rise in ground level concentration (GLC)

for Particulate Matter, SO2 & NOx due to proposed activities will

be within prescribed limits.

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be implemented to

minimize and control the pollution.



Time Frame: partly during construction and partly during

operation phase

14. The distance between proposed

coal washery and Indus Public

School is very less and thus

unlikely health impact on children

school will be created.

Due to establishment of coal

washery air, water and noise

pollution will create illness to

children of Indus public school.

Regular plying of heavy vehicles

causes increased in chances of

risk of accident.

Site specific & sufficient care will be taken to avoid air pollution

impacts towards school side.

Wind barrier and 5m greenbelt will be developed. Water

sprinklers will be installed to suppress dust emission. Further, it

is wet type coal washery which will minimize fugitive emissions

significantly. Retention wall 25 feet height will be constructed

along 335 feet at the common boundary of proposed coal

washery and school. Nearby boundary wall high pressure jet

sprinklers will be installed to avoid fugitive dust.

Note – Land area of CG coal was acquired by CSIDC in 2004, for

proposed coal washery and allied industries, 100 % amount is

paid by CG coal in 2004-05. Adjoining school is intentionally

constructed in 2014 by business competitor and management of

CG Coal is prepared to take over school alongwith their building

and relocate at suitable place as advised by local authority.

Appropriate mitigation measures will be taken to control air,

water and noise pollution from the proposed coal washery.

Wind barrier and three tier plantation will be done. Further, the

process implemented is wet type, which will minimize fugitive

emissions significantly.

To reduce chances of road accidents following measures will be

taken:

Posting of Traffic sentries at strategic junctions, near

schools, etc.




Kanya (Girls) Ashram is about

150 meter from coal washery

thus, health of children will be

deteriorated.

Provision of speed breakers, traffic signals, etc. at strategic

locations.

Transportation will be banned before 30 min start and 30 min

after closure time of school.


Conducting awareness programs for traffic safety.

Kanya (Girls) Ashram school is located more than 150 m

arial distance in NE direction. Implementation of EMP

measures will minimize the adverse impacts.

15. The distance from proposed coal

washery and school and college are

very less thus it will be affected due

to air pollution.

Coal will be transported through tarpaulin covered trucks and

water sprinkling will be carried on the road. Coal will be

transported within the carrying capacity of the trucks and limiting

the speed of the trucks. Green belt will be developed in an

around plant premises



16. Transportation of Raw and washed

coal will be carried through truck

thus, surrounding area will be

affected due to air pollution.

Coal will be transported through tarpaulin cover trucks and

maximum water sprinkiling will be done on the road. Coal will be

transported within the carrying capacity of the trucks and limiting

the speed of the trucks. The proposed coal washery is only 0.4

km from Bilaspur-Pali state highway.

17. Korba district comes under 5th

Schedule. No any industries will be

allowed without permission of

Gramsabha. This area is already

polluted, hence, the type of project

which does not create any pollution

will be established

Gramsabha permission was obtained for proposed coal washery

on 16 June’2004. As per the guidelines, Coal washery shall be

located near pithead. Proposed coal washery is at 2.5 km away

from Dipka mines. Coal will be transported through existing

Bilaspur-Pali road and the distance of coal washery is only 400 m

from this road. The coal will be transported through tarpaulin

covered trucks and regular water sprinkling will be done on the

road.

18. Coal transportation should be carried

out through rail for coal washery

Production of coal from the mines of this region was increased by

Coal Ministry however; there is inadequate rail network and rail

siding for transport of coal. Hence most of the coal is transported

by road network. Proposed coal washery is at 2.5 km away from

Dipka mines. Coal will be transported through existing Bilaspur -

Pali road and the distance of coal washery is only 400 m from

this road. Since there is no existing railway siding in the vicinity

of the proposed plant site, raw coal will be transported to the

plant by road in covered trucks. The mode of transport of washed

coal will depend on the MoU with the customers who may have

option either road transport or rail.

However, CG coal is prepared to install closed conveyor belt

subject to allotment of land from coal loading point to washery

site and development of rail network in adjoining area for

dispatch of washed and reject coal subject to prior approvals




from authorities concerned.

19. How much distance of village is

required from project site.

For the proposed coal washery, government has allotted 20.25

acres of land and the land is only 400 m from this Bilaspur - Pali

road. There is no habitation on this road. Batari village is more

than 1 km from project site.

20. Agriculture is main occupation of

locals at village Batari and nearby

area. Impact to agriculture will be

created through proposed coal

washery. Dust and particulate will be

generated to nearby area due to coal

transportation. School is near to the

washery site.

Impact on irrigation is not mention in

EIA report

Sufficient care will be taken to avoid air pollution impacts towards

school side. Wind barrier and three tier plantation will be done.

Water sprinklers will be installed to suppress dust emission.

Further, the process implemented is wet type, which will

minimize fugitive emissions significantly.

All internal conveyor system will be covered, bag filter will be

installed, there will be continuous water sprinkling on feed hopper

during crushing and screening and dense plantation in and

around the plant site will be take up which will rule out any

possibility of dust pollution and effect on crops. Zero discharge

norms will be followed. However, provision of additional budget

for dust control along transport road is Rs. 18.0 Lakhs capital

cost and Rs. 5.5 Lakhs towards recurring cost will be made.

21. 90% employment should provide to

people at village Batari.

In the proposed coal washery 90% employment will be given to

locals. For imparting specific training needs for coal washery, CG

Coal and Power Ltd., agrees to contribute 75% expenditure and

upon satisfactory performance will absorb him.

Total direct employment of 85 persons will be given in phase

wise manner i.e. Phase I-48 persons and Phase II-37 persons.

22. Dust generated due to coal washery

unlikely health impact will be created.

Sufficient care will be taken to avoid air pollution impacts. Wind

barrier and thick plantation will be done. Water sprinklers will be

installed to suppress dust emission. Further, the coal washing



As part of compliance health checkup of workers will be

conducted and records will be kept open for statutory

compliances. Occupational Health & Safety

Budget: Cap. Cost Rs. 11.0 Lakhs & Recurring cost Rs. 3 Lakhs

Timeframe: During commissioning of project

23. Road accident Appropriate mitigation measures will be taken to control air,

water and noise pollution from the proposed coal washery.

Wind barrier and three tier plantation will be done. Further, the



To reduce chances of road accidents following measures will be

taken:

Posting of Traffic sentries at strategic junctions, near

schools, etc.

Provision of speed breakers, traffic signals, etc. at strategic

locations.





Conducting awareness programs for traffic safety.

Transportation will be banned before 30 min start and 30 min

after closure time of school.

24. The government has not done

allocation of land for proposed coal

washery as per rule.

20.25 acres Land is allotted by CSIDC as per applicable rules

and regulations on 99 year of lease on dtd. 15th Feb 2008 and 2

nd

June 2014. Required formalities for land acquisition was

completed by CSIDC in 2004-05.

25. Environmental clearance to the

projects shall not be provided within

already polluted area

The project proponent has applied to the MoEFCC for getting

environmental clearance. MoEFCC has granted site specific ToR

for EIA Studies. After complying public hearing comments, Final

EIA will be submitted to MoEFCC for grant of Environmental

Clearance.

26. Air pollution critical situation is

become hide through data and

numbers.

The baseline studies during October to December 2015 carried

out by Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur which is MoEF&CC


Category A, EIA Consultant organization. AAQM studies

conducted as per NAAQ, CPCB and results of the ambient air

monitoring obtained at the time of monitoring are incorporated in

the EIA.


load added by proposed coal washery. Result shows that the

Particulate Matter, SO2 & NOx will be well within prescribed

limits. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be

implemented to minimize and control the pollution.

27. Load on existing water resources as

well as natural flow due to additional

allocation of water.

The source of water will be Fulzar Anicut on Ganjha nallah (4.1

km road distance in NNE direction). All the process effluent

generated in the plant will be treated in thickeners and will be

recycled in the coal washing process. Zero discharge norms will

be followed. In view of conservation of water, rainwater

harvesting will be carried out in the plant. Surface run-off from

the plant area will be collected in a settling tank through a

network of drains and the water will be used in the process,

thereby reducing the drawl of water. Rainwater from roof tops will

be collected in a rainwater harvesting tank and will be allowed to

percolate to ground through a scientifically designed rainwater

harvesting system. Ground water will not be used for industrial

purpose.

28. Misleading information related to

transportation of Raw coal, washed

coal and reject coal are given.

Factual information related to coal transportation is provided in

the EIA report.

29. Establishment and operation of coal

washery leads to create unlikely

impacts on wildlife not given in EIA

report.

There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, and Biosphere

Reserve, Wildlife Corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves etc. within

15 km radius of the project site. Four protected & rest of open

mixed jungle exists in the buffer zone of the proposed coal

washery area.

Possible impacts and mitigation measures is incorporated in EIA

report pertaining to biological environment. In order to improve

the existing habitat biological conservation plan along with




budgetary allocations of Rs. 15 Lacs provided in EIA-EMP report.

30. Information related to which CFBC

power plant provides reject coal from

proposed coal washery not given in

EIA report.

The company will get requisite quantity of coal on Job work basis

from the SECL consumers. Considering prevailing scenario

unless proposed coal washery is installed and in operation no

power plant is willing to sign MOU for disposal of reject grade

coal. Hence this condition should be relaxed at this stage.

31. Coal washery are shifted in orange

category, it doesn’t mean that

environmental consequences to be

neglected

All possible environmental impacts have been already identified

and mitigation measures are provided irrespective of revised

categorization given by CPCB. Proposed coal washery will be

commissioned and operated after implementation of site specific

environment conditions.

32. Mitigation measures related to

control road accident not adequately

given in EIA report.

Mitigation measures related to traffic, road accidents are already

covered in Ch. 4 under Control Measures for Impacts due to

increase in Traffic of EIA report.

33. As per 5th Schedule Tribe 244 (1) it is

non constitutional to established coal

washery and power plant in tribe

area without Gramsabha permission.

The false permission taken

As per the guidelines, the proposed Coal washery is located near

pithead, just 2.5 km away from Dipka mines. Gramsabha

permission was obtained on 16 June’2004 for land allotment by

CSIDC for proposed coal washery.

34. Village batari is not suitable place for

proposed coal washery as 3 coal

mines and various coal washery and

power plant already comprises within

7 km from Batari village.

The Batari village site is found to be most suitable site because

of:

Land allotted by CSIDC Ltd. for industrial use.

Availability of Barren land.

Ample availability of raw material i.e. SECL coal mines and

natural resources including water.

Remoteness from sensitive area like forest, water body and

habitation.

Nearby roadway facility for transportation of raw material and

finished product.

Very less road transport is required for transportation of raw

material from nearby coal mine.

The analysis of alternative sites was already discussed

during scoping stage and ToR was granted by MoEFCC,

New Delhi accordingly dtd. 18/08/2015.

35. If proposed coal washery established

at village Batari then project

management should facilitate

electricity, education, health water for

village Batari.

M/s. CG Coal & Power Ltd. will assist local government

(Grampanchayat) for development of the village. Adoption of

Batari village and development of basic infrastructure facilities

including dispensary, etc.








36. Ambient Air Quality levels are

already at higher side at village

Batari and nearby area.

Nevertheless, public hearing is

conducted to established the project

The baseline studies during October to December 2015 carried

out by Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur which is MoEF&CC


Category A, EIA Consultant organization. AAQM studies

conducted as per NAAQ, CPCB and results of the ambient air

monitoring obtained at the time of monitoring are incorporated in

the EIA.


load by proposed coal washery. Result shows that the Particulate

Matter, SO2 & NOx will be well within prescribed limits.



37. Korba comes under Critical Pollution

Zone thus washery should not be

established.

MoEFCC has issued ToR dtd. 18/08/2015 based on the site

specific conditions after ascertaining required scoping. The

company will fulfill environmental conditions and implement EMP.

38. Impact on Surface water and natural

water due to proposed project

activities are not given in EIA report

Impact on surface & natural water due to proposed project

activity are already covered under Chapter 4.

39. EIA report not clarifies transportation

of coal through rail or road.

Proposed coal washery is at 2.5 km away from Dipka mines.

Coal will be transported through existing Bilaspur - Pali road and

the distance of coal washery is only 400 meter from this road.

Once the coal washery is fully installed and operational may be

within next three to five years, project proponent is planning for

development of suitable railway siding / tie up with the nearby

railway siding / proposed rail corridor (nearer to washery site) for

transport of washed/reject coal; subject to desired permissions

granted by the authorities concerned. This will further reduce

road transport and its effects.

40. Biological conservation plan not clear

in EIA report

As per study, Biological conservation plan is prepared and

incorporated in EIA report.

41. Impact on natural flow of water not

mentioned in EIA report

The required drainage system and disposal due to rain water

within plant area is well addressed in layout plan. Impact on

surface & natural water due to proposed project activity are

already covered under Chapter 4.

42. Environmental and Social impact due

to Supply of water from Fulzar Anicat

for the project purpose are not given

in EIA report.

WRD Chhattisgarh has given approval for supply of 1300 M3/day

surface water from Fulzer Anicat on Ganja Nala. 4.1 Km pipe line

will be laid by CG Coal & Power for regular supply of water for

proposed coal washery. Details are provided in EIA report refer

Ch.2 and Annexure attached showing pipeline route.

43. Dust nuisance will be created due to

transportation of coal from heavy

vehicle.

Dust generated will be controlled by; a) 33% green belt

development. b) Regular water sprinkling. c) Thick plantation will

be developed along the plant boundary to develop green belt d)

continuous water sprinkling on coal crusher. This will act as a

dust screen. d) Transportation through tarpaulin covered trucks.

e) Use of sophisticated machineries f) Use of bag filter to arrest

particulate matter from coal crusher.








44. Impact on human health not

mentioned in EIA report

The health status within study area in particular to human health

are already given in Ch. 3 and suggested mitigation Impacts

related to public health socio-economic improvement measures

provided in section 4.3.10.2 in Ch.4.

45. As per ToR transportation of coal

should be carried out through

conveyor belt whereas transportation

of coal shall be carried out through

truck mentioned in EIA report

Coal transport through conveyor belt internally within the plant

premises whereas coal transportation from nearest mine to

proposed coal washery will be carried out through road by

covered truck.

The project proponent is ready and willing to install/establish

close conveyor belt from Mine to washery site for transportation

of coal. Subject to desired permissions granted by the authorities

concerned.

46. No information about the cumulative

impacts of the project and other

nearby coal washeries given in report

Cumulative impacts were already identified and addressed for

various environmental components including Air, Water, in

Chapter 4.

47. Action plan for air pollution and its

mitigation measures are not given

Mitigation measures are provided in Chapter 4 and EMP is

provided in Chapter 10 and action plan are enclosed as

Annexure XIII.

48. Misleading information given about

eco-sensitive area. Study area falls

within eco-sensitive area.

There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, and Biosphere

Reserve, Wildlife Corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves etc. within

10 km radius of the project site. Four protected & rest of open

mixed jungle exists in the buffer zone of the proposed coal

washery area.

49. The EIA report does not contain

any information on details of the

storm water network, process it

layout and management plan.

No mine water used in the

project and thus water stress in

the region would be arise due to

surface water supply for

washery.

The required drainage system and disposal due to rain water

within plant area is well addressed in layout plan. Impact on

surface & natural water due to proposed project activity are

already covered under Chapter 4 Rainwater harvesting

structures (recharge well and recharge trench) will be developed

within plant premises for ground water recharge by scientifically

designed rainwater harvesting system. Considering ample

availability of water WRD have sanctioned for supply of 1300

KLPD water thru Fulzer anicut 4.1 KM NNE from project site.

50. Why Coal Washary shall be

established in Batari village where as

public school is adjacent to washary.

Private land was purchased by one of local industrialist for

commercial use in 2008-2009 but handed over to school in

charity so that they can oppose proposed coal washery in future.

School building was constructed in 2014.




The process of establishment of proposed coal washery was

started in 2001-2002 under CG Government Industrial Policy

2001-2006. 20.25 acres of land was allotted by CSIDC after

completion of due diligence in 2003-2004 which is near to Dipka

mines.

The government has allotted 20.25 acres of industrial land on 99

years lease and MOU was also signed.

The Batari village proposed coal washery site is found to be most

suitable because of its proximity 2.5 km from Dipka mines and

Bilaspur-Pali road on 400 m.

Adequate preventive measures will be taken to avoid air pollution

impacts towards school side. Wind barrier and three tier

plantation will be done. Water sprinklers will be installed to

suppress dust emission. Further, the process implemented is wet

type, which will minimize fugitive emissions significantly. Coal will

be transported through tarpaulin covered trucks. The company

will follow all terms and condition of the EC letter to kept pollution

level well within prescribed limits. Environmental Management

Plan (EMP) will be implemented to minimize and control the

pollution. In the Indus Public school, wards of School

management and officers of the industries are studying and

students from nearby villages almost nil. The school

management has also not followed “Right to Education Act”.

If required Government can acquire the school land and shift the

school another suitable place. In this case CG Coal will bear the

expenditure for relocation of school.

The above chronological order is self explanatory and speaks

loudly about the ill intensions.

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT

7.2.1 Introduction

Risk analysis deals with the identification and quantification of risks, the plant equivalent and

personnel are exposed to, due to accidents resulting from the hazards present in the factory. Hazard

analysis involves the identification and quantification of the various hazards that are likely to occur in

the industry.

The various hazard analysis techniques that may be applied are Hazard and Operability (HAZOP)

studies, Fault - Tree Analysis (FTA), event –tree analysis and failure and effects mode analysis. Risk

analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and assessment of risks

the neighboring populations are exposed to as result of hazard present. This requires a thorough

knowledge of failure probability, credible accident scenario, vulnerability of populations etc. Much of

this information is difficult to get or generate. Consequently, the risk analysis is often confined to

maximum creditable accident studies.



7.2.2 Scope of the Study

The scope of study includes the study of proposed operations, storage and handling of raw materials

with respect to Hazard Identification. Risk Assessment and preparation of Disaster Management plan.

Based on the Hazard Identification and analysis, the major disaster scenarios would be worked out to

estimate the consequence of failure. A Disaster Management Plan (DMP) would also be evolved to

meet the emergency situation including the occupational health and safety.

7.2.3 Fire Protection System

The following Fire Protection system will be provided in the plant.

Hydrant system covering the entire plant including all important auxiliaries and buildings.

The system will be complete with piping, valves instrumentation, hoses, nozzles and hydrants,

valves etc.

Portable extinguishers such as pressurized water type, carbon dioxide type and foam type will be

located at strategic locations throughout the plant.

Modular type carbon dioxide panel injection fire extinguishing system will be provided at

unmanned electrical and electronic equipment room.

The following pumps will be provided in the fire protection system.

Fire water pumps.

(Fire water reservoir is part of the main water reservoir)

a) AC motor driven fire water pumps for hydrant.

b) Diesel engine driven pump as stand by for the above.

c) Jackey pump 1 no. (AC motor driven) for maintaining pressure.

Suitable number of electric motor driven and diesel engine operated hydrant and spray pumps with

automatic starting will be provided for the above systems. The fire water pumps will take suction from

the fire water reservoir to be created in the plant area.

7.2.4 Methodology of MCA Analysis

The MCA Analysis involved ordering and ranking of various sections in terms of potential

vulnerability. The following steps were involved in MCA Analysis.

Preparation of an inventory of major storages and rank them on the basis of their hazard

properties.

Identification of potentially hazardous storage sections and representative failure cases from

the vessels and the pipelines.

Visualization of chemical release scenarios.

Effect and damage calculation from the release cases through mathematical modeling.

Inventory Analysis and Fire & Explosion and Toxicity Index (FETI) are the two techniques

employed for hazard identification process.

7.2.5 Fire & Explosion and Toxicity Index

The role of Fire & Explosion Index (FEI) aids quantitative hazard identification. The FEI is calculated

by evaluating the loss potential of all the units in the storage area and the hazardous areas were

classified accordingly. The role of FEI is

Identification of the equipment/areas that could likely contribute to the creation or escalation of

incident and relatively rank the incidents.



Quantification of the expected damage of potential fire and explosion incidents.

Preparation of guidelines for mitigating fire hazards.

The loss potential which could actually be experienced under the most adverse operating conditions

is quantitatively evaluated. The FEI is used for any operation in which a flammable, combustible or

reactive material is stored, handled or processed.

FEI = MF x GPH x SPH

Where

MF: Material factor

GPH: General Process Hazard

SPH: Special Process Hazard

Toxicity Index

The Toxicity Index is calculated using the Nh, Ts, GPH and SPH. TI is calculated by the

following formula.

(Nh + Ts) x (1 + GPH + SPH)

TI = -------------------------------------------

100

Where, Nh: Health Index (Nh)-0-4 , Ts: Penalty depends on Maximum allowable concentration

7.2.6 Assessment of Risk for proposed Coal Washery Unit

Based on the storage inventory the following areas are identified as potential safety risk areas are

shown in Table 7.1.

TABLE 7.1

POSSIBLE RISKS FROM THE PROPOSED PLANT

S. No. Area Hazards identified

1 Coal handling plant Fire and/ or dust explosion

2 Coal storage Fire, spontaneous combustion

3 Fuel/Diesel Storage Fire and / or explosion

Coal Handling Plant - Dust Explosion

Coal dust when dispersed in air and ignited may explode in confined places. Crusher houses and

conveyor systems are most susceptible to this hazard. The minimum of explosive concentration of

coal dust (33% volatiles) is 50 grams/m3. Failure of dust extraction & suppression systems may lead

to abnormal conditions and increasing the concentration of coal dust to the explosive limits. The

sources of ignition are incandescent bulbs, electric equipment & cables, friction & spontaneous

combustion in accumulated dust. Dust explosion may occur without any warning with maximum

explosion pressure upto 6.4 bars. Another dangerous characteristic of dust explosions is that it sets

off secondary explosions after the occurrence of initial dust explosion.

Stock pile area shall be provided with automatic garden type sprinklers for dust suppression as well

as to reduce spontaneous ignition of coal stock piles, necessary water distribution network will be

provided for distributing water at all transfer points, crusher house, control room, etc.



A centralized control room with microprocessor based control system has been envisaged for

operation of the coal handling plant. Except locally controlled equipment like travelling tripper, dust

extraction / dust suppression / ventilation equipment, sump pumps, water distribution system all other

in line equipment will have provision for local control as well. All necessary inter local control panels

will be provided for safe and reliable operation of the coal handling plant.

Control measures for coal yard

The entire quantity of coal will be stored in separate stack piles, with proper drains around to collect

washouts during the monsoon. Water sprinkling system will be installed on stocks of pile to prevent

spontaneous combustion and consequent fire hazards. The stack geometry will be adopted to

maintain minimum exposure of stock pile areas towards predominant wind direction; temperature will

be monitored in the stock piles regularly to detect any rise in temperature inside the stock pile to be

enable to control the same.

7.2.7 Risk & Consequence Analysis of Fire

The principle objective of this study is to identify the potential hazards estimate the effects of hazards

to people both within and outside the plant premises.

Identification of possible failure cases of the facilities which might affect the population and

property within the plant boundary.

Assessment of consequential effect on surrounding population, property etc., due to onset of such

failures.

Suggest recommendations based on consequence analysis relevant to the situations.

Effective Controls

Ignition sources in the vicinity. Pressurization of buildings not having explosion - proof fittings,

switching off power supply from a central place, blanket ban on smoking, proper maintenance of

flame proof fittings.

The thick green belt to be developed will help to mitigate the radiation intensity level outside plant

boundary.

7.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.3.1 Disasters

A disaster is catastrophic situation in which suddenly, people are plunged into helplessness and

suffering and as a result, need protection, clothing, shelter, medical and social care and other

necessities of life. Disasters can be divided into two main groups. In the first, are Disasters resulting

from natural phenomena like earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, cyclones, tropical storms, floods,

avalanches, landslides etc. The second group includes disastrous events occasioned by man, or by

man's impact upon the environment. Examples are industrial accidents, radiation accidents, factory

fires, explosions and escape of toxic gases or chemical substances, river pollution, mining or other

structural collapses, air, sea, rail and road transport accidents and can reach catastrophic dimensions

in terms of human loss.

There can be no set criteria for assessing the gravity of a disaster in the abstract it depends to a large

extent on the physical, economic and social environment in which it occurs. What would be

considered a major disaster in developing country, will be equipped to cope with the problems

involved, and may not mean more than temporary emergency elsewhere. However all disasters bring

in their wake similar consequences that call for immediate action, whether at the local, national or

international level, for the rescue and relief of the victims. This includes the search for the dead and



injured, medical and social care, removal of the debris, the provision of temporary shelter for the

homeless food, clothing and medical supplies, and the rapid reestablishment of essential services.

7.3.2 Objectives of Disaster Management Plan

The disaster Management Plan is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of environment, protection

of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in this same order of priorities. For

effective implementation of Disaster Management Plan, it will be widely circulated and personnel

training through rehearsals.

The Disaster Management Plan would reflect the probable consequential severity of undesired event

due to deteriorating conditions or through knock on effects. Further the management should be able

to demonstrate that their assessment of the consequences uses good supporting evidence and

based on currently available and reliable information, incident data from internal and external sources

and if necessary the reports of outside agencies.

To tackle the consequences of a major emergency inside the factory or immediate vicinity of the

factory, a Disaster Management Plan has to be formulated and this planned emergency is called

Disaster Management Plan.

The objective of the Industrial Disaster Management Plan is to make use of the combined resources

of the Plant and the outside services to achieve the following:

Minimize damage to property and the environment.

Effect the rescue and medical treatment of causalities.

Provide for the needs of relatives.

Provide authoritative information to news media.

Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas.

Safeguard other people.

Initially contain and then ultimately bring the situation under the control.

Preserve subsequent records and equipment for subsequent enquiry the cause and

circumstances leading to emergency.

7.3.3 Emergencies

A. General & Industrial emergencies

The emergencies that could be envisaged in the Plant are as follows:

Contamination of food / water.

Sabotage / social disorder.

Structural failures.

Slow isolated fires.

B. Specific Emergencies Anticipated

During the study of risk assessment, the probabilities of occurrence of hazards are worked out along

with the nature of damage. This is the reason why one should study risk assessment in conjunction

with DMP.

C. Emergency Organization

It is recommended to setup an Emergency Organization. A senior executive who has control over the

affairs of the Plant would be heading the Emergency Organization. He would be designated as Site

Controller. In the case of stores, utilities, open areas which are the not under the control of production



heads, executive responsible for maintenance of utilities would be designated as Incident Controller.

All the Incident Controllers would be reporting to the site controller.

Each Incident Controller, for himself, organizes a team responsible for controlling the incident with the

personnel under his control. Shift in-charge would be the reporting Officer, who would bring the

incident to the notice of the Incident Controller and the Site Controller.

Emergency Coordinators would be appointed who would undertake the responsibilities like

firefighting, rescue, rehabilitation, transport and support services. For this purposes, Security in-

charge, Personal Department, Essential services personnel would be engaged. All these personnel

would be designated as key personnel.

In each shift, electrical supervisor, electrical fitters, pump house in charge and other maintenance

staff would be drafted for emergency operations. In the event of Power communication system failure,

some of staff members in the office/ Plant offices would be drafted and their services would be

utilized as messengers for quick passing of communications. All these personnel would be declared

as essential personnel.

D. Emergency communication

Whoever notices an emergency situation such as fire, growth of fire, leakage etc. would inform his

immediate superior and Emergency Control Center. The person on duty in the Emergency Control

Centre would appraise the site controller. Site controller verifies the situation from the Incident

Controller of that area or the shift incharge and takes a decision about implementing on Site

Emergency. This would be communicated to all the Incident Controllers, Emergency Coordinators.

Simultaneously, the emergency warning system would be activated on the instructions of the Site

Controller.

E. Emergency Responsibilities

The responsibilities of the key personnel are appended below:

1. Site Controller

On receiving information about emergency he would rush to Emergency Control Centre and take

charge of ECC and the situation and assesses the magnitude of the situation on the advice of

incident controller and decides.

Whether affected area needs to be evacuated.

Whether personnel who are at assembly points need to be evacuated.

Declares Emergency and orders for operation of emergency siren.

Organizes announcement by public address system about location of emergency.

Assesses which areas are likely to be affected, or need to be evacuated or to be altered.

Maintains a continuous review of possible development and assesses the situation in consultation

with Incident Controller and other key personnel whether shutting down the Plant or any section of

the Plant required and if evacuation of persons is required.

Directs personnel of rescue, rehabilitation, transport, fire brigade, medical and other designated

mutual support systems locally available for meeting emergencies.

Controls evacuation of affected areas, if the situation is likely to go out of control or effects are

likely to go beyond the premises of the factory, informs to District Emergency Authority, Police,

and Hospital and seeks their intervention and help.

Informs Inspector of factories, Deputy Chief Inspector of factories, CECB and other statutory

authorities.



Gives public statement if necessary.

Keeps record of chronological events and prepares an investigation report and preserves

evidences.

On completion of onsite Emergency and restoration of normalcy, declares all clear and orders for

all clear signal.

2. Incident Controller

Assembles the incident control team.

Directs operations within the affected areas with the priorities for safety to personnel minimize

damage to the Plant, property and environment and minimize the loss of materials.

Directs the shutting down and evacuation of Plant and areas likely to be adversely affected by the

emergency.

Ensures that all-key personnel help is sought.

Provides advice and information to the Fire and Security officer and the local Fire Services as and

when they arrive.

Ensures that all non-essential workers / staff of the affected areas evacuated to the appropriate

assembly points and the areas are searched for causalities.

Has regard to the need for preservation of evidence so as to facilitate any enquiry into the cause

and circumstances, which caused or escalated the emergency.

Coordination on with emergency services at the site.

Provides tools and safety equipments to the team members.

Keeps in touch with the team and advise them regarding the method of control to be used.

Keep the site Controller of Emergency informed of the progress being made.

3. Emergency Coordinator - Rescue, Fire Fighting

On knowing about emergency rushes to Emergency Control Centre.

Helps the incident controller in containment of the emergency.

Ensure fire pumps in operating conditions and instructs pump house operator to be ready for any

emergency.

Guides the fire fighting crew i.e. Firemen trained Plant personnel and security staff.

Organizes shifting the fire fighting facilities to the emergency site, if required.

Takes guidance of the Incident Controller for firefighting as well as assesses the requirements of

outside help.

Arranges to control the traffic at the gate and the incident area / Directs the security staff to the

incident site to take part in the emergency operations under his guidance and supervision.

Evacuates the people in the Plant or in the nearby areas as advised by site controller.

Searches for casualties and arranges proper aid for them.

Assembles search and evacuation team.

Arranges for safety equipments for the members of his team.

Decides which paths the evacuated workers should follow.

Maintains law and order in the area, and if necessary seeks the help of police.

4. Emergency Coordinator - Medical, Mutual Aid, Rehabilitation, Transport and Communication

In the event of failure of electric supply and there by internal telephone, sets up communication

point and establishes contact with the Emergency Control Center (ECC).

Organizes medical treatment to the injured and if necessary will shift the injured to nearby

hospitals.



Mobilizes extra medical help from outside, if necessary

Keeps a list of qualified first aiders of the factory and seek their assistance.

Maintains first aid and medical emergency requirements.

Makes sure that all safety equipment is made available to the emergency team.

Assists Site Controller with necessary data and to coordinate the emergency activities.

Assists Site Controller in updating emergency plan.

Maintains liaison with Civil Administration.

Ensure availability of canteen facilities and maintenance of rehabilitation centre.

He will be in liaison with Site Controller / Incident Controller.

Ensures availability of necessary cash for rescue / rehabilitation and emergency expenditure.

Controls rehabilitation of affected areas on discontinuation of emergency.

Makes available diesel petrol for transport vehicles engaged in emergency operation.

5. Emergency Coordinator – Essential Services

He would assist Site Controller and Incident Controller

Maintains essential services like Diesel Generator, Water, Fire Water, Compressed Air /

Instrument Air, Power Supply for lighting.

He would plan alternate facilities in the event of Power failure, to maintain essential services such

as lighting, etc.

He would organize separate electrical connections for all utilities and during emergency be

coordinates that the essential services and utilities are not affected.

Gives necessary instructions regarding emergency electrical supply, isolation of certain sections

etc. to shift in charge and electricians.

Ensure availability of adequate quantities of protective equipment and other emergency materials,

spares etc.

6. General Responsibilities of Employees during an Emergency

During an emergency, it becomes more enhanced and pronounced when an emergency warning is

raised, the workers if they are in charge of process equipment should adopt safe and emergency shut

down and attend any prescribed duty as an essential employee. If no such responsibility is assigned,

he should adopt a safe course to assembly point and await instructions. He should not resort to

spread panic. On the other hand, he must assist emergency personnel towards objectives of DMP.

F. Emergency Facilities

a). Emergency Control Centre

For the time being office block is identified as Emergency control centre. It would have external

Telephone & Fax facility. All the Incident controller officers, senior personnel would be located here.

The following information and equipment are to be provided at the Emergency control centre (ECC).

Intercom, telephone

P&T telephone

Fire suit / gas tight goggles / gloves / helmets

Factory layout, site plan

Emergency lamp / torchlight

Plan indicating locations of hazard inventories, Plant control room, sources of safety

equipment, work road plan, assembly points, rescue location vulnerable zones, escape

routes.

Hazard chart



Safe contained breathing apparatus

Hand tools, wind direction, wind velocity indications

Public Address Megaphone, Hand bell, Telephone directories (Internal, P&T).

Address with telephone numbers and key personnel, Emergency coordinator.

Important addresses, telephone numbers such as experts from outside, government agencies

neighboring industries etc.

Emergency shutdown procedures.

Nominal roll of employees.

b). Emergency Power Supply

Plant facilities would be connected to Diesel Generator and would be placed in auto mode.

c). Fire Fighting Facilities

First Aid firefighting equipment suitable for emergency should be maintained as per statutory

requirements per TAC Regulations. Fire hydrant line converting major areas would be laid. It would

be maintained as 6 kg / sq.cm pressure.

d). Location of Wind Sock

On the top of production block and on the top of administrative block wind socks would be installed to

indicate direction of wind during emergency period.

e). Emergency Medical Facilities

Gas masks and general first aid materials for dealing with chemical burns, fire burns etc. would be

maintained in the medical centre as well as in the emergency control room.

Private medical practitioners help would be sought. Government hospital would be approached for

emergency help.

Apart from Plant first aid facilities, external facilities would be augmented. Names of Medical

Personnel, Medical facilities in Bilaspur will be prepared and updated.

Necessary specific medicines for emergency treatment of Burns patients and for those affected by

toxicity would be maintained.

Breathing apparatus and other emergency medical equipment would be provided and maintained.

The help of nearby industrial managements in this regard would be taken on mutual support basis.

G. Emergency Actions

1. Emergency Warning

Communication of emergency would be made familiar to the personnel inside the plant and people

outside. An emergency warning system would be established.

2. Emergency Shutdown

There are number of facilities which can be provided to help in dealing with hazard conditions. The

suggested arrangements are

• Stop feed

• Deluge contents

• Remove heat

• Transfer contents



Methods of removing additional heat include removal the normal cooling arrangements or use of an

emergency cooling system. Cooling facilities which is vaporizing liquid may be particularly effective,

since a large increase in vaporization can be obtained by dropping pressure.

3. Evacuation of Personnel

The area would have adequate number of exits and staircases. In the event of an emergency,

unconnected personnel have to escape to assembly point. Operators have to take emergency

shutdown procedure and escape. Time office maintains a copy of deployment of employees in each

shift at Emergency Communication Centre. If necessary, persons can be evacuated by rescue teams.

4. All Clear Signal

At the end of emergency, after discussing with Incident Controllers and Emergency Coordinators, the

site controller orders an all clear signal.

7.4 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SURVEILLANCE

Large industries where multifarious activities are involved during construction, erection, testing,

commissioning, operation and maintenance, the men, materials and machines are the basic inputs.

Along with the booms, the industrialization generally brings several problems like occupational health

and safety.

7.4.1 Anticipated Occupational & Safety Hazards

Heat Stress & Stroke

• Physical activity

• Extremes of age, poor physical condition, fatigue

• Excessive clothing

• Dehydration

• Cardiovascular disease

• Skin disorders

• Dust Exposure

Noise

Illumination

Burns and shocks due electricity

7.4.2 EMP for the Occupational Safety & Health hazards

The health of workers can be protected by adopting the following measures:

• Proper Designing of building, Work area

• Good Housekeeping practices

• Well engineered ventilation & exhaust system

• Enclosure

• Isolation of specific areas

• Enforcement of usage of Personal Protective Devices.

• Regular Work Environment Monitoring

• Statistical Monitoring

• Working hours

• Rotation of employees in specific areas to avoid continuous exposure

7.4.3 Occupational Health

Occupational health needs attention both during construction and operation phases. However the

problem varies both in magnitude and variety in the above phases.



7.4.4 Construction & Erection

The occupational health problems envisaged at this stage can mainly be due to constructional and

noise. To overcome these hazards, in addition to arrangements required to reduce it within TLV'S,

personnel protective equipment should also be supplied to workers.

7.4.5 Operation & Maintenance

The working personnel should be given the following appropriate personnel protective equipment.

• Industrial Safety helmets

• Crash helmets

• Face shield with replacement acrylic vision

• Zero power plain goggles with cut type filters on both ends

• Zero power goggles with cut type filters on both sides and blue colour glasses

• Welders equipment for eye and face protection

• Cylindrical type earplug

• Ear plugs

• Canister gas masks

• Self-contained breathing apparatus

• Leather apron

• Safety belt / line man's safety belt

• Leather hand gloves

• Asbestos hand gloves

• Canvas cum leather hand gloves with leather palm

• Industrial safety shoes with steel toe

• Electrical safety shoes without steel toe and gum boots

7.4.6 Occupational Health

Pre-employment checkup will be made mandatory and following test will be conducted:

Plan of evaluation of health of workers

• Chest x rays

• Audiometry

• Spirometry

• Vision testing (Far & near vision, color vision and any other ocular defect)

• ECG

• Haemogram (examination of the blood)

• Urine (Routine and Microscopic)

• Complete physical examination

• Musculo-skeletal disorders (MSD)

• Backache

• Pain in minor and major joints

• Fatigue, etc.

Full-fledged hospital facilities shall be made available round the clock for attending emergency

arising out of accidents, if any.

All workers shall be medically tested once in a year and at the end of his term of employment.

Medical records of each employee will be maintained separately and will be updated as per

finding during monitoring.

Medical records of the employee at the end of his / her term will be updated.

Periodic health checkups (spirometric tests) will be conducted periodically.



Frequency of Periodical Examination

For employees <30 Years, once in five years

Between 31-50 Years, once in four years

Between 41-50 Years, once in two years

Above >50 years, once a year

As all required emission control systems will be installed and operated to comply with the

norms. Secondary fugitive emissions will also be controlled as per EMP suggested. Hence

there will not be any adverse impact due to dust on the human health.

Audiometric tests will be carried out for employees working near the noise prone areas in the

plant. The proposed extensive greenbelt development will help in attenuating the noise levels

further.

7.5 SAFETY PLAN

Safety of both men and materials during construction and operation phases is of concern. The

preparedness of an industry for the occurrence of possible disasters is known as emergency plan.

The disaster in industry is possible due to collapse of structures and fire / explosion etc. The details of

firefighting equipment to be installed are given below:

• Carbon dioxide

• Foam type

• DCP

• Soda acid type

• Fire buckets

• Fire hydrants

Keeping in view the safety requirement during construction, operation and maintenance phases, M/s

CG Coal & Power Ltd. has formulated safety policy with the following regulations.

• To take steps to ensure that all known safety factors are taken into account in the design,

construction, operation and maintenance of plants, machinery and equipment.

• To allocate sufficient resources to maintain safe and healthy conditions of work.

• To ensure that adequate safety instructions are given to all employees.

• To provide wherever necessary protective equipment, safety appliances and clothing to

ensure their proper use.

• To inform employees about materials, equipment or processes used in their work which are

known to be potentially hazardous to health and safety

• To keep all operations and methods of work under regular review for making necessary

changes from the safety point of view in the light of experience and up to date knowledge.

• To provide appropriate facilities for first aid and prompt treatment of injuries and illness at

work.

• To provide appropriate instructions, training and supervision to employee’s health and safety,

first aid and to ensure that adequate publicity is given to these matters.

• To ensure proper implementation of fire preventive methods and an appropriate firefighting

service along with training facilities for personnel involved in this service.

• To publish / notify regulations, instructions and notices in the common language employees.

• To prepare separate safety rules for each type of process involved.

• To ensure regular safety inspection by a competent person at suitable intervals of all

buildings, equipment, work places and operations.



7.5.1 Safety Organization

Construction and Erection Phase

A highly qualified and experienced safety officer will be appointed. The responsibilities of the safety

officers include identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of workers and advise on

corrective actions, conduct safety audit, organize training programmes and provide professional

expert advice on various issues related to occupational safety and health.

In addition to employment of safety officer, every contractor, having more than 250 workers with him,

should also employ one safety officer to ensure safety of the workers in accordance with the

conditions of the contract.

Operation & Maintenance Phase

When the construction is completed the posting of safety officers should be in accordance with the

requirement of factories act and their duties and responsibilities should be as defined thereof.

Safety Circle

In order to fully develop the capabilities of the employees in identification of hazardous processes and

improving safety and health, safety circles would be constituted in each area of work. The circle

would consist of 5-6 employees from that area. The circle normally should meet for about an hour

every week.

7.5.2 Safety Training

A full-fledged training center will be established at M/s C. G. Coal and Power. Safety training will be

provided by the safety officers with the assistance of faculty members called from professional safety

institutions and universities. In addition to regular employees, limited contractor labors will also give

safety training to create safety awareness, safety films will be shown to workers and leaflets etc. will

be distributed.

• Reliable and dependable type of fire detection system with proper zoning and interlocks for

alarms are effective protection methods for conveyor galleries.

• Housekeeping of high standard, helps in eliminating the causes of fire and regular

• Fire watching system strengthens fire prevention and fire fighting.

7.5.3 Health and Safety Monitoring Plan

All the potential occupational hazardous work places will be monitored regularly. The health of

employees working in these areas will be monitored once in a year.

7.6 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

The local areas will be benefited by way of generation of employment opportunities, increased

demand for local products and services. There will be an overall improvement in the income level of

the local people and thereby the quality of life of the people.

The project creates employment to about 85 persons (direct) and 500 (indirect) once the proposed

project is commissioned.

150 persons during construction stage of proposed project. Priority will be given to locals for semi-

skilled and unskilled workers. With the development of this plant, there will be lot of scope for more

industrial investments which in turn will benefit the nation.

The project proponent intends to provide social welfare activities in the surrounding villages. The

management intends to conduct regular health checkups in the surrounding villages. Therefore there



will be a certain enhancement of educational and medical standards of people in the study area.

There will be positive and beneficial impacts by way of economic improvements, transportation,

aesthetic environment and business generation. There will be an overall upliftment of socio-economic

status of people in the area.

7.7 REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT ACTION PLAN

Land requirement for proposed coal washery project is 20.25 acre. M/s C.G. Coal & Power Ltd. has

already acquired barren/uncultivated land allotted by CSIDC in village Batari, Katghora Tehsil, Korba

District, Chhattisgarh in the past. There is no habitation in the site proposed for establishing the coal

washery. Hence no Rehabilitation & Resettlement is envisaged in the proposed coal washery project.

CHAPTER-8 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT

ANALYSIS


Chapter 8- Environmental cost benefit analysis 8-1

CHAPTER 8: ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

8.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS

M/s CG Coal & Power Limited has proposed to establish 2 X 2 MTPA Coal washery project located at

village Batari, Tehsil Katghora, District Korba in Chhattisgarh state. The environmental costs for the

project includes costs for controlling adverse impacts on ambient environment for air quality, noise

levels, water resources and quality, land environment, socio-economic environment, crop

productivity, etc. M/s CGCPL will incur the environmental cost through adopting the pollution control

measures to minimize impacts on the environmental parameters of the area like:


Provision of bag filter, enclosures to conveyors, fixed and mobile water sprinklers, black topped/

concreted transport roads, green belt development in and around plant premises and along transport

road and railway siding, etc. will be adopted to control dust from the coal washery.

Noise Control Measures

Necessary noise control measures like enclosures to stationary equipment, provision of acoustic

barriers, thick green belt, periodic maintenance of machineries and equipment, etc. will be carried

out. Ear plugs/ear muffs will be provided to workers exposed to high noise generating areas.

Water Pollution Control Measures

To minimise fresh water requirement and to avoid disposal of wastewater outside plant premises,

entire effluent generated during coal washing will be recycled and reused in the plant. Storm water

run-off from the plant premises will be collected in settling tanks and will be used for dust suppression

and plantation. The plant will operate on ‘Zero Effluent Discharge’ Principle.

Land degradation control Measures

Land use of the plant area will be changed. The land will be levelled or reclaimed through overlaying

of excavated soil and use it for thick plantation in 33% of the plant area. Moreover the plantation over

the reclaimed land will increase the aesthetic view of the plant area and also act as a barrier for

restricting the pollution and attenuation of noise.

Socio-economic conditions

The proposed coal washery will generate direct and indirect employment opportunities for the local

people. Also, there will be improvement in the infrastructure facilities in the nearby villages due to the

proposed plant. The development in the area will also support to increase the economic growth and

thereby the quality of life of the people.

8.2 ENVIRONMENTAL BENEFITS

The environmental benefits of use of washed coal are given below:

Increase in generation efficiency, mainly due to the reduction in energy loss as inert material

passes through the combustion process

Increased in plant efficiency in the form of increase in load factor, if washed coal is used for

power generation

Reduction in investment costs

Reduction in operation and maintenance (O&M) costs due to less wear and reduced costs for

fuel and ash handling

Energy conservation in the transportation sector and lower transportation costs


Chapter 8- Environmental cost benefit analysis 8-2

Less impurities and improved coal quality

Reduction in load on air pollution control system; and

Reduction in the amount of solid wastes to be disposed off

It is imperative to mention here that the washery reject coal will also be utilised in CFBC based

thermal power plants for power generation. Thus, there will not be solid wastes generation from the

coal washery process and the entire quantity of raw coal brought for washing will be consumed in

industrial activities.

8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

After analysing the environmental costs involved in the washing of raw coal produced from the coal

mines and environmental benefits arising out of use of the washed coal, it can be concluded that the

use of washed coal is much more beneficial as compared to the cost involved for environmental

protection measures required for the coal washing process.

Apart from the tangible benefits, there are other intangible benefits of the project. The washing plant

helps to increase the economic growth of the state/nation through utilisation of washed coal in various

industries for the manufacturing of allied products in iron and steel industries and the power plant

without incurring the pollution cost.

CHAPTER-9 PROJECT BENEFIT


Chapter 9- Project Benefits 9-1

CHAPTER 9: PROJECT BENEFITS

9.1 PROJECT BENEFITS

The proposed project of coal washery at Batari village would contribute for economic development of

the region and also contribute for industrial growth by providing clean coal as fuel. The proposed coal

washery project will contribute GOI’s policy plans for providing washed coal to various types of

industries and confining waste generation nearby pit head. Hence this project is important from

environment point of view also. We foresee overall socio-economic growth in the region due to this

project.

In terms of employment growth of the regions, direct employment of 85 persons and 500 indirect job

opportunities will be provided. This will result in improvement in the quality of life of people in the

region and especially in the area around the coal washery site.

As part of CSR activities M/s. CG Coal and Power Ltd. are aiming to strengthen the bond between

project authorities and the community at large surrounding the project area. In order to contribute

overall socio-economic growth in the region, & in line with CSR policy, following welfare activities are

planned for peripheral development :

Economic Development of Community

Education

Health & medical


Drinking Water

Infrastructure Development

Agriculture Improvement Program

M/s CG Coal & Power Ltd. after project implementation would contribute in social welfare activities in

collaboration with local Gram Panchayat, Block Development Office etc. for better development of

area around the project. These policies will be implemented thru HR department. To minimize

additional strain on existing infrastructure of the region, adequate provision of basic amenities, viz.

education, health, maintenance of nearby roads etc. would be made available considering the needs

of workforce and migrating population.

9.1.1 Economic Development of Community

Contribution for SHGs thru employee welfare Societies

Vocational training (Fruit, Dairy, Fisheries and Aquaculture/ pisci-culture, poultry, cow keeping

etc., Arts and Crafts, Tailoring & Embroidery, mechanics, electrical & electronics) etc.

Market linkage for selling the products through training center.

Computer training to local youths

Financial assistance for livelihood activities for backward class population

Financial assistance for animal husbandry

Skill development programs will be organized based on need based social studies.

Adoption of Batari village for overall development.

9.1.2 Education

Installation of water coolers in schools.



For strengthening infrastructure facilities, distribution of desk/benches, computers, distribution

of sports equipment in schools.

Financial assistance for maintaining school building.

Distribution of books for school library.

Donation of stationary, books, scholarships to needy students.

Promotion of aesthetic environment and green belt development in schools.

Financial contribution for sanitation to improve health of locals.

9.1.3 Health & medical facilities

Regular medical camps in villages, distribution of medicines to patients

Conducting eye checkup camps, spectacles distribution to old people

Mobile medical check up van

Financial assistance to health centers

9.1.4 Drinking Water facility

Installation of hand pumps /bore wells alongwith overhead tanks in villages & their

maintenance & repair.

Water supply through water tankers in summer season.

Watershed development/rainwater harvesting programme.

9.1.5 Drainage and sanitation

Construction/ Financial assistance for drainage facility/dustbins etc.

Awareness programme about sanitation in school, Gram panchayats etc.

9.1.6 Infrastructure development

Construction of community hall,

Strengthening/maintenance of village road

Solar street lights and development/improvement of sport grounds

9.1.7 Agriculture Improvement Program

Donation of seeds, fertilizers, manure to needy farmers

Construction of farm ponds for needy farmers

Conducting Agriculture improvement programs in consultation with District Agriculture

Officers

9.1.8 Budget for Socio-Economic Welfare Measures

The company has allocated a budget for carrying out socio-economic welfare activities (Corporate

Social Responsibility) as mentioned in the above. The amount earmarked in the budget will be

separately kept and will not be used for any other purposes. The proposed budget for conducting

socio-economic welfare measures is given in Table 9.1. A provision of Rs. 35.5 lakhs and Rs. 26.6

lakhs has been made towards capital and recurring cost.



TABLE 9.1

PROPOSED BUDGET FOR SOCIO-ECONOMIC WELFARE ACTIVITIES

Sr. No. Particulars Capital Cost

(Rs. In Lakh)

Recurring cost

(Rs. In Lakh)

1 Economic Development activities 7.0 2.3

a Arrangement for vocational training/skill development to

interested local youths

3.5 1.5

b Construction of training centers 1.5 0.3

c Cost of training materials 2.0 0.5

2 Education facilities 4.5 3.8

a Donation of computers, books, furniture to village schools 1.5 0.3

b Installation of water cooler in schools/Maintenance / Repair of

village school buildings

2.5 0.5

c Donation of stationary, books, scholarships to needy students 0.5 1.5

d Arranging Sports/quiz competition -- 1.5

3 Health & Medical facilities 4.5 2.0

a Donation of furniture, necessary equipment to nearby Public

Health Centers

4.5 1.0

b Medical Camps in nearby villages -- 0.50

c Awareness campaigns for addiction control, malaria

eradication, HIV/AIDS, etc.

-- 0.50

4 Drainage and sanitation facilities 2.5 2.0

a Providing sanitation for nearby villages 2.5 --

b Awareness campaigns in nearby villages for improvement of

health and hygiene

-- 2.0

5 Drinking water facilities 8.5 7.0

a Construction/repair of hand pumps/bore wells alongwith

overhead tanks in nearby villages & their maintenance and

repair.

3.5 1.5

b Supply of tanker water during summer 2.0 2.5

c Construction of rainwater harvesting structures 3.0 0.5

d Deepening of village ponds for improving surface water

storage and availability

-- 2.5

6 Infrastructure development 7.0 7.0

a Construction of community hall 3.5 0.5

b Strengthening/maintenance of village roads -- 4.5

c Provision of solar street lights 2.5 1.5

d Development/Improvement of sports grounds 1.0 0.5

7 Agriculture Improvement Program 1.5 2.5

a Donation of seeds, fertilizers, manure to needy farmers -- 1.5

b Construction of farm ponds for needy farmers 1.5 0.5

c Conducting Agriculture improvement programs in consultation

with District Agriculture Officers

-- 0.5

Total 35.5 26.6

Note – The above plans will be discussed with local authorities and based upon local needs mutually

accepted decision will be taken for implementation.



9.1.8 Budget for Implementation of Activities under Corporate Environmental Responsibility

(CER) (In Lakhs)

M/s CG Coal & Power Ltd. the total capital cost of project is Rs. 6000 Lakhs. In addition to CSR funds

and to fulfill obligations as per Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) wide MoEF OM. No. 22-

65/2017-IA.III dtd. 1st May 2018. One time budgetary allocation of 2.0% of the capital cost of project is

earmarked for undertaking ESC activities. Provision of Rs. 120 Lakhs has been earmarked for

implementation of CER activities. CER activities shall be done in surrounding villages in consultation

with local authorities concern. The details are as follows ;

TABLE 9.2

BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF ACTIVITIES UNDER CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT

RESPONSIBILITY (Rs.IN Lakhs)

Sr. No.

General Head of expense Amount to be spent (in Rs. (Lac))

1. Adoption of Batari village and development of basic infrastructure facilities including dispensary, etc.

48

2. Development of Training center for local agriculturist on advance Agricultural activities and for obtaining maximum realization of agricultural output in market, etc.

24

3. Development of skill development center for youth of the area, etc. 48

Total 120

CHAPTER-10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

PLAN




Chapter 10- Environment management plan 10-1

CHAPTER 10: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

An Environmental Management Plan comprising following set of mitigation, management, monitoring

and institutional measures to be taken during implementation and operation of the project, to mitigate

adverse environmental impacts or reduce them to acceptable levels.


Optimum use of natural resources and water and implementation of conservation measures

including rainwater harvesting measures.


Ensure effective operation of all environment control measures.


Monitoring of cumulative and longtime impacts.

Monitoring of waste generation and safe disposal.

Judicious use of the environmental management plan addresses the components of environment,

which are likely to be affected by the different operations in the project.

10.1 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS FOR ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

CONSERVATION

M/s C. G. Coal and Power Limited have laid down a comprehensive Environmental Policy duly

approved by its Board of Directors.

The coal washery plant will be supervised and controlled by an independent General Manager

(washery) supported by adequate team of technically qualified personnel apart from the operating

staff of skilled, semi-skilled, unskilled and other categories.

Environment Management Cell will be established and will be headed by Environmental Manager.

The Organizational Structure for Environment Management is presented in Figure 10.1.

ORGANIZATION SET UP

FIGURE 10.1: ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT

Board of Directors

G.M. (Washery)

Environmental Manager Safety Officer Medical Officer Plant in-charge

Environmental Management Cell (EMC)

Safety Cell Medical Staff & First aid experts

Plant Operation & Maintenance Cell





The Environmental Engineer will be responsible for environment management activities in the coal

washery plant. Basically, this cell will assist and guide washery operations team during production,

waste management processes and other environmental issues. Besides this, cell will supervise the

monitoring of environmental pollution levels viz. ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, noise

level either departmentally or by appointing external competent agencies. In addition, the cell will also

involve in collection of statistics of health of workers and population of the region, afforestation and

green belt development & submission of periodical reports to the respective statutory authorities.

In case, the environmental monitoring results are found to exceed the permissible limits, the site

Environmental engineer will inform GM operations and corrective action will be taken for normal

operations. The Environment cell will monitor the environmental parameters and suggest remedial

actions and gets these suggestions implemented through the concerned authorities. For smooth

operations of coal washery long terms environment policy plans will be planned and implemented for

sustainable growth.

10.2 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND ACTION PLAN PROPOSED FOR

MITIGATION DURING PLANT OPERATION PHASE

Anticipated adverse environmental impacts and mitigation measures are given in Table 10.1.

TABLE 10.1

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND ACTION PLAN PROPOSED FOR MITIGATION

DURING PLANT OPERATION PHASE

Environmental

Component Project Activities Impacts Action Plan Proposed

Air

Environment

Raw Coal storage

and stacking of

washed coal &

rejects

Dust (SPM/RPM)

emissions, spontaneous

ignition

Provision of wind barriers

Fixed water sprinklers

Reducing stacking time & quantity

Development of greenbelt around stockyard

Internal transport

of coal by trucks

from Bilaspur –pali

road to plant side

Emission of dust and

SO2/ NOx due to

vehicular emissions.

Tarring of internal transport roads

Periodic maintenance of internal roads

Periodic maintenance of transport vehicles.

Only PUC certified vehicles will be allowed to

enter the premises.

Water sprinkling on internal transport roads

Plantation along internal transport roads

Emissions from

unloading to coal

bunker & from

coal conveyors

Dust emissions

Provision of enclosure to coal unloading point at

coal hopper

Provision of dry fog system / water sprinklers at

unloading point

Provision of enclosures to internal coal

conveyors

Provision of water sprinklers at transfer points

along belt conveyors

Rotary breaker,

Coal Crushing &

Screening

Dust emissions

Provision of enclosures to crushers and

screens

Provision of Bag house to arrest dust from

crushing activities

Unloading and

loading activities Dust emissions

Provision of fixed water sprinklers within plant

premises





Environmental


within plant and

approach road

Provision of water sprinkling through tankers

along approach road 400 m

Thick plantation in an around washery and

approach road.

All activities

Excessive occupational

exposures to airborne

particulate matter.

Provision of dust masks to all workers exposed

to dust generating areas

Pre-employment and periodic medical

examination of all employees for respiratory

diseases

Periodic monitoring of ambient air quality at 4

locations within the plant area and 4 nearby

villages.

Retention wall of 25 feet height will be

constructed over 335 running feet common

boundary with Indus public school.

Noise

Environment

Crushing &

screening, DG

sets, conveyor

belts, coal

transport, etc.

High noise levels and

noise related community

annoyance

Design and layout of building to minimize

transmission of noise

Use of inbuilt noise control system with plant

equipment and machinery;

Periodic maintenance of equipment and

machinery;

Provision of acoustic enclosures to stationary

equipment;

Provision of sound proof cabins to wheel

loaders & other HEMMs;

Provision of ear muffs/ear plugs to workers

exposed to high noise areas;

Job rotation for workers working in high noise

generating areas;

Development of thick green belt around plant

boundary and plantation within plant premises;

Periodic monitoring of noise levels in the plant

premises and in nearby villages;

Water

Environment

Use of surface

water for coal

washing process

Impacts on downstream

users and water quality

Maximize recovery of water from process and

recycle and reuse of process effluent to

minimize fresh water requirement in the plant.

Adoption of rainwater harvesting system and

use of harvested rainwater in process to

minimize external water requirement as well as

to facilitate ground water recharge through

recharge structure.

1300 KLD water sanctioned by WRD,

Chhattisgarh.

There is sufficient flow of water in the

river/Nallah and there will not be any significant

impacts on the downstream water users.

Storm Water run-

off

Silt & coal particles

wash off from plant

area & pollution of

Provision of storm water drainage network

within plant premises and collection of surface

run-off in a series of settling tank.





Environmental


surface water bodies

outside plant premises.

Use of the storm water for coal washing

process after proper settling and filtration.

Waste water

generated from

washery,

domestic effluent,

etc.

Pollution of receiving

water bodies or land

surfaces if discharged

untreated

Process effluent will be re-circulated in

process after proper treatment.

Domestic effluent will be routed in STP and

treated water will be used for plantation.

Surface run-off will be passed through settling

tanks followed by oil & grease trap and will be

used in the process.

Zero Effluent Discharge will be maintained.

Hydrogeology

and Drainage

pattern

Plant construction Impact on drainage

pattern

No natural drains in the Proposed plant area.

Storm water will be collected in settling tanks

through network of drains and will be used in

coal washing process.

No impact on drainage pattern outside plant

premises.

Land

Environment

Plant

construction, Dust

due to coal

handling and

transport

Change in landuse of

core zone

Impact on soil quality in

surrounding areas due

to deposition of coal

dust.

Thick plantation around plant premises to

improve aesthetic view of the area.

Adopting adequate air pollution control

measures to control dust emissions during

coal handling and coal transportation

Periodic maintenance of transport roads

Covered transport of coal.

Periodic monitoring of soil quality in

surrounding areas.

Biological

Environment

(Flora and

Fauna)

Plant

construction, Dust

due to coal

handling and

transport in

operation phase

Loss of existing

vegetation

Vegetation in the form of shrubs, coppice of

tendu and few crooked palash plant.

Compensated through lantation in and around

the project site (6.75 Acre).

Plantation of thick green belt using local plant

species

Adoption of suitable dust control measures to

avoid impact on vegetation

Plantation along transport road and railway

siding to arrest dust.

Occupational

Health & Safety

Overall Coal

washery operation

and coal

transportation

Respiratory diseases,

Annoyance, sleep

disturbance and NIHL

due to exposure to high

noise levels, HAVS,

VWF due to excessive

exposure to vibrations,

accident, electrocution,

fall from height, etc.

Community annoyance

from dust deposition.

Potential for risk of

harm to personnel and

Implementation of noise and fugitive dust

emission controls and management

measures.

Implementation of water quality management,

conservation and control measures.

Adoption of Zero Effluent Discharge Practice

Provision of Personal Protective Equipment to

all the workers employed in washery

Conducting pre-employment and periodic

health check-up

Conducting pre-employment and refresher

safety training programs to all employs of the

washery

Maintaining proper house-keeping.





Environmental


the local community.

Contamination of land

and water through

inappropriate disposal

of waste products,

including sewage and

hazardous wastes.

Adopting job rotation to avoid excessive

exposure to high dust concentrations and high

noise levels.

On-site first aid facilities along with ambulance

facilities will be provided

Development of an emergency response plan

that includes installation of emergency

response equipment to combat events such

as fire. All personnel required to handle

hazardous materials will be provided with

personal protective equipment suitable for the

hazardous material being handled.

Socio-

economic

Aspects

Coal washery and

coal transportation

Increase in employment

opportunities both direct

and indirect thereby

increasing economic

status of people of the

region.

Increase of direct employment to about 85

local persons and 500 persons indirect

employment will be provided which is an

employment opportunity.

Improvement in the socio-economic status of

the nearby villages.

The company will conduct various socio-

economic welfare activities and infrastructure

improvement measures in the nearby villages.

An Amount of Rs. 35.5 Lakh as capital cost

and Rs. 26.6 Lakh per annum as recurring

cost have been earmarked for implementation

of the CSR activities in the nearby villages.

Provision of Rs. 120 Lakhs has been

earmarked for implementation of CER

activities.

10.3 WASTEWATER MANAGEMENT

10.3.1 Process Plant

The plant will be operated on 'Zero Liquid Discharge Principle'. There will not be any effluent

discharge from the coal washery plant. All the process effluent generated in the plant will be treated

in thickeners and will be reused in the coal washing process.

10.3.2 Domestic effluent:

Domestic effluent will be treated in STP. It is proposed to install 30 KLD STP based on MBBR

technology. The details are as follows:

10.3.2.1 Design basis of Treatment plant: MBBR Technology

Technical Description of MBBR Process:

Sewage from main drain line is collected through gravity pipes into a bar screen followed by oil and

grease chamber. This manually cleaned screen is provided to remove floating and big size particles,

which may choke the pumps and pipe lines. Screened sewage is then passed through equalization

tank to homogenize the sewage quality and also even out flow fluctuations and feed sewage of

uniform quality at constant rate to subsequent treatment units. Air mixing is also provided to mix the

contents of the equalization tank. A coarse bubble aeration grid is provided to distribute air uniformly





at the base of the equalization tank. After above treatment, raw sewage is fed into aeration basin

through submersible sewage transfer pump.

In aeration tank MLSS (mixed liquor suspended solids) in the range of 12000 to 15000 mg/l are

maintained. The high amount of bacteria gives better and complete removal of organic matter from

the raw sewage in relatively small area. Oxygen required for the bacteria is supplied through the

blower. The air is used both for scouring of membranes and supplying oxygen to bacteria.

The MBBR process is a technology that consists of a suspended growth biological reactor integrated

with an ultra-filtration membrane system, using membrane. The ultra-filtration membranes are

immersed in an aeration tank, in direct contact with mixed liquor or in an external module. The

membrane module consists of housing, aeration diffuser; permeate water manifold and membrane

elements. Through the use of a permeate pump, a vacuum is applied to a header connected to the

membranes. The vacuum draws the treated water through the ultra-filtration membranes. Feed water

including activated sludge is filtrated by membranes with pore size of 0.04 to 0.02 micron meter. The

air bubbles supplied from the bottom of the membrane elements continuously scour off cake of

activated sludge accumulated on the membrane surface. This is a continuous filtration operation. The

air bubbles are also used for the biological reaction to decompose organic substances included in the

raw sewage.

The material of the membrane shall have high stability for chemicals and good physical strength.

Form of membrane shall be fiber reinforced flat sheet / tubular hollow fiber membrane. The

membrane shall have small and uniform pore size so that the rejection property of this membrane is

excellent. Almost all particles with sizes more than 0.04 to 0.02 micron meter can be removed

effectively using this membrane.

TABLE 10.2

UNTREATED AND TREATED SEWAGE QUALITY

Sr. No. Details Values

Units Untreated Treated

1 pH 7.0- 8.5 6.0- 8.5

2 Total Suspended Solids (TSS) 230-450 ≤100 mg/L

3 Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) 650-850 <50 mg/L

4 Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) 260-400 <10 mg/L

5 Oil & Grease 40-50 ≤10 mg/L

10.4 BUDGETARY ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The details of Environmental Management Plan for different environmental protection and control

activities along with capital and annual recurring cost are given in Table 10.3.



implementation of Environmental Management Plan.





TABLE 10.3

BUDGET ESTIMATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

S.

No.

Description of item Capital Cost ,

Rs. in Lakh

Recurring cost ,

Rs. in Lakh

1 Air Pollution Control Measures 283 50

Bag House to crusher 80 8

Fixed Water sprinklers 50 10

Mobile water sprinklers 32 12

Enclosures to belt conveyors 20 2

Blacktopping of internal roads 30 10

Dust control along transport road 21 6

Strengthening of Bilaspur- Pali upto project site 400 m 50 2

2 Water pollution control measures 130 25

Thickener 30 8

Storm water drains 20 2

Oil & grease trap (workshop) 5 0.5

Settling tanks 5 0.8

Rainwater harvesting structures 5 0.5

Filter press technology 15 3.2

Sewage treatment plant MBBR technology – cap 30 KLD 50 10

3 Green belt development 6.5 3.9

4 Occupational Health & Safety 11 3

Provision of PPE 7.5 2

Medical examination 3.5 1

5 Socio-economic Welfare Measures 35.5 26.6

6 Environmental Monitoring Program 11 10

7 Miscellaneous 15 2.5

Total 492 121

Note: The budget may increase as per actual requirement during plant operations in the subsequent

years.

10.5 ACTION PLAN FOR COMBATING POLLUTION LOAD EXERTED WITHIN 15 KM RADIUS

FROM THE PROPOSED 2 X 2 COAL WASHERY

An action plan for combating pollution load exerted within 15 km radius from the proposed 2 X 2 coal

washery on the basis of action plan prepared by CSPCB for mitigation of Air Pollution load in Korba

region is prepared and attached as Annexure XII.

CHAPTER -11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION



Ltd.

Chapter 11- Summary & Conclusion 11-1

CHAPTER 11: SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

INTRODUCTION

M/s CG Coal & Power Ltd was incorporated under the Companies Act 1956 for establishment of coal

washery and allied industries. Looking to the demand of washed coal, the company has decided to

setup coal washery of 2 x 2 MTPA on through put basis in phased manner at village- Batari, Tehsil-

Katghora and District- Korba (C.G.) in 20.25 Acre (8.195 ha). The 20.25 acre of land is given on 99

years lease by the Chhattisgarh State Industrial Development Corporation for establishment of coal

washery and allied industries.

The area for proposed coal washery comprising of uncultivated land owned by the project proponent.

The proposed plant site is a flat terrain with general elevation of 332 m MSL. Apart from some

shrubs, there is no vegetation and habitation in the proposed washery site.

The project falls under Sector 2 (a) in Category ‘A’ as per the EIA Notification 2006, based on the

capacity of the project. The project was presented before EAC in the MoEF & CC, New Delhi in its

27th meeting held on 18th – 19th December 2014; 37th EAC meeting held on 11th -12th June, 2015

and 39th EAC meeting held on 16th -17th July, 2015. In the meeting, honourable EAC recommended

Terms of Reference (TOR) for 2 x 2 MTPA coal washery (Wet process) in an area 8.195 ha vide

letter no. J-11015/512/2014-IA-II (M) dated 18th August 2015. The capital cost of the proposed coal

washery project is estimated to be Rs.60Crore.

The proposed project seeks environmental clearance as per EIA Notification, 2006 and for this

purpose Environmental Impact Assessment report will have to be prepared and submitted for getting

Environmental Clearance. Hence EIA report is prepared incorporating baseline studies of the study

area, identification of impacts, impact assessment, evaluation and environmental management plan

to mitigate the adverse impact. Accordingly, baseline environmental monitoring was conducted in line

with the ToR during post-monsoon season (October 2015 to December 2015) for determining the

existing status of ambient air quality, ambient noise levels, surface and groundwater quality, soil

quality, status of flora, fauna including eco-sensitive areas and socio-economic status of the villages

within 15 km radius study area. The observations of the studies are incorporated in the EIA/EMP

report. Impacts of the proposed project activities during construction and operation stages were

identified and duly addressed in the EIA/EMP report along with measures to be taken to control /

mitigate the adverse impacts. Environmental Management Plan is suggested to implement the

pollution control measures with budgetary provision.

The capacity of proposed coal washery is 2 x 2 MTPA. Thus annual requirement of raw coal will be

4,000,000 MT/year. Raw coal will be sourced from job provider by road through covered trucks from

job provider. Coal will be transported by road with trucks covered with tarpaulin from the nearby coal

mines/source. Heavy Media will be sourced from market by road through trucks. Overloading will be

strictly prohibited to avoid coal spillage. Similarly washed coal will also be returned through trucks by

road. Coal rejects, heavy media, shells and sand solid wastes will be transported by trucks covered

with tarpaulin. However, the project proponent is ready and willing to install/establish close conveyor

belt from Mine to washery site for transportation of coal. Subject to desired permissions granted by

the authorities concerned.







Ltd.


Baseline Environmental Status

Baseline environmental studies were conducted in and around 15 km radial distance from the

proposed coal washery to assess the existing environmental scenario in the area. The baseline

environmental quality data for various components of environment, viz. Air, Noise, Water, Land were

monitored during post monsoon season i.e. October 2015 to December 2015 in the study area.

The status of ambient air quality within the study area with respect to parameters of significance like

levels of Respirable Particulate Matter (PM10), Fine Particulates (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2,) and

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) were monitored for post monsoon season i.e. October 2015 to December

2015 at 10 locations including the proposed coal washery area and in nearby villages. It was

observed that the ambient air quality with respect to PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx at all the monitoring

locations was within the permissible limits specified by CPCB.

Ambient noise levels were monitored within 15 Km study area covering industrial, commercial,

residential and sensitive zones. It was observed that the noise levels were within prescribed

standards at all the locations monitored.

The area for proposed coal washery comprised of uncultivated land owned/allotted to the project

proponent by CGSIDCL. The proposed plant site is a flat terrain with general elevation of 332 m MSL.

Apart from some shrubs, there is no vegetation in the proposed coal washery site. There is no

habitation available at the proposed washery site.

The existing status of groundwater and surface water quality was assessed by identifying ground

water (Bore wells) and surface water resources and analysed for their quality. The overall ground

water quality was found to be mineralized with respect to TDS, hardness, chloride, sulphate with

moderate buffering capacity. The levels of heavy metals content were found to be within permissible

limits. It was observed from the analysis of surface water that, the surface waters are within the

permissible limits of drinking water standards. The overall surface water quality was found to be good

physico-chemically but unsafe bacteriologically and need chlorination before use.







from proposed Fulzar Anicut on Ganjha nallah (Saliha nallah), near village Fulzar. Water Allocation

Letter (Sanctioned) obtained from Water Resources Department Chhattisgarh for drawl of 1300

m3/day makeup water.

The plant will be operated on 'Zero Liquid Discharge Principle'. There will not be any effluent

discharge from the coal washery plant. All the process effluent generated in the plant will be treated

in thickeners and will be reused in the coal washing process. Domestic effluent from plant premises

will be discharged in STP.

The land-use & land cover map of the 15 km radial study area from the periphery of project site has

been prepared using Resource SAT-2 (IRS-P6), sensor- LISS-4 having 5.6 m spatial resolution and

date of pass 22 Nov 2015 satellite image with reference to Google Earth data and the IRS-P5-

Cartosat-I data having 2.5 m spatial resolution and date of pass Jan 2015. From the satellite data

different classification was made to identify the land features as explained in Chapter 3.



Ltd.


Soil quality was monitored by collecting soil samples from different locations within the study area.

From the analysis results of the soil samples, the soil was found to be medium fertile to fertile and

having low productivity. The soil in the study area needs additional fertilizers for improving the fertility

status and increase in crop productivity.

Floral diversity, based on the field survey conducted for a short duration, is aimed only to give a

general pattern of vegetation of this region as a baseline data. It is also important to recognize that

the outcome of the survey, plants and animals are seasonally constrained. The tree species, herbs

and shrubs were documented during this baseline study. There were no endemic species observed in

the study area.

The fauna of study area included spotted deer, black naped hare, Jackal and wild boar were a

commonly sighted in the forests as well as in the fringes of forest within the study area. The other

common mammalian species were, monkey, Jungle cat, squirrel, rat, mongoose and bat etc.

Information on socio-demographic status and the trends of the communities within 15 km radius, was

collected through primary social survey and secondary data from census 2011 & village directory

2011.

IMPACT ASSESSMENT

The impacts with respect to all environmental components were identified, evaluated and measures

were suggested to mitigate the adverse impacts during construction and operation phases. The total

raw coal quantity will be 4 MTPA, out of this, 3,200,000 TPA will be the washed coal and 8,00,000

TPA will be the rejects. About 0.80 MTPA washery reject coal will be generated out of which 0.02

MTPA shale will used for land filling and road construction activities whereas 0.78 MTPA will be sold

to Power plant/other user industries. No other solid waste is envisaged in the coal washing process.

Green belt development will be developed within 6.75 acres of land (33%) which will help to arrest the

pollutants, attenuate noise levels and improvement in the aesthetic view.

An Environmental Management Cell (EMC) will be established for the proposed coal washery, under

the control of Unit Head (Coal washery). The EMC will be headed by an Environmental Manager

having adequate qualification and experience in the field of environmental management.

Environmental monitoring of ambient air quality, surface and ground water quality, ambient noise

levels, etc. will be carried out through MOEF accredited agencies regularly and reports will be

submitted to CECB/MoEF.

The risk assessment study for the proposed coal washery is carried out for fire, explosion and toxicity

and corresponding disaster management plan is suggested in the EIA/EMP report.

The proposed project of coal washery at Batari village would provide development in the area and

consequently indirect and direct job opportunities will be generated which would finally result in

improvement in the quality of life of the people in the central region and especially in the area around

the coal washery site. In line with this CSR policy, M/s CG Coal & Power Ltd. will carry community

welfare activities in the following areas:

Community development

Education

Health& medical care


Roads

Drinking water supply occasionally through tankers



Ltd.


A budget of Rs. 35.5 Lakh as Capital cost and Rs. 26.6 Lakh per annum as recurring expenses has

been proposed for implementation of Socio-economic welfare activities in the nearby villages.

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

An Environmental Management Plan comprising of following set of mitigation, management,

monitoring and institutional measures to be taken during implementation and operation of the project,

to mitigate adverse environmental impacts or reduce them to acceptable levels.


Minimization of natural resources and water.




Monitoring of cumulative and longtime impacts.


Control of waste generation and pollution.



implementation of Environmental Management Plan. An action plan for combating pollution load

exerted within 15 km radius from the proposed washery on the basis of CECB for mitigation Air

pollution load in Korba region is also prepared.

CONCLUSION

The proposed 2 x 2 MTPA coal washery project of M/s CG Coal & Power Ltd. will be beneficial for the

overall development of the nearby villages. Some environmental aspects like dust emission, noise,

wastewater generation, traffic density, etc. will be controlled within the permissible norms to avoid

impacts on the surrounding environment. Necessary pollution control equipment like bag house,

water sprinklers, enclosures, thickener, etc., will form integral part of the plant infrastructure.

Additional pollution control measures and environmental conservation measures will be adopted to

control/minimize impacts on the environment and socio-economic environment of the area. Measures

like development of thick green belt and plantation within plant premises and along transport road,

adoption of rainwater harvesting in the plant area and in nearby villages, etc. will be implemented.

The CSR measures proposed to be adopted by the company will improve the social, economic and

infrastructure availability status of the nearby villages.

The overall impacts due to proposed coal washery will be positive and will result in overall socio-

economic development and growth of nearby villages and will help to improve the quality of life of

surrounding people.

CHAPTER -12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS


Village - Batari, Tehsil - Khatgora, District – Korba, State- Chhattisgarh M/s CG Coal &

Power Ltd.

Chapter 12- Disclosure of Consultants 12-1

12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

12.1 INTRODUCTION

Anacon established in 1993 as an analytical testing laboratory and now a leading Environmental

Consultancy firm backed by testing lab for environment and food in Central India region. The lab is

well equipped with basic infrastructural facilities and manpower. We are rendering our services in this

field to various industries since last 20 years. We are a group of experienced former Scientists from

the Government Institutions and recognized by Ministry of Environment & Forests, New Delhi for

carrying out environmental Studies & accredited by Quality Council of India (QCI) for conducting

Environmental studies vide accreditation Certificate No: NABET/EIA/1619S/RA0059 dtd. 29th June

2017 Valid till 01st October 2019 as category A consultant organization in 15 Sectors viz. Mining

projects, River Valley & Irrigation projects, Thermal Power Plants, Coal Washeries, Metallurgical

Industries, Cement Plants, Synthetic Organic Chemical Industries, Distilleries, Oil & gas

transportation pipeline, Isolated storage & handling of hazardous chemicals, Airports, Highways,

Railways, transport terminals, mass rapid transport systems, Common Effluent Treatment Plants

(CETPs), Building and large construction projects.

Our organization is also certified by ISO 9001:2008, 14001:2004 and OHSAS 18001:2007 & our Lab

division is accredited by National Accreditation Board for Testing & Calibration Laboratories

(NABL, Govt. of India) for Chemical, Biological & Mechanical Testing vide certificate No. T-

1550, T-1826 & T-2344 respectively for 1500 parameters for Water, Food & Agricultural

products, Cereals, Pulses, Bakery products, Spices & Condiments, Milk & Dairy products &

Chemical Testing of Ores & Minerals, Coal/Coke & Cosmetic products. We are also approved by

'Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS)’. We are recognized by Indian Bureau of Mines (IBM) as a RQP for

preparation of Mine Plan / Scheme. Anacon has received approval by Govt. of India, “APEDA” -

Export Quality Certification for Agricultural produce such as fresh fruits vegetables, cereals & Pulses

etc. (as per US & European guidelines).

We are pleased to inform you that we have received “MSME National Award 2010” for

“Outstanding Entrepreneurship Performance” on 2nd Sept. 2011 at Vigyan Bhawan, New Delhi.

We are also working for various industries in the sectors of Steel, Cement, Power, Distilleries, Textile

and Pharmaceuticals. Our activities are spread in the states of Assam, Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand,

Kerala, Madhya Pradesh, Orissa & Maharashtra. Our esteemed client group includes many large

scale industries from private as well as the Public Sector Units. National Productivity Council,

BALCO, MECON, TATA STEEL, LAFARGE, GRASIM, Ultra Tech Cement Ltd., RAYMONDS, LUPIN,

Ranbaxy, GAIL, Seagram & Sagar Distilleries and Sponge Iron are our major clients. To know more

about our Group and the assignments completed please visit us at www.anaconlaboratories.com.

We have expanded and commissioned laboratory at Butibori Food Park, Nagpur at Plot Nos. FP 34,

35 equipped with highly sophisticated imported equipments, like GC MSMS, LC MSMS (both triple

quad), HPLC, ICP, AAS, UV–Vis, FTIR, IC, CHNS analyzer etc. for chemical analysis for the samples

viz. Water, Air, Chemical, Fertilizer, Mineral, Metal, Coal, Food, Agricultural Products, Pesticides,

Insecticides, Ores, etc.,

We have successfully carried out studies related to Air, Noise, Water, Wastewater, Hazardous

Waste, Land Environment, Ecology, Risk & Hazard management and Socio-economy as a part of

EIA studies of various industries. We have also carried land use and land cover studies based on the

satellite imageries.



Power Ltd.


Our operations are spread over in six different states in Central India region with branches at

Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, Maharashtra and Delhi.

12.2 CREDENTIALS & QUALITY SYSTEMS

Our laboratory is registered with following Govt. departments for providing technical services in the

field of environment. The registration numbers are as follows;

1. Recognized by Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF) vide Notification No. D.L-33004/99

dt.24.10.2007– under EPA. http://moef.gov.in/legis/env/so1811e.pdf & subsequent renewal wide

notification SO 21 (E) dtd. 3rd January 2014.

2. National Accreditation Board for Testing & Calibration Laboratories (NABL) has granted us

Accreditation vide Certificate No.T-01550 w.e.f. 04.10.2016.





5. Approved by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for ISI mark certification vide No. CL/CQAPD/OSL

(7124116) dt.16.12.2011 for package drinking water, milk and its products.

6. Authorized by Food Safety & Standards Authority of India under FSS Act.

7. ISO 9001:2008 vide Registration No. 44 100 124446-E3, ISO14001:2004 vide registration No.44

104 124446-E3 and OHSAS 18001:2007 vide registration No. 44 116 124446-E3.

8. Accredited as EIA Consultant Organization under NABET-QCI, vide accreditation Certificate No:

NABET/EIA/1619/RA0059 dtd. 29th June 2017 Valid till 01st October 2019 as category A

consultant organization in 15 Sectors.

9. Mah. Govt.WQM2003/PK26(2)PP12 Dt.1.9.2004 – Drinking water quality monitoring

10. Mah. Govt.JSP 2004/PK3715 PP11Dt.28.04.2004 – Hydrogeological survey

11. RQP/NGP/328/2005/B dt.01.02.2005 – Indian Bureau of Mines for preparation of mine plan, mine

closure plan.

12. SPCB, Odisha No.3091 dt.13.02.2008

13. RSPCB, empanelment of environment consultant & analytical laboratory in continuation to

Board’s circular no. F.14 (3) Corres/RPCB/Plg/3491-3514 dt.14.12.2009 & Dt.25.3.2010 as

testing lab under EPA & Env. Consultant.

14. RSPCB recognition of laboratory for Air pollution studies vide notification dated May 20, 2009 and

published in Rajasthan Gazette Extraordinary dated June 22, 2009

For the organizational statutory requirement the registration numbers are as follows;

1. Company Law Board Registered 2. Provident Fund Registered

3. Professional tax Registered 4. ESIC Registered

5. Service Tax Registered 6. Income Tax - Registered

7. MSMED Registered

http://moef.gov.in/legis/env/so1811e.pdf



Power Ltd.


12.3 SERVICES OFFERED

Air (Monitoring / Survey / Modeling etc., Pl. specify)

Yes - Stack and Ambient Air Quality Monitoring, Survey / Modeling as per MoEF requirements. Specific gas monitoring like PM 10, PM 2.5,HC, CO, O2, CO2 & VOCs using state of art microprocessor based portable kits.

Water : Surface, sea, inland & groundwater (Monitoring / Survey / Modeling etc., Pl. specify) Geohydrological Survey

Yes - Monitoring of Water Environment in EIA projects, hydrogeological survey and water shed development.

Soil (Analysis, Remediation, Salt water intrusions, Water Harvesting etc)

Yes – Monitoring of land environment in EIA projects.

Plant (Effect of pollution, Treatment Technologies, Pollution Indicators etc.)

Yes - The effect of pollutant from various industrial sectors has been evaluated in terrestrial ecology of EIA project.

Assessment & impact studies on Biodiversity (Flora and Fauna)

Yes – Studies on biodiversity has been reported in EIA projects.

Municipal Solid Wastes (Analysis, Management – Handling, Storage, Transportation, Treatment and Disposal, Site Identification, remediation, Development/ Evaluation of Technology etc.)

Yes National Productivity Council is utilizing our services for monitoring and analysis of solid waste samples, which includes sampling and analysis of solid waste samples. Anacon lab can undertake the consultancy project on solid waste management for municipal corporation, resorts and newly developed cities. Preparation of detailed feasibility report is an expertise of Anacon lab.

Hazardous Wastes (Quantification, Site Assessment, Designing / Monitoring of Treatment Facilities, Technology Assessment etc., Pl. specify)

Yes – The project on development of landfill site including Engineering design, Hydrogeological studies and Environmental quality in respect of the Air, Water and Soil have been successfully completed for Force Motors (Bajaj Tempo), Kinetic Motors and Pratibha Syntex, Pithampur, Indore (MP)

Noise (Monitoring/Survey, Modeling etc)

Yes – The monitoring of the Noise Environment in the Impact zone of the industries and in plant have been carried out by Anacon Lab.

Bio-Medical Wastes (Quantification, Site Assessment, Designing / Monitoring of Treatment Facilities Tech. Assessment etc., Pl. Specify)

Yes – The survey of Hospital waste management have been carried out in few cases.

Hazardous Chemicals (Site assessment, Inspection of Storages, Major Accident Hazards, Preparation / assessment of Safety Report, risk assessment / Onsite / offsite Emergency Plan preparation etc.)

Yes – The storage of the hazardous chemicals have been assessed in respect of fugitive emissions and risk assessment for Pharmaceutical Industries at Lupin, Mandideep, Bhopal (M.P.). Four dumping sites developed maxi cap 8000 Tons for BALCO, Korba, Chhattisgarh.

Plastic Wastes (Management, recycling/reuse technology evaluation etc.)

Yes – On the similar line of solid waste management, studies on the plastic waste management could be undertaken by Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Electronic Waste (Management, recycling/reuse, technology evaluation etc.)

No

Environmental Education/Awareness (Projects approved/ grants received /campaigns carried out etc.)

Yes - Conducted Workshop at Raipur on 14.2.04 Theme - Latest Trends in Mining Technical and Legislative requirements, 67 participants attended. ; Conducted several Environment Awareness programs for PCB on different topics and also at Educational institutions/P.G. Departments. College students along with HOD have visited Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., for Educational tour. Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., has participated as a Key participant at CII seminar in the field of mining industries at Raipur Dt. 22.03.2006.



Power Ltd.


Environmental Impact Assessment (EIAs carried out/ sector wise expertise in EIA/ clearances obtained from MoEF / State Government etc )

Yes - Successfully completed 105 EIA studies and 48 EIA presented before MoEF & environmental clearance is granted; remaining 57 presented at State level & the environmental clearance is granted, till end of 2013.

Environmental Audit/s (Details of the audits conducted along with client list and Purposes of such audits)

Yes for various types of Industries. Conducted water audits for 17 Reserve banks in India

Energy Audits / Water Audits (Expertise available, list of the clients and details on such audits)

Yes - Energy Audit for L & T Hirmi, Raipur on STP to conserve energy. In this exercise saving of the 40 % energy is suggested.

Environmental Planning & Management (Projects undertaken/ expertise for actual field implementation of the EMP)

Yes - The special efforts have been put up by Anacon for Seagram Distilleries Pvt. Ltd., and Sagar Industries & Distilleries Pvt. Ltd., Nashik for planning and implementation of EMP. Other projects also have been executed on Environmental Planning and Management.

Others (R&D Projects) (State briefly the other activities of your organization and the success Stories, if any)

Yes – 1.Conducted feasibility studies for pyrite recovery plant for 1000 TPD Cap for GHCL Lignite mine to reduce Sulphur from 7 % to 2 % 2. Identification of route cause for river bed drying (300 m width) for Lafarge, Raipur

12.4 FACILITIES

Anacon offer vide range of services in indoor and outdoor monitoring and analytical characterization

in the field of Environment. Further, it is ably supported by highly skilled and experienced team of

professionals in the fields of Science, Engineering, Ecology, Meteorology, Social Planning, Geo &

Hydro-geology, and Environmental Planning.

Besides the regular monitoring equipment such as Respirable Dust Samplers, PM 2.5 Automatic

Weather Monitoring Stations, Stack Monitoring Kits, Personal Samplers, Noise Meters, Portable

Water Kits etc, the other major specialized equipment include:

Anacon Laboratories has well equipped with sophisticated instrument such as Thermo ICAP 6300

ICP UK make – OES Radial View Spectrometer with Standard Gas System for analysis of heavy

metals, required for the analysis of water (130 parameters as per various categories of IS standards

for water ), wastewater & Hazardous waste + Gas Chromatograph.

We have expanded and commissioned biggest state of art Environment and Food testing laboratory

in Central India region at Butibori Food Park, Nagpur at Plot Nos. FP 34, 35 equipped with highly

sophisticated imported equipments, like GC MSMS, LC MSMS (both triple quad), HPLC, ICP, AAS,

UV–Vis, FTIR, IC, CHNS Analyser etc. for chemical analysis for the samples viz. Water, Air,

Chemical, Fertilizer, Mineral, Metal, Coal, Food, Agricultural Products, Pesticides, Insecticides, Ores,

etc., kindly visit us at www.anaconlaboratories.com.

Anacon Laboratories has established the facilities for Ambient Air Quality by using US Make

Meteorological Station and High Volume Sampler. Stack Monitoring is also undertaken. The

methodology for estimation of SO2, NOx, SPM, PM10, P.M.2.5 has been established along with project

specific pollutant e.g. HM, CO, O3, CO2 VOC, HC etc.

12.5 ACHIEVEMENTS

1. Anacon laboratory recognized under Environment Protection (EP) Act by GOI in 2007,

Environment Division with its best mind power and industrial knowledge competency that

allows it to compare with the standards set by GOI as a Competent Organization.

http://www.anaconlaboratories.com/



Power Ltd.


2. Anacon has organized 10 days training program for the FDA officials, Government of

Maharashtra from 16.08.2010 to 27.08.2010 on newly announced “Food Safety & Standards

Act, 2011”

3. Anacon has received “MSME National Award 2010” for “Outstanding Entrepreneurship

Performance in service sector” on 2nd Sept. 2011 at Vigyan Bhawan, New Delhi.

4. Anacon has signed MOU with Nagpur University, Nagpur to Promote Academic and Research

Cooperation in Feb’2012. Under this program Post Graduate i.e. post M.Sc., M. Tech students

professional training programs and R&D projects are undertaken on regular basis to meet

Industry – Academia requirements for human resource development.

5. Dr. (Mrs.) Sugandha Garway, Director, ANACON Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. has been selected on

the panel of the National food standards harmonization / development process for our country

by Food Safety Authority of India.

6. Anacon has signed the MOU dtd. 26th Dec. 2012 for soil testing for a period of two years from

Agriculture Department, Government of Chhattisgarh, season wise soil samples are collected

for each farm and analyzed, fertilizer dosing is advised on appropriate time in order to

increase crop yield and Soil health cards are issued to every farmer of different districts of

Chattisgarh.

7. Anacon has executed the work of water Quality monitoring to maintain overall residual

chlorine in the entire city of Nagpur for period from 16.06.2007 to 31.01.2012 and in the period

Anacon team has worked sincerely to the best of our ability by utilizing all Technical expertise

to the entire satisfaction of the Municipal authorities concerned. Anacon has delivered

consistent results from last 5 years as a result which water borne deceases i.e. jaundice &

gastro have been reduced to the extent of 70 %. Nagpur Municipal Corporation is leading in

India for successful implementation of 24 x 7 water supply schemes under JNURM scheme,

GOI and Anacon contributed for improving water quality in the entire city of Nagpur. Anacon

has also designed & developed dedicated website for tracking the Water quality of the city.

8. Anacon has executed the work of "Source apportionment studies "of National Environmental

Engineering Research Institute (NEERI), Nagpur vide Order No. Outsource/S.A (APC)/2007-

GL dt.22.01.2008 & Order No. Outsource/S.A (APC)/2007-GL dt.02.05.2008 for 236 Air Dust

Samples for 33 elements using ICPA instrument, all results submitted as per Internationally

approved procedures and standards, and also Quality Assurance & Quality Control (QA/QC)

procedures were followed strictly during analysis.

9. Anacon Lab is executing the project of Rajiv Gandhi Science and Technology commission,

Government of Maharashtra, for" Evaluation studies of water purification systems in 16

schools of the rural areas nearby Nagpur.

10. Anacon has completed the TRANSIT SURVEY of SEONATH RIVER, M/s Lafarge India Pvt.

Ltd., Sonadih Cement Plant, Raipur (C.G.) Sonadih river width 300 M, bed was drying, route

cause analysis was identified and corrective measures suggested were implemented by

Lafarge and the solution was provided successfully.

11. Training has been imparted on "Pesticide residue analysis" to scientists of National Test

House, Mumbai & "Coal analysis" to scientists of NALCO, Orissa.

12. ANACON has signed MOU with Nagpur University & Kada College Ahmednagar to undertake

joint collaborative projects, imparting training to students & staff & to provide incubation centre

for research projects undertaken by academicians.

13. ANACON has also completed mapping of water quality of 2 districts of Madhya Pradesh.



Power Ltd.


Environmental Impact Assessment Environmental Management...

Documents

Transcript of Environmental Impact Assessment Environmental Management...